Rexroth Indramat HDS03.2-W100N-HS32-01-FW
Rexroth Indramat HDS03.2-W100N-HS32-01-FW
 999,99
 
YASKAWA Varispeed E7 CIMR-E7C47P5 SPEC: 47P51A
YASKAWA Varispeed E7 CIMR-E7C47P5 SPEC: 47P51A
 999,99
 
B&r Apc 680 5h5680.1000-01
B&r Apc 680 5h5680.1000-01
 799,99
 
SEW odrive Moviaxis Mastermodul MXM80A-000-000-00/UFF41B/OMG41B
SEW odrive Moviaxis Mastermodul MXM80A-000-000-00/UFF41B/OMG41B
 799,99
 
Rexroth VPB40.3  MV-VPB40*3-RB002 VPB_3843_AC2_715 MNR: R911338600
Rexroth VPB40.3 MV-VPB40*3-RB002 VPB_3843_AC2_715 MNR: R911338600
 999,99
 
Baldor BSC1100 Servo Drive Servoantrieb
Baldor BSC1100 Servo Drive Servoantrieb
 999,99
 
LTI Servo One SO84.008.0030.0000.2
LTI Servo One SO84.008.0030.0000.2
 899,99
 
6sl3121-1te15-0aa3
6sl3121-1te15-0aa3
 680
 
Ida2320 - Carte Entree - April - Ida2320 - Carte Entree - Rms Negoce
Ida2320 - Carte Entree - April - Ida2320 - Carte Entree - Rms Negoce
 360
 
SEW Movidrive MDX61B0110-5a3-4-0T Complete Unit
SEW Movidrive MDX61B0110-5a3-4-0T Complete Unit
 701,01
 
EXA1D10C00B03 - NSK NIPPON SEIKO -   EXA1D10C00B-03 /      Variat posit. USED
Top-Rated Seller EXA1D10C00B03 - NSK NIPPON SEIKO - EXA1D10C00B-03 / Variat posit. USED
 846
 
SMTBSI22017   -  INFRANOR  -   SMT-BSI 220/17   /    Module de puissance    USED
Top-Rated Seller SMTBSI22017 - INFRANOR - SMT-BSI 220/17 / Module de puissance USED
 1.320
 
Simodrive 611 Schirmanschlussblech Breite 50, 6sn1162-0ea00-0aa0 Gebraucht
Simodrive 611 Schirmanschlussblech Breite 50, 6sn1162-0ea00-0aa0 Gebraucht
 16,07
 
Telemecanique Variat ATV31HU22N4
Telemecanique Variat ATV31HU22N4
 700
 
Schneider VW3A3411 CARTE COD ATV71
Schneider VW3A3411 CARTE COD ATV71
 180
 
SV4500S       - PARKER -       SV4500S /      Servo drive 3 PH 380-480V AC  USED
SV4500S - PARKER - SV4500S / Servo drive 3 PH 380-480V AC USED
 1.182
 
Variat Telemecanique Altivar 28 ATV28HU18N4
Variat Telemecanique Altivar 28 ATV28HU18N4
 156
 
Filtre D'entrée Classe C3 Pour Ondul Drv-24 / # 8 Série Au1 5536
Filtre D'entrée Classe C3 Pour Ondul Drv-24 / # 8 Série Au1 5536
 11,60  9,28
 
Jabra Elite Sport True Wireless Bluetooth Headset with Heart Rate and Activity M
Jabra Elite Sport True Wireless Bluetooth Headset with Heart Rate and Activity M
 127,41
 
FILTRE KEB 10.E5.T60-0001  HF-Filter
FILTRE KEB 10.E5.T60-0001 HF-Filter
 62,40
 
Apple Airpods with Charging Case (latest Model)
Apple Airpods with Charging Case (latest Model)
 132,95
 
Lenco PA-46 Bluetooth Portable Speaker, Tuner, 30 W RMS, USB, SD, Battery
Lenco PA-46 Bluetooth Portable Speaker, Tuner, 30 W RMS, USB, SD, Battery
 123,49
 
Apple Airpods with Wireless Charging Case (latest Model)
Apple Airpods with Wireless Charging Case (latest Model)
 168,93
 
Telemecanique Atv66d54n4
Telemecanique Atv66d54n4
 1.320
 
JBL Tune 125 Tws in-Ear Earphones - True Wireless Bluetooth Headphones with Powe
JBL Tune 125 Tws in-Ear Earphones - True Wireless Bluetooth Headphones with Powe
 60,82
 
Variat D'axe / - Mitsubishi /   Mrs1100e01  / Mr-s1-100-e01
Variat D'axe / - Mitsubishi / Mrs1100e01 / Mr-s1-100-e01
 1.440
 
Omron Dcn1-1
Omron Dcn1-1
 54
 
Mhda1017n00 Telemecanique Lexium 17d 17a Drive As3x230-480v 4kva Nom.
Mhda1017n00 Telemecanique Lexium 17d 17a Drive As3x230-480v 4kva Nom.
 1.300
 
Omron  CJ1W-ID201
Omron CJ1W-ID201
 75,60
 
Omron  CJ1W-PD022
Omron CJ1W-PD022
 79,20
 
TDM32020300W0      - INDRAMAT -       TDM3.2-020-300-W0  /       Variat  USED
TDM32020300W0 - INDRAMAT - TDM3.2-020-300-W0 / Variat USED
 501
 
ATV452U40     - TELEMECANIQUE -       ATV452 U40 /      Variat 3 PH  4KW USED
ATV452U40 - TELEMECANIQUE - ATV452 U40 / Variat 3 PH 4KW USED
 549
 
3HAB81013      - ABB -    3HAB8101-3 /   DSQC345C     Variat DSQC 3/10A  USED
3HAB81013 - ABB - 3HAB8101-3 / DSQC345C Variat DSQC 3/10A USED
 612
 
CIMRG5U47P5     - SAFTRONICS  -     CIMR-G5U47P5 /     Drive inverter 3 PH  USED
CIMRG5U47P5 - SAFTRONICS - CIMR-G5U47P5 / Drive inverter 3 PH USED
 594
 
SM1020TC         - BOSCH -       SM 10/20-TC /      Variat DC 520V  10A  USED
SM1020TC - BOSCH - SM 10/20-TC / Variat DC 520V 10A USED
 549
 
S403APB - KOLLMORGEN - S403A-PB / SERVOSTAR 403A-P Variat numérique  USED
S403APB - KOLLMORGEN - S403A-PB / SERVOSTAR 403A-P Variat numérique USED
 750
 
ATV18U54M2 - TELEMECANIQUE - ATV18U54M2 / Variat drive inverter 2.2 kW USED
ATV18U54M2 - TELEMECANIQUE - ATV18U54M2 / Variat drive inverter 2.2 kW USED
 690
 
Pmc-2 Pmc-2/10/02/001/02/00/01/00 Elau Schneider Neuf
Pmc-2 Pmc-2/10/02/001/02/00/01/00 Elau Schneider Neuf
 420
 
Qda2320 - April - Carte Sortie - April - Qda2320 - Output Module - Rms Negoce
Qda2320 - April - Carte Sortie - April - Qda2320 - Output Module - Rms Negoce
 360
 
Baumüller Servo Drive b maxx 4000 BM4413-ST0-01200-03
Baumüller Servo Drive b maxx 4000 BM4413-ST0-01200-03
 1.299,99
 
Danfoss VLT2822PT4B20STR1DBF00A00 PN:195N1051
Danfoss VLT2822PT4B20STR1DBF00A00 PN:195N1051
 180
 
Used 1Pcs Delta Inverter Control Panel Functional VFD-PU05 Tested cb
Used 1Pcs Delta Inverter Control Panel Functional VFD-PU05 Tested cb
 54,07
 
1pcs new original inverter ATV71HU40N4Z 4KW three-phase 380V
1pcs new original inverter ATV71HU40N4Z 4KW three-phase 380V
 614,35
 
Yaskawa Servo Controller Jzrcr-xsu02
Yaskawa Servo Controller Jzrcr-xsu02
 380
 
Schneider ATV58HU18N4
Schneider ATV58HU18N4
 120
 
Emerson Control Techniques COMMANDANT SK SK3402 18,5/22,0 kW
Emerson Control Techniques COMMANDANT SK SK3402 18,5/22,0 kW
 292,84
 
Abb Asc501-011-3-00p200000 / Asc501011300p200000
Abb Asc501-011-3-00p200000 / Asc501011300p200000
 500
 
Keypad ITT Hydrovar
Keypad ITT Hydrovar
 120
 
1pcs New In Box ATV61HD18N4Z 380V 18.5KW inverter  DHL or UPS
1pcs New In Box ATV61HD18N4Z 380V 18.5KW inverter DHL or UPS
 1.357,50
 
224205412-b - Num 1060 - 224205412-b - Carte Num - 224205412-b Num - Rms Negoce
224205412-b - Num 1060 - 224205412-b - Carte Num - 224205412-b Num - Rms Negoce
 1.137
 
Contact électronique 5-24V DC ECI-30 037N0009
Contact électronique 5-24V DC ECI-30 037N0009
 59,61
 
Danfoss VLT5000 12.2Kva
Danfoss VLT5000 12.2Kva
 807,51
 
Omron Drt1-232c2  Rs232c
Omron Drt1-232c2 Rs232c
 166,80
 
Variat ATV312H018M2
Variat ATV312H018M2
 177,60
 
Georgii Kobold KSV 10/30 E1-M2-KA/ZK/P1/S51/SA Art. -Nr.: 0202139 KSY 464.80 SA
Georgii Kobold KSV 10/30 E1-M2-KA/ZK/P1/S51/SA Art. -Nr.: 0202139 KSY 464.80 SA
 936
 
Gp2401h-tc41-24v - Pro-face - Gp2401h-tc41-24v - Pro-face - Gp2401h - Rms Negoce
Gp2401h-tc41-24v - Pro-face - Gp2401h-tc41-24v - Pro-face - Gp2401h - Rms Negoce
 1.600
 
Viessmann Brennsteuergerät PWK/PUK 18-24kW 7814375
Viessmann Brennsteuergerät PWK/PUK 18-24kW 7814375
 549,99
 
Mitsubishi FR-A044-1.5K-ER Frequenzumrichter
Mitsubishi FR-A044-1.5K-ER Frequenzumrichter
 479,99
 
Est Technologie Flexcompact Id-nr: 8949
Est Technologie Flexcompact Id-nr: 8949
 599,99
 
ATV31CU15N4 Télémécanique
ATV31CU15N4 Télémécanique
 500
 
SKA1200025    -  LEROY SOMER  -    SKA1200025    /      Variat 0.25 KW   USED
SKA1200025 - LEROY SOMER - SKA1200025 / Variat 0.25 KW USED
 414
 
SKA1200037  -  LEROY SOMER  -   SKA1200037   /      Variat   0.37KW      USED
SKA1200037 - LEROY SOMER - SKA1200037 / Variat 0.37KW USED
 342
 
Variat de Vitesse Lenze pour Mot De 0.75 Kw E82MV751_4B001
Variat de Vitesse Lenze pour Mot De 0.75 Kw E82MV751_4B001
 840
 
Siemens 6es7 621-1ad00-6ae3 6es7621-1ad00-6ae3
Siemens 6es7 621-1ad00-6ae3 6es7621-1ad00-6ae3
 49,99
 
SFU83 IMT (Sieb & Mayer) Servo Frequenzumrichter Frequency Converter
SFU83 IMT (Sieb & Mayer) Servo Frequenzumrichter Frequency Converter
 699
 
Fuji Fvr0.2c9s-7en  Frequency Inverter  Fvr.c9s
Fuji Fvr0.2c9s-7en Frequency Inverter Fvr.c9s
 153,89
 
Heidenhain Repair Evaluation Le426cb
Heidenhain Repair Evaluation Le426cb
 2,85
 
Danfoss VLT5008PT5B20STR3DLF10A00C0
Danfoss VLT5008PT5B20STR3DLF10A00C0
 540
 
5HP Variable Frequency Drive VFD Inverter 4KW Variat Fréquence Variable 380V
5HP Variable Frequency Drive VFD Inverter 4KW Variat Fréquence Variable 380V
 198,60
 
Siemens 6ES5895-6SE32 smSimatic S5 Windows com profibus F
Siemens 6ES5895-6SE32 smSimatic S5 Windows com profibus F
 20
 
Siemens 6sn1124-1aa00-0ca1 Repair Fix Price
Siemens 6sn1124-1aa00-0ca1 Repair Fix Price
 437,05
 
Mrh200a - Mitsubishi - Variat - Mitsubishi - Mr-h200a - Mr-h200a - Rms Negoce
Mrh200a - Mitsubishi - Variat - Mitsubishi - Mr-h200a - Mr-h200a - Rms Negoce
 1.260
 
Grandimpianti dryer  INVERTER SERIE A DA 0,37 KW 230V gr 50-851000169   (L1)
Grandimpianti dryer INVERTER SERIE A DA 0,37 KW 230V gr 50-851000169 (L1)
 139,03
 
Leroy Somer Mentor MP700A5R
Leroy Somer Mentor MP700A5R
 1.800
 
Ventilat variat TDM 24V LE5-024
Ventilat variat TDM 24V LE5-024
 55
 
3G3HUA4037CE     - OMRON -       3G3HU-A4037-CE /    Variat 3PH  6.1KVA  USED
3G3HUA4037CE - OMRON - 3G3HU-A4037-CE / Variat 3PH 6.1KVA USED
 540
 
CIMRV7AU41P5      - YASKAWA -      CIMR-V7AU41P5 /      Variat 3PH 4.8A  USED
CIMRV7AU41P5 - YASKAWA - CIMR-V7AU41P5 / Variat 3PH 4.8A USED
 591
 
195N0203   - DANFOSS -   VLT2803PS2B20STR4DBF00A00C0 /    Variat  0.9KVA USED
195N0203 - DANFOSS - VLT2803PS2B20STR4DBF00A00C0 / Variat 0.9KVA USED
 492
 
6SN11231AA000CA1   - SIEMENS -    6SN1123-1AA00-0CA1 /    Lt-modul int. 50A USED
6SN11231AA000CA1 - SIEMENS - 6SN1123-1AA00-0CA1 / Lt-modul int. 50A USED
 597
 
ABB Softstarter PSTX370-600-70 208 VAC - 600 VAC 125-300hp PSTX37060070
ABB Softstarter PSTX370-600-70 208 VAC - 600 VAC 125-300hp PSTX37060070
 499,59
 
KEB F4 Homag Frequenzumrichter 15.F4.C1E-4A01 V1.3
KEB F4 Homag Frequenzumrichter 15.F4.C1E-4A01 V1.3
 1.300
 
Tsxdey32d2k - Schneider - Tsxdey32d2k- Input Module - Tsxdey32d2k - Rmsnegoce
Tsxdey32d2k - Schneider - Tsxdey32d2k- Input Module - Tsxdey32d2k - Rmsnegoce
 393
 
Control Techniques VBE 550 5.5KW Inverter Drive VBE550
Control Techniques VBE 550 5.5KW Inverter Drive VBE550
 1.404,37
 
Ferrocontrol IN 32 0990 1420 09901420
Ferrocontrol IN 32 0990 1420 09901420
 49
 
6sn11131ab010ba0 - Siemens - 6sn1113-1ab01-0ba0
6sn11131ab010ba0 - Siemens - 6sn1113-1ab01-0ba0
 299
 
SEW ODRIVE movitrac 3001-403-4-00
SEW ODRIVE movitrac 3001-403-4-00
 299
 
New 1Pcs Delta Vfd-E Optional Keypad KPE-LE02 vx
New 1Pcs Delta Vfd-E Optional Keypad KPE-LE02 vx
 28,71
 
FREQUENCY INVERTER - COMBIVERT F5  Ref: 07F5A1D-3BHA KEB
FREQUENCY INVERTER - COMBIVERT F5 Ref: 07F5A1D-3BHA KEB
 645
 
SMTBS22018 - INFRANOR - SMT-BS 220/18 / SB 6008M   Module de puissance  USED
SMTBS22018 - INFRANOR - SMT-BS 220/18 / SB 6008M Module de puissance USED
 1.320
 
MDX61B0040-5A3-4-0T/DEH11B/DFP21B - SEW-ODRIVE - Variat 4 kW + 2 opt  USED
MDX61B0040-5A3-4-0T/DEH11B/DFP21B - SEW-ODRIVE - Variat 4 kW + 2 opt USED
 900
 
SP1404      -   LEROY SOMER   -      SP1404  /       Variat  3 PH  3 KW  USED
SP1404 - LEROY SOMER - SP1404 / Variat 3 PH 3 KW USED
 924
 
MDX61B0011-5A3-4-0T/DEH11B/DFP21B - SEW-ODRIVE -Variat 1,1 kW + 2 opt USED
MDX61B0011-5A3-4-0T/DEH11B/DFP21B - SEW-ODRIVE -Variat 1,1 kW + 2 opt USED
 1.020
 
131B3611     -  DANFOSS  -      FC-102P7K5T4E20H2XG.  /   Variat 7.5KW   USED
131B3611 - DANFOSS - FC-102P7K5T4E20H2XG. / Variat 7.5KW USED
 852
 
A660-2004-t411#l12r03a - Cable De Liaison - Fanuc - A660-2004-t411 - Rms Negoce
A660-2004-t411#l12r03a - Cable De Liaison - Fanuc - A660-2004-t411 - Rms Negoce
 660
 
Berger Lahr Repair Evaluation Tlc4362f312111
Berger Lahr Repair Evaluation Tlc4362f312111
 2,85
 
Beckhoff Repair Evaluation Ax2516-b900
Beckhoff Repair Evaluation Ax2516-b900
 2,87
 
Telemecanique ATV452U15
Telemecanique ATV452U15
 55
 
10336859 Siemens Solution Medical Pcasy Samp Pressure Sens Calibrat
10336859 Siemens Solution Medical Pcasy Samp Pressure Sens Calibrat
 290
 
HAUSER POWER COMPAX-M 065608 0001 951-150203 Compax 0550-M
HAUSER POWER COMPAX-M 065608 0001 951-150203 Compax 0550-M
 1.299,99
 
A02b-0236-c243 - Fanuc - A02b0236c243 - Clavier Fanuc -a02b-0236-c243- Rmsnegoce
A02b-0236-c243 - Fanuc - A02b0236c243 - Clavier Fanuc -a02b-0236-c243- Rmsnegoce
 1.350
 
2711-b6c8 - Panelview 600 - Allen Bradley - 2711-b6c8 -panelview 600- Rms Negoce
2711-b6c8 - Panelview 600 - Allen Bradley - 2711-b6c8 -panelview 600- Rms Negoce
 1.500
 
6fm1470-3aa20 - Automate Programmable - Siemens - 6fm1470-3aa20 - Rms Negoce
6fm1470-3aa20 - Automate Programmable - Siemens - 6fm1470-3aa20 - Rms Negoce
 1.368
 
Eldaw Zad01 / # T L12 7068
Eldaw Zad01 / # T L12 7068
 33,86  27,09
 
C16p-or-a Omron - C16p Plc 100-240vac
C16p-or-a Omron - C16p Plc 100-240vac
 250
 
Fanuc Amplificat Neuf A06B-6127-H209
Fanuc Amplificat Neuf A06B-6127-H209
 3.360
 
Fanuc Variat Alpha A06B-6079-H106
Fanuc Variat Alpha A06B-6079-H106
 1.900
 
Fanuc Servo Amplifier A06B-6066-H004
Fanuc Servo Amplifier A06B-6066-H004
 3.120
 
Danfoss VLT5003PT5B20SBR3DLF00A00C0
Danfoss VLT5003PT5B20SBR3DLF00A00C0
 699
 
Danfoss 3x380-415V 50/60Hz 31.0A  Frequenzumrichter
Danfoss 3x380-415V 50/60Hz 31.0A Frequenzumrichter
 799
 
Danfoss VLT5005PT5B20SBR3DLF00A00C0
Danfoss VLT5005PT5B20SBR3DLF00A00C0
 699
 
SEW odrive Movitrac LTE 0.75kW/ 1.0HP 380-480V Ondul MCLTEB00085A3140
SEW odrive Movitrac LTE 0.75kW/ 1.0HP 380-480V Ondul MCLTEB00085A3140
 297,61
 
DANFOSS VLT 2025 195H4303 + FILTRE / # 8 2C2 4011 Ondul
DANFOSS VLT 2025 195H4303 + FILTRE / # 8 2C2 4011 Ondul
 189,44  151,55
 
Fanuc Repair Evaluation A06b-6058-h230
Fanuc Repair Evaluation A06b-6058-h230
 2,87
 
Heidenhain Repair Evaluation Uec112
Heidenhain Repair Evaluation Uec112
 2,87
 
INDATECH PME 215 Option: 0-00100000-101
INDATECH PME 215 Option: 0-00100000-101
 1.790
 
Sew Movidyn MPB51A011-503-00
Sew Movidyn MPB51A011-503-00
 540
 
ABB DSQC 351 Interbus-S Module 3HNE 00006-1/04
ABB DSQC 351 Interbus-S Module 3HNE 00006-1/04
 649,99
 
Schneider-Electric ATS22D88Q Neuf / ATS22D88Q
Schneider-Electric ATS22D88Q Neuf / ATS22D88Q
 900
 
Carte cod RS422 15V DC VW3A3402
Carte cod RS422 15V DC VW3A3402
 50,98
 
Card Siemens Control Variat 6SE7038-6EK84-1GG0 card
Card Siemens Control Variat 6SE7038-6EK84-1GG0 card
 15
 
DT1/R2 Card Siemens 130B6885 Control   card 130B6026 /DT1/R2
DT1/R2 Card Siemens 130B6885 Control card 130B6026 /DT1/R2
 15
 
Apple Airpods with Charging Case (latest Model)
Apple Airpods with Charging Case (latest Model)
 128,20
 
Lenco PA-46 Bluetooth Portable Speaker, Tuner, 30 W RMS, USB, SD, Battery
Lenco PA-46 Bluetooth Portable Speaker, Tuner, 30 W RMS, USB, SD, Battery
 123,49
 
JBL Tune 125 Tws in-Ear Earphones - True Wireless Bluetooth Headphones with Powe
JBL Tune 125 Tws in-Ear Earphones - True Wireless Bluetooth Headphones with Powe
 60,82
 
Omron CJ1W-SCU21 / Omron CJ1W SCU21
Omron CJ1W-SCU21 / Omron CJ1W SCU21
 199,20
 
Variat Monophasé Avec Sortie Triphasé De 0.37kW EVF8201_E
Variat Monophasé Avec Sortie Triphasé De 0.37kW EVF8201_E
 840
 
6es5240-1aa11 - Module Metier - Siemens - 6es5240-1aa11 - Module - Rms Negoce
6es5240-1aa11 - Module Metier - Siemens - 6es5240-1aa11 - Module - Rms Negoce
 840
 
Smt Bd1/10-220/12 - Servo Drive - Infranor - Smt Bd1/10-220/12 - Rms Negoce
Smt Bd1/10-220/12 - Servo Drive - Infranor - Smt Bd1/10-220/12 - Rms Negoce
 810
 
Laipple KEB Zähler,DIVO 2000,DIVO2000 Nr.05 201 01
Laipple KEB Zähler,DIVO 2000,DIVO2000 Nr.05 201 01
 30
 
NORD SK 225E-111-340-A-AUX, 275240307 Frequenzumrichter - NEUWERTIG - worldwide
NORD SK 225E-111-340-A-AUX, 275240307 Frequenzumrichter - NEUWERTIG - worldwide
 349
 
Variat Altivar 71 ATV71HU40Y 4kW / n°8 4B2 2952
Variat Altivar 71 ATV71HU40Y 4kW / n°8 4B2 2952
 2.920,08  2.336,06
 
R-skit-sample Shuttle 2 Siemens Solution Medical 1124522
R-skit-sample Shuttle 2 Siemens Solution Medical 1124522
 190
 
MDX61B00085A340T - SEW-ODRIVE -  MDX61B0008-5A3-4-0T / Variat 0.75KVA USED
MDX61B00085A340T - SEW-ODRIVE - MDX61B0008-5A3-4-0T / Variat 0.75KVA USED
 648
 
073-0224-01 Bayer Siemens Solution Medicale Probe Appi Rpp2
073-0224-01 Bayer Siemens Solution Medicale Probe Appi Rpp2
 75
 
M60003200050A -LEROY SOMER- M600-032-00050A / 4870435 Variat 230V 0,75KW USED
M60003200050A -LEROY SOMER- M600-032-00050A / 4870435 Variat 230V 0,75KW USED
 624
 
22FA2P5N103 - ALLEN-BRADLEY - 22F-A2P5N103 / Variat de vitesse POWERFLEX USED
22FA2P5N103 - ALLEN-BRADLEY - 22F-A2P5N103 / Variat de vitesse POWERFLEX USED
 462
 
SE2D200110 - LEROY SOMER -  SE2D200110 / SE 2M/TL Variat mono / triphasé USED
SE2D200110 - LEROY SOMER - SE2D200110 / SE 2M/TL Variat mono / triphasé USED
 540
 
6ES5095-8MB02 - SIEMENS - AUTOMATE PROGRAMMABLE - SIMATIC S5 - RMS Negoce
6ES5095-8MB02 - SIEMENS - AUTOMATE PROGRAMMABLE - SIMATIC S5 - RMS Negoce
 360
 
Parker 690-433145f2-b0sp00-f000 75kw
Parker 690-433145f2-b0sp00-f000 75kw
 2.800
 
NEW HTD03020 Elevator Door Controller replace AAD0302
NEW HTD03020 Elevator Door Controller replace AAD0302
 211,61
 
22B-D1P4N104 Inverter PF40 series 22BD1P4N104
22B-D1P4N104 Inverter PF40 series 22BD1P4N104
 483,10
 
Connector 6es7392-1aj00-0aa0 Simatic S7-300 Siemens Refurbished
Connector 6es7392-1aj00-0aa0 Simatic S7-300 Siemens Refurbished
 10
 
Omron Drt1-id16
Omron Drt1-id16
 94,80
 
C200h-ad001 Omron - C200h 4ai Module
C200h-ad001 Omron - C200h 4ai Module
 350
 
C200h-ad002 Omron - C200h 8ai Module
C200h-ad002 Omron - C200h 8ai Module
 350
 
C200h-ct001-v1 Omron C200h Unita' Contatore Alta Velocita
C200h-ct001-v1 Omron C200h Unita' Contatore Alta Velocita
 500
 
C200h-da003 Omron C200h 8ao Module
C200h-da003 Omron C200h 8ao Module
 600
 
C200H-IM212 OMRON C200H 16DIx24VAC/DC NPN/PNP
C200H-IM212 OMRON C200H 16DIx24VAC/DC NPN/PNP
 400
 
C200h-lk202 Omron C200h Host Link Unit
C200h-lk202 Omron C200h Host Link Unit
 500
 
DANFOSS VLT Type 2020 195H3301 / # 8 2C2 2921
DANFOSS VLT Type 2020 195H3301 / # 8 2C2 2921
 223,75  179
 
Tsxaez802 - Schneider - Tsx Premium - Modicon- Tsx Micro - Tsxaez802 - Rmsnegoce
Tsxaez802 - Schneider - Tsx Premium - Modicon- Tsx Micro - Tsxaez802 - Rmsnegoce
 588
 
New 1Pcs Delta Digital Keypad Operation Panel Vfd-M LC-M02E 0-100 im
New 1Pcs Delta Digital Keypad Operation Panel Vfd-M LC-M02E 0-100 im
 45,23
 
6448827 Siemens Solution Medicale Profe Dpp Laser Welded Goid Plating 073061102
6448827 Siemens Solution Medicale Profe Dpp Laser Welded Goid Plating 073061102
 110
 
Nordac Nord Ac Vector Sk3000/3
Nordac Nord Ac Vector Sk3000/3
 599
 
SEW MCLTPA00225A3400 Movitrac Inverter 2,2kW/3.0HP - TOP worldwide, RECHNUNG
SEW MCLTPA00225A3400 Movitrac Inverter 2,2kW/3.0HP - TOP worldwide, RECHNUNG
 375
 
Fanuc Repair Evaluation A06b-6130-h002
Fanuc Repair Evaluation A06b-6130-h002
 2,85
 
SEW ODRIVE movitrac 3001-403-4-00
SEW ODRIVE movitrac 3001-403-4-00
 499
 
Ondul Siemens Sinamics G120 PM230 30 kW 40 hp / # 8 1A1 6849
Ondul Siemens Sinamics G120 PM230 30 kW 40 hp / # 8 1A1 6849
 8.839
 
Ondul SIEMENS MicroMaster 420 11kW / # 4 DA8 9803
Ondul SIEMENS MicroMaster 420 11kW / # 4 DA8 9803
 1.659,27  1.327,42
 
Ondul MICROMASTER SIEMENS 11kW Ondul 380V / # 4 DA8 7847
Ondul MICROMASTER SIEMENS 11kW Ondul 380V / # 4 DA8 7847
 1.679,41
 
As-b885-111 - Aeg - Asb885111 - As-b885-111 - Modicon - Asb885111-aeg- Rmsnegoce
As-b885-111 - Aeg - Asb885111 - As-b885-111 - Modicon - Asb885111-aeg- Rmsnegoce
 800
 
12.f0.r11-3429 - Keb -12.f0.r11-3429 - Variat - 12.f0.r11-3429 - Rms Negoce
12.f0.r11-3429 - Keb -12.f0.r11-3429 - Variat - 12.f0.r11-3429 - Rms Negoce
 800
 
Tsxp47420 - Telemecanique - Tsx P47420 - Telemecanique - Tsx P47420 - Rmsnegoce
Tsxp47420 - Telemecanique - Tsx P47420 - Telemecanique - Tsx P47420 - Rmsnegoce
 1.050
 
3HFA065018 - INFRANOR - 3HFA065018 - DRIVE - INFRANOR - 3HFA065018 - RMS Negoce
3HFA065018 - INFRANOR - 3HFA065018 - DRIVE - INFRANOR - 3HFA065018 - RMS Negoce
 1.170
 
Danfoss VLT5004PT5B20STR3DLF00A00C0
Danfoss VLT5004PT5B20STR3DLF00A00C0
 699
 
SKA1200055 - LEROY SOMER -  SKA1200055 /   Variat de vitesse 0.55 KW     USED
SKA1200055 - LEROY SOMER - SKA1200055 / Variat de vitesse 0.55 KW USED
 462
 
31C040503400 - SEW ODRIVE - 31C040-503-4-00 /  Variat SEW  MOVITRAC  USED
31C040503400 - SEW ODRIVE - 31C040-503-4-00 / Variat SEW MOVITRAC USED
 549
 
Siemens Simodrive 6SN1145-1BA01-1DA01 version D
Siemens Simodrive 6SN1145-1BA01-1DA01 version D
 3.600
 
Siemens 7MF1575-1DC10 TRANSMITER SITRANS PROBE 7MF15751DC10
Siemens 7MF1575-1DC10 TRANSMITER SITRANS PROBE 7MF15751DC10
 195
 
Keb Repair Evaluation 15.f5.c1e-350a
Keb Repair Evaluation 15.f5.c1e-350a
 2,85
 
LG CM2460DAB Mini HiFi System with Digital Radio
LG CM2460DAB Mini HiFi System with Digital Radio
 134,68
 
Sew ODRIVE mc07b0004-5a3-4-00
Sew ODRIVE mc07b0004-5a3-4-00
 118,80
 
Yaskawa Motoman Control Board JANCD-XCP01C-1
Yaskawa Motoman Control Board JANCD-XCP01C-1
 1.499,99
 
1pc Zippy EMACS HP2-6500P 500W Tower Medical Workstation Power Supply DHL or UPS
1pc Zippy EMACS HP2-6500P 500W Tower Medical Workstation Power Supply DHL or UPS
 172,67
 
Polyspede 3-HP AC Lect Vfd Variable Fréquence Lect PSV1-31-2 / Garantie
Polyspede 3-HP AC Lect Vfd Variable Fréquence Lect PSV1-31-2 / Garantie
 350,44
 
1PC ATV12HU15M2 inverter ATV12HU15M2
1PC ATV12HU15M2 inverter ATV12HU15M2
 297,96
 
3.0KW general inverter ATV312HU30N4
3.0KW general inverter ATV312HU30N4
 446,74
 
ATV31CU40N4 Télémécanique
ATV31CU40N4 Télémécanique
 700
 
FC72 Sieb & Mayer Servo Frequenzumrichter Frequency Converter
FC72 Sieb & Mayer Servo Frequenzumrichter Frequency Converter
 799
 
N82j Exp Board Asus 10535326
N82j Exp Board Asus 10535326
 20
 
Kit de montage terminal HMI MX IP54 ELN8P01120
Kit de montage terminal HMI MX IP54 ELN8P01120
 16,97
 
Fanuc Variat de Broche Alpha A06B-6102-H226
Fanuc Variat de Broche Alpha A06B-6102-H226
 3.360
 
Fanuc Module Amplificat de broche A06B-6088-H226
Fanuc Module Amplificat de broche A06B-6088-H226
 2.400
 
Fanuc Variat Servo Amplificat Alpha A06B-6096-H218#H
Fanuc Variat Servo Amplificat Alpha A06B-6096-H218#H
 1.680
 
Fanuc Variat de Broche A06B-6102-H211
Fanuc Variat de Broche A06B-6102-H211
 1.920
 
Fanuc Variat Servo Amplifier Module A06B-6079-H303
Fanuc Variat Servo Amplifier Module A06B-6079-H303
 2.460
 
Fanuc Amplificat Neuf A06B-6127-H209
Fanuc Amplificat Neuf A06B-6127-H209
 3.240
 
Fanuc Contrôl de puissance A02B-0259-B501
Fanuc Contrôl de puissance A02B-0259-B501
 2.040
 
Fanuc Alimentation Alpha A06B-6120-H018
Fanuc Alimentation Alpha A06B-6120-H018
 2.220
 
Fanuc Variat Servo Amplificat A06B-6124-H207
Fanuc Variat Servo Amplificat A06B-6124-H207
 2.100
 
Num Variat 3UACL5050I
Num Variat 3UACL5050I
 1.860
 
Fanuc Variat de broche A06B-6088-H230#500
Fanuc Variat de broche A06B-6088-H230#500
 3.480
 
Mitsubishi Power Supply MDS-B-CVE-370
Mitsubishi Power Supply MDS-B-CVE-370
 4.200
 
Mitsubishi Servo Drive Unit MDS-B-V14-10
Mitsubishi Servo Drive Unit MDS-B-V14-10
 2.280
 
Ondul triphasé 3x400V 1.5kW 4A SV015iG5A-4
Ondul triphasé 3x400V 1.5kW 4A SV015iG5A-4
 380,66
 
Yaskawa Repair Evaluation Sgdh-10de
Yaskawa Repair Evaluation Sgdh-10de
 2,85
 
Fanuc Variat de broche A06B-6088-H220#H500
Fanuc Variat de broche A06B-6088-H220#H500
 2.400
 
Fanuc Variat de broche Neuf A06B-6088-H222#500
Fanuc Variat de broche Neuf A06B-6088-H222#500
 4.250
 
Mitsubishi Variat de broche FR-SF-2-26K
Mitsubishi Variat de broche FR-SF-2-26K
 3.720
 
Siemens Module Filtre 611 6SN1111-0AA01-0DA0
Siemens Module Filtre 611 6SN1111-0AA01-0DA0
 2.100
 
Mitsubishi MR-S11-300-E01  1913026
Mitsubishi MR-S11-300-E01 1913026
 2.199
 
Control Techniques Commander SK 0.37 kW AC Inverter Drive – SKA120037
Control Techniques Commander SK 0.37 kW AC Inverter Drive – SKA120037
 140,44
 
Keb Repair Evaluation 12.f4.c1e-4012/1.2
Keb Repair Evaluation 12.f4.c1e-4012/1.2
 2,87
 
Heidenhain Repair Evaluation Ur240
Heidenhain Repair Evaluation Ur240
 2,87
 
Ondul Mitsubishi A 500 FR-A540-15K -EC 15KW / # 8 6F1 7776
Ondul Mitsubishi A 500 FR-A540-15K -EC 15KW / # 8 6F1 7776
 1.746,60  1.397,28
 
Allen Bradley Powerflex 70 13230600
Allen Bradley Powerflex 70 13230600
 468,12
 
SEW odrive MDX61B0005-5A3-4-00 Frequenzumrichter - MDX61B0005 5A3 4 00
SEW odrive MDX61B0005-5A3-4-00 Frequenzumrichter - MDX61B0005 5A3 4 00
 229,99
 
Mss100-12  Lantronix Mss100 Siemens Solution Medicale
Mss100-12 Lantronix Mss100 Siemens Solution Medicale
 70
 
Variat Lexium 17D MHDA1008N00
Variat Lexium 17D MHDA1008N00
 552
 
Yaskawa YPHT31149-1D Control Board
Yaskawa YPHT31149-1D Control Board
 490
 
Sony WF-SP800N Noise Cancelling Truly Wireless Headphones - Stable Bluetooth Con
Sony WF-SP800N Noise Cancelling Truly Wireless Headphones - Stable Bluetooth Con
 87,30
 
Altivar 71 ATV71HD22N4Z 22KW 380V frequency converter
Altivar 71 ATV71HD22N4Z 22KW 380V frequency converter
 856,28
 
UNI1405 CT used disassembly machine 90% new physical map 4KW
UNI1405 CT used disassembly machine 90% new physical map 4KW
 1.103,65
 
VEVOR 2,2KW Refroidi par Eau Mot Broche ER20+2,2KW Variat de Fréquence VFD
VEVOR 2,2KW Refroidi par Eau Mot Broche ER20+2,2KW Variat de Fréquence VFD
 291,42
 
C200h-id216 Omron C200h Id216 Input Module
C200h-id216 Omron C200h Id216 Input Module
 200
 
C200h-md215 Omron C200h Modulo I/o 16 Ingressi 128 Punti
C200h-md215 Omron C200h Modulo I/o 16 Ingressi 128 Punti
 200
 
C200h-oc221 Omron C200h Modulo I/o 8do Rele
C200h-oc221 Omron C200h Modulo I/o 8do Rele
 200
 
Apple Airpods with Charging Case (latest Model)
Apple Airpods with Charging Case (latest Model)
 132,95
 
Lenco PA-46 Bluetooth Portable Speaker, Tuner, 30 W RMS, USB, SD, Battery
Lenco PA-46 Bluetooth Portable Speaker, Tuner, 30 W RMS, USB, SD, Battery
 123,49
 
LG CM2460DAB Mini HiFi System with Digital Radio
LG CM2460DAB Mini HiFi System with Digital Radio
 134,68
 
Danfoss Frequenzumrichter VLT 2030 195H3305
Danfoss Frequenzumrichter VLT 2030 195H3305
 399
 
SEW odrive MDF60A0015-5A3-4-00 Frequenzumrichter
SEW odrive MDF60A0015-5A3-4-00 Frequenzumrichter
 399
 
ATV31HD11N4 Télémécanique
ATV31HD11N4 Télémécanique
 1.100
 
Cutler-Hammer Réglable Fréquence Lect AF91AG0B002D Neuf en Boîte AF91AG0
Cutler-Hammer Réglable Fréquence Lect AF91AG0B002D Neuf en Boîte AF91AG0
 329,99
 
SEW odrive Inverter drive Parameter Module UBP 11A
SEW odrive Inverter drive Parameter Module UBP 11A
 63,20
 
Control Techniques Repair Evaluation M350rgb14
Control Techniques Repair Evaluation M350rgb14
 2,87
 
Fanuc Variat de broche A06B-6054-H030
Fanuc Variat de broche A06B-6054-H030
 5.000
 
1PCS VLT-2800 Series Inverter VLT2815PT4B20STR1DBF10A00C0
1PCS VLT-2800 Series Inverter VLT2815PT4B20STR1DBF10A00C0
 304,46
 
AMK AMKASYN AW 3/6 Inverter Drive
AMK AMKASYN AW 3/6 Inverter Drive
 390
 
Leroy Somer Sm-resolver Stdr18 Leroy Somer Sm-i/o
Leroy Somer Sm-resolver Stdr18 Leroy Somer Sm-i/o
 375
 
09799603 Siemens Solution Medicale Sample Reagent Pump Tubing Kit 673358
09799603 Siemens Solution Medicale Sample Reagent Pump Tubing Kit 673358
 25
 
SEW Movidrive MDX61B0370-502-4-0T complete unit
SEW Movidrive MDX61B0370-502-4-0T complete unit
 1.403,20
 
3g3ev-a2004-e Omron Inverter 230v 0.4kw
3g3ev-a2004-e Omron Inverter 230v 0.4kw
 150
 
Xerox 2510 Panneau Avant Clavier 101K04531 - 30 Jour Garantie
Xerox 2510 Panneau Avant Clavier 101K04531 - 30 Jour Garantie
 47,63
 
Câble de liaison 4x1.5mm2 vers SD3 3m VW3S5101R30
Câble de liaison 4x1.5mm2 vers SD3 3m VW3S5101R30
 37,85
 
LEROY SOMER - SP1403 - SP 1.5kW/2.2KW  Drive @1045
LEROY SOMER - SP1403 - SP 1.5kW/2.2KW Drive @1045
 1.579
 
Ondul VACON NXS02055A 3x380-500V 205A 113kW / # 8 E1T 0255
Ondul VACON NXS02055A 3x380-500V 205A 113kW / # 8 E1T 0255
 10.706,40  8.565,12
 
22A-D8P7N104 Inverter 22AD8P7N104
22A-D8P7N104 Inverter 22AD8P7N104
 917,38
 
Kit de montage terminal HMI MX IP54 ELN8P01120
Kit de montage terminal HMI MX IP54 ELN8P01120
 16,97
 
Ge Fanuc 7l Servomotor A06b-0571-b061#7000
Ge Fanuc 7l Servomotor A06b-0571-b061#7000
 3.240
 
Siemens 6SL3160-0AD30-0AA1 Ebmpapst 3314 NHHU ventilat
Siemens 6SL3160-0AD30-0AA1 Ebmpapst 3314 NHHU ventilat
 20
 
Yugioh cartes rare
Yugioh cartes rare
 15
 
Demar Telemecanique - Ats48c21q
Demar Telemecanique - Ats48c21q
 1.990
 
11108802 SIEMENS SOLUTION MEDICALE REP SET CHARG SOCK WIRELESS XRay FSW  HEG
11108802 SIEMENS SOLUTION MEDICALE REP SET CHARG SOCK WIRELESS XRay FSW HEG
 55
 
1 PCS ATV28HU29M2 Frequency Converter 1.5KW / 220V (Used Tested Cleaned)
1 PCS ATV28HU29M2 Frequency Converter 1.5KW / 220V (Used Tested Cleaned)
 169,40
 
301410019A V9+V10 SIEMENS SOLUTION MEDICAL 02 composants L27C010X
301410019A V9+V10 SIEMENS SOLUTION MEDICAL 02 composants L27C010X
 25
 
Lot de 3 comprenant SIEMENS SOLUTION MEDICAL 301420015A LUP9427784 +CU1613
Lot de 3 comprenant SIEMENS SOLUTION MEDICAL 301420015A LUP9427784 +CU1613
 25
 
8620572 SIEMENS SOLUTION MEDICALE Exchange Kit GRID_OUT SWITCH S1 REPAIR KIT
8620572 SIEMENS SOLUTION MEDICALE Exchange Kit GRID_OUT SWITCH S1 REPAIR KIT
 40
 
Telemecanique Schneider XVB L34 084413 Meldeampel - NEU/OVP worldwide ship, MWST
Telemecanique Schneider XVB L34 084413 Meldeampel - NEU/OVP worldwide ship, MWST
 40
 
Fanuc Variat de broche A06B-6078-H306
Fanuc Variat de broche A06B-6078-H306
 2.400
 
Fanuc Variat A06B-6079-H208
Fanuc Variat A06B-6079-H208
 2.000
 
Fanuc Servo Variat d'axe Garantie 3 mois A06B-6058-H322
Fanuc Servo Variat d'axe Garantie 3 mois A06B-6058-H322
 1.900
 
Fanuc Variat NEUF A06B-6093-H153
Fanuc Variat NEUF A06B-6093-H153
 2.600
 
Fanuc Variat de broche 3 mois garantie A06B-6055-H103
Fanuc Variat de broche 3 mois garantie A06B-6055-H103
 2.200
 
Fanuc Carte Master A16B-1010-0040
Fanuc Carte Master A16B-1010-0040
 2.200
 
Fanuc Variat d'axe A06B-6058-H334
Fanuc Variat d'axe A06B-6058-H334
 2.100
 
Siemens Variat 20/40A 6SC6112-0AA00
Siemens Variat 20/40A 6SC6112-0AA00
 1.650
 
Fuji Electric Variat de broche FMD-3AC-21A
Fuji Electric Variat de broche FMD-3AC-21A
 2.000
 
Mitsubishi Module d'alimentation MDS-B-CV-220
Mitsubishi Module d'alimentation MDS-B-CV-220
 2.200
 
Mitsubishi Variat d'axe MR-S1-200-E01
Mitsubishi Variat d'axe MR-S1-200-E01
 2.000
 
Fanuc Variat de broche Alpha A06B-6111-H006#H570
Fanuc Variat de broche Alpha A06B-6111-H006#H570
 2.000
 
Mitsubishi Variat MDS-B-V2-2020
Mitsubishi Variat MDS-B-V2-2020
 2.200
 
Fanuc Variat de broche SPM22 A06B-6088-H222
Fanuc Variat de broche SPM22 A06B-6088-H222
 2.800
 
Fanuc Variat de broche Alpha A06B-6115-H215#520
Fanuc Variat de broche Alpha A06B-6115-H215#520
 2.200
 
Mitsubishi Variat d'axe MR-S1-300-E01
Mitsubishi Variat d'axe MR-S1-300-E01
 1.900
 
Siemens Module de puissance 6SN1123-1AA00-0GA0
Siemens Module de puissance 6SN1123-1AA00-0GA0
 1.800
 
Variat d'axe
Variat d'axe
 1.900
 
Siemens Power Block 6SL3352-1AE32-6AA1 spares or Repair
Siemens Power Block 6SL3352-1AE32-6AA1 spares or Repair
 1.755,46
 
Danfoss 195n1050 Vlt2822pt4b20sbr0dbf00a00 - @1069
Danfoss 195n1050 Vlt2822pt4b20sbr0dbf00a00 - @1069
 659
 
MDSC1SPA260   -  MITSUBISHI  -   MDS-C1-SPA-260   /    Spindle  drive unit  USED
Top-Rated Seller MDSC1SPA260 - MITSUBISHI - MDS-C1-SPA-260 / Spindle drive unit USED
 3.582
 
Yugioh cartes rare obelisk
Yugioh cartes rare obelisk
 13
 
Yugioh cartes rare
Yugioh cartes rare
 10
 
SP1401      - CONTROL TECHNIQUES -      SP1401 /     Variat 3 PH  0.75KW USED
SP1401 - CONTROL TECHNIQUES - SP1401 / Variat 3 PH 0.75KW USED
 849
 
Ge Fanuc 10l Servomotor A06b-0572-b061#7000
Ge Fanuc 10l Servomotor A06b-0572-b061#7000
 2.520
 
08517484 Siemens Solution Medicale Switch Spdt 3116m68_t Micro Sw
08517484 Siemens Solution Medicale Switch Spdt 3116m68_t Micro Sw
 10
 
Control Techniques CDE1850 AC Inverter Drive, CDE 1850
Control Techniques CDE1850 AC Inverter Drive, CDE 1850
 1.989,52
 
For Used Lenze EVS9324-EP Inverter
For Used Lenze EVS9324-EP Inverter
 903,85
 
Variat de Vitesse SEW-odrive, De 240 V Ca Moviret 108
Variat de Vitesse SEW-odrive, De 240 V Ca Moviret 108
 300
 
For ABB inverter ACS355 510 550 Chinese and English control panel ACS-CP-C/D
For ABB inverter ACS355 510 550 Chinese and English control panel ACS-CP-C/D
 109,37
 
Bosch Rexroth Repair Evaluation Hds04.2-w200n-hs56-01-fw
Bosch Rexroth Repair Evaluation Hds04.2-w200n-hs56-01-fw
 2,85
 
Lust Repair Evaluation Vf1410m,c2,s32,g16,br1,pt1,b24
Lust Repair Evaluation Vf1410m,c2,s32,g16,br1,pt1,b24
 2,87
 
Yugioh
Yugioh
 4
 
Control Techniques SP1406 4 kW Refurbished AC Inverter Drive
Control Techniques SP1406 4 kW Refurbished AC Inverter Drive
 1.615,02
 
Fanuc Spindle Amplifier Module A06B-6121-H030#550
Fanuc Spindle Amplifier Module A06B-6121-H030#550
 3.300
 
Siemens Variat de broche 6RA2628-6DV57-0
Siemens Variat de broche 6RA2628-6DV57-0
 2.000
 
Mitsubishi CNC Meldas YT2 type CNC UF701B
Mitsubishi CNC Meldas YT2 type CNC UF701B
 3.000
 
Siemens Carte de régulation 6SN1118-1NH01-0AA0
Siemens Carte de régulation 6SN1118-1NH01-0AA0
 1.800
 
Siemens Variat Simoreg 6RA2625-6DV57-0
Siemens Variat Simoreg 6RA2625-6DV57-0
 2.100
 
Siemens Carte de régulation 6SN1118-0DJ23-0AA1
Siemens Carte de régulation 6SN1118-0DJ23-0AA1
 1.700
 
Siemens Variat de broche 6RA2725-6DV55-0
Siemens Variat de broche 6RA2725-6DV55-0
 1.900
 
Fanuc Amplificat de broche A06B-6078-H211#H500
Fanuc Amplificat de broche A06B-6078-H211#H500
 1.850
 
Siemens Ensemble 4 axes Simovert 6SC6040-4AG00
Siemens Ensemble 4 axes Simovert 6SC6040-4AG00
 1.800
 
Fanuc Variat Sevo NEUF A06B-6089-H102
Fanuc Variat Sevo NEUF A06B-6089-H102
 2.000
 
Fanuc Variat d'axe Alpha SVM 1-40L A06B-6096-H104
Fanuc Variat d'axe Alpha SVM 1-40L A06B-6096-H104
 1.900
 
Siemens 6sn1145-1ba00-0da0 Repair Fix Price
Siemens 6sn1145-1ba00-0da0 Repair Fix Price
 1.537,24
 
Ondul 2,2kW 1x200-240V / 11A bookbook Altivar 320 ATV320U22M2B
Ondul 2,2kW 1x200-240V / 11A bookbook Altivar 320 ATV320U22M2B
 469,26
 
Fanuc Alimentation Alpha Garantie 3 mois A06B-6087-H126
Fanuc Alimentation Alpha Garantie 3 mois A06B-6087-H126
 2.280
 
SIEMENS  6ES7 193-4CB10-0AA0 simatic 6ES7193-4CB10-0AA0
SIEMENS 6ES7 193-4CB10-0AA0 simatic 6ES7193-4CB10-0AA0
 7,49
 
Control Techniques SP1404 3 kW AC Inverter Drive - SP1404
Control Techniques SP1404 3 kW AC Inverter Drive - SP1404
 702,18
 
Yugioh cartes rare
Yugioh cartes rare
 10
 
Yugioh cartes rare
Yugioh cartes rare
 8
 
Yugioh cartes rare
Yugioh cartes rare
 6
 
Yugioh
Yugioh
 2
 
Yugioh
Yugioh
 2
 
KEB Combivert 12FSC1B-350A AC Inverter Unit
KEB Combivert 12FSC1B-350A AC Inverter Unit
 877,73
 
Control Techniques Unidrive 5.5 kW M701-04200185A10 200/240 VAC Inverter Drive
Control Techniques Unidrive 5.5 kW M701-04200185A10 200/240 VAC Inverter Drive
 1.053,28
 
Nidec Control Techniques Unidrive SP SP2201 4 kW Wall Mounted AC Inverter Drive
Nidec Control Techniques Unidrive SP SP2201 4 kW Wall Mounted AC Inverter Drive
 1.111,79
 
Siemens 3VL9400-3HF04 Rotary drive Extended, Door Mechanism - New
Siemens 3VL9400-3HF04 Rotary drive Extended, Door Mechanism - New
 70,22
 
Démarr progressif triphasé 380-415VAC 9A 4kW 400V Altistart ATS01N209QN
Démarr progressif triphasé 380-415VAC 9A 4kW 400V Altistart ATS01N209QN
 133,84
 
1PCS elevator parts door machine controller AAD03011D DK 0.4KW
1PCS elevator parts door machine controller AAD03011D DK 0.4KW
 263,87
 
Alstom Alspa Vntc4825e
Alstom Alspa Vntc4825e
 1.920
 
094-0092-01 A&t  Solution Medicale  Seal Ise P149159-825
094-0092-01 A&t Solution Medicale Seal Ise P149159-825
 1
 
Sp2403 Leroy Somer Unidrive Sp 16t - 11kw - 25a Reconditionne Garantie 1 An
Sp2403 Leroy Somer Unidrive Sp 16t - 11kw - 25a Reconditionne Garantie 1 An
 2.120
 
Siemens 6sn1123-1aa00-0aa1 Repair Fix Price
Siemens 6sn1123-1aa00-0aa1 Repair Fix Price
 201,05
 
Emerson Fx-6200 / Servo Drive / 960137-01 / Fx6200
Emerson Fx-6200 / Servo Drive / 960137-01 / Fx6200
 3.360
 
OMRON Sysdrive Inverter 3GV3JV-A4004 0.55kW, 400V
OMRON Sysdrive Inverter 3GV3JV-A4004 0.55kW, 400V
 157,99
 
Yugioh cartes rare
Yugioh cartes rare
 3
 
Apple Airpods with Charging Case (latest Model)
Apple Airpods with Charging Case (latest Model)
 132,95
 
Lenco PA-46 Bluetooth Portable Speaker, Tuner, 30 W RMS, USB, SD, Battery
Lenco PA-46 Bluetooth Portable Speaker, Tuner, 30 W RMS, USB, SD, Battery
 115,61
 
LG CM2460DAB Mini HiFi System with Digital Radio
LG CM2460DAB Mini HiFi System with Digital Radio
 103,76
 
Control Techniques SP1404 Refurbished 2.2 kW AC Inverter Drive
Control Techniques SP1404 Refurbished 2.2 kW AC Inverter Drive
 1.310,74
 
Yugioh cartes rare
Yugioh cartes rare
 4
 
22B-B8PON104 Inverter 22BB8P0N104 has very little stock, first shot first served
22B-B8PON104 Inverter 22BB8P0N104 has very little stock, first shot first served
 509,75
 
 CT Frequency converter SP1406 free express delivery
 CT Frequency converter SP1406 free express delivery
 724,95
 
Rectivar Rtv84d72q
Rectivar Rtv84d72q
 2.290
 
For used T-verter E2-2P5-H1A 0.4KW 220V inverter
For used T-verter E2-2P5-H1A 0.4KW 220V inverter
 77,63
 
Mr-j2s-40b - Mitsubishi - Mrj2s40b - Mitsubishi Mr-j2s-40b - Mrj2s40b -rmsnegoce
Mr-j2s-40b - Mitsubishi - Mrj2s40b - Mitsubishi Mr-j2s-40b - Mrj2s40b -rmsnegoce
 1.653
 
Yugioh cartes rare
Yugioh cartes rare
 2
 
Yugioh cartes rare
Yugioh cartes rare
 2
 
Yugioh cartes rare
Yugioh cartes rare
 2
 
Yugioh cartes rare
Yugioh cartes rare
 2
 
So Apro ! Chorizo Slicer, Precise Meat Slicer, Made in France, Beech Wood Housin
So Apro ! Chorizo Slicer, Precise Meat Slicer, Made in France, Beech Wood Housin
 211,02
 
Allen Bradley 100-SB10 SER B
Allen Bradley 100-SB10 SER B
 6,99
 
Indramat LEEB 01-00
Indramat LEEB 01-00
 7,99
 
Siemens Variat 6SL3121-1TE28-5AA3
Siemens Variat 6SL3121-1TE28-5AA3
 2.800
 
Siemens 6sn1123-1ab00-0aa1 Repair Fix Price
Siemens 6sn1123-1ab00-0aa1 Repair Fix Price
 387,78
 
MDX61B0220-503-4-0T  - SEW-ODRIVE - + DEH11B/DFP21B / Variat 22 kW  USED
Top-Rated Seller MDX61B0220-503-4-0T - SEW-ODRIVE - + DEH11B/DFP21B / Variat 22 kW USED
 1.740
 
ALSTOM ALSPA VNTC4825E neuf in box
ALSTOM ALSPA VNTC4825E neuf in box
 2.400
 
1pcs Control Techniques SP2402 Frequency converter
1pcs Control Techniques SP2402 Frequency converter
 860,70
 
UNI1405 CT inverter 380V
UNI1405 CT inverter 380V
 1.232,20
 
CIMR-XCAA20P1 Inverter VS mini 0.1KW 220V CIMRXCAA20P1
CIMR-XCAA20P1 Inverter VS mini 0.1KW 220V CIMRXCAA20P1
 87,31
 
Yugioh
Yugioh
 4
 
Yugioh
Yugioh
 4
 
Yugioh
Yugioh
 3
 
Yugioh
Yugioh
 4
 
SIEMENS 6SE6400-3CC00-2AD3 Micromaster 4 CH - TOP - worldwide, EU, RECHNUNG
SIEMENS 6SE6400-3CC00-2AD3 Micromaster 4 CH - TOP - worldwide, EU, RECHNUNG
 30
 
A06B6058H334      - FANUC  -       A06B-6058-H334  /      Variat d'axes  USED
A06B6058H334 - FANUC - A06B-6058-H334 / Variat d'axes USED
 1.770
 
AHLE1W2175A   - UNI-PRO -    AHLE1W2-175A /  20.004737-01    Variat 175A USED
AHLE1W2175A - UNI-PRO - AHLE1W2-175A / 20.004737-01 Variat 175A USED
 1.782
 
Blaupunkt Boombox 11 PLL, portable CD radio, audio book function with cassette p
Blaupunkt Boombox 11 PLL, portable CD radio, audio book function with cassette p
 44,02
 
For Fuling DZB200B002.2L2DK inverter upgrade version DZB312B002.2L2DK
For Fuling DZB200B002.2L2DK inverter upgrade version DZB312B002.2L2DK
 361,54
 
one inverter EV2000-4T0075G/0110P 7.5KW/11KW tested
one inverter EV2000-4T0075G/0110P 7.5KW/11KW tested
 315,92
 
Control Techniques Commander SE SE43401850 SE27T 18.5kW Inverter Drive
Control Techniques Commander SE SE43401850 SE27T 18.5kW Inverter Drive
 2.340,61
 
Fanuc Variat d'axe Garantie 3 mois A06B-6096-H106
Fanuc Variat d'axe Garantie 3 mois A06B-6096-H106
 1.980
 
SEW MC07B0008-5A3-4-00 Movitrac Inverter 0,75kW - TOP worldwide, EU, RECHNUNG
SEW MC07B0008-5A3-4-00 Movitrac Inverter 0,75kW - TOP worldwide, EU, RECHNUNG
 245
 
For Used TAIAN E2-202-H inverter 1.5KW 220V
For Used TAIAN E2-202-H inverter 1.5KW 220V
 104,41
 
Vea-nu-55:leroy Somer,dc Drive,neuf Garantie 1 An
Vea-nu-55:leroy Somer,dc Drive,neuf Garantie 1 An
 420
 
For  Lenze frequency converter ESMD251X2SFA
For  Lenze frequency converter ESMD251X2SFA
 152,69
 
Inverter ATV320U22N4C three-phase 400V, 2.2kW,
Inverter ATV320U22N4C three-phase 400V, 2.2kW,
 670,77
 
one  New in Box Inverter ATV312H075M2  0.75KW 220V
one New in Box Inverter ATV312H075M2 0.75KW 220V
 233,42
 
Ondul Danfoss 9,3kVA (7,44kW) 3 × 380-460V / # G 9A2 3107
Ondul Danfoss 9,3kVA (7,44kW) 3 × 380-460V / # G 9A2 3107
 476,75  381,40
 
1 PCS BFV00072GK 220V 0.75KW Frequency Converter (Used Tested Cleaned)
1 PCS BFV00072GK 220V 0.75KW Frequency Converter (Used Tested Cleaned)
 91,10
 
Jabra Elite 75t Earbuds - Wireless Charging Enabled - Active Noise Cancelling Bl
Jabra Elite 75t Earbuds - Wireless Charging Enabled - Active Noise Cancelling Bl
 105,33
 
Elettronica Santerno LE-100 inverter used
Elettronica Santerno LE-100 inverter used
 187,25
 
Yugioh cartes rare
Yugioh cartes rare
 3
 
Yugioh cartes rare
Yugioh cartes rare
 3
 
Yugioh cartes rare
Yugioh cartes rare
 4
 
C200h-id212 Omron C200h Id212 Input Module
C200h-id212 Omron C200h Id212 Input Module
 100
 
Yugioh cartes rare
Yugioh cartes rare
 35
 
For ABB ACS550-01-012A-4 Inverter 5.5KW (Free Express Shipping)
For ABB ACS550-01-012A-4 Inverter 5.5KW (Free Express Shipping)
 618,43
 
For ATV71HD11N4Z frequency converter
For ATV71HD11N4Z frequency converter
 1.141,70
 
Inverter EV2100-4T0110A fan water pump water supply function three-phase 11KW
Inverter EV2100-4T0110A fan water pump water supply function three-phase 11KW
 666,83
 
Danfoss VLT5003PT5B20STR3DLF00A00C0
Danfoss VLT5003PT5B20STR3DLF00A00C0
 699
 
WÖHNER 9x Sicherungssockel 31286 - NEU/OVP - worldwide shipping
WÖHNER 9x Sicherungssockel 31286 - NEU/OVP - worldwide shipping
 25
 
Emerson Dxm-6200 / 4.2kw /  5.6 Hp /  3000 Rpm
Emerson Dxm-6200 / 4.2kw / 5.6 Hp / 3000 Rpm
 2.268
 
Abb Servo Drives Axodyn Typ: Da 2001 C / Gnt2009383r0002 / Dc 510v / Pad 20kw
Abb Servo Drives Axodyn Typ: Da 2001 C / Gnt2009383r0002 / Dc 510v / Pad 20kw
 1.836
 
1pcs new In Box inverter ATV312HD11N4 11KW three-phase 380V Free Shipping
1pcs new In Box inverter ATV312HD11N4 11KW three-phase 380V Free Shipping
 1.006,41
 
For LENZE EVS9324-ES inverter
For LENZE EVS9324-ES inverter
 5.232,83
 
 Delta inverter VFD-B series 380V 2.2KW VFD022B43B
 Delta inverter VFD-B series 380V 2.2KW VFD022B43B
 217,40
 
For SV015IG5-4 Inverter 380v 1.5kw
For SV015IG5-4 Inverter 380v 1.5kw
 222,97
 
E82EV751-2C Inverter Conditioner New 8200 Vector Inverter
E82EV751-2C Inverter Conditioner New 8200 Vector Inverter
 206,24
 
GirbauFILTER FRI FA-1ZPart number: 199836
GirbauFILTER FRI FA-1ZPart number: 199836
 17,55
 
Atv58hu72n4 Telemecanique Variat De Vitesse Radiat 4kw Filtre Cem Reco G1a
Atv58hu72n4 Telemecanique Variat De Vitesse Radiat 4kw Filtre Cem Reco G1a
 1.120
 
Goldammer Repair Evaluation 2k Ui Power Pwm
Goldammer Repair Evaluation 2k Ui Power Pwm
 2,85
 
Enel Repair Evaluation Fntka-10
Enel Repair Evaluation Fntka-10
 2,85
 
Heidenhain Repair Evaluation Um114
Heidenhain Repair Evaluation Um114
 2,85
 
Fanuc Repair Evaluation A06b-6052-h002
Fanuc Repair Evaluation A06b-6052-h002
 2,85
 
Yaskawa Repair Evaluation Sgdm-15ada
Yaskawa Repair Evaluation Sgdm-15ada
 2,85
 
Twerd Repair Evaluation Mfc310/22kw
Twerd Repair Evaluation Mfc310/22kw
 2,85
 
Lafert Repair Evaluation Pmc1400615rbft01
Lafert Repair Evaluation Pmc1400615rbft01
 2,85
 
Aeg Repair Evaluation Minisemi 380/43 + Go
Aeg Repair Evaluation Minisemi 380/43 + Go
 2,85
 
Kone Repair Evaluation D2l011fp52a0n1l
Kone Repair Evaluation D2l011fp52a0n1l
 2,85
 
Num Repair Evaluation 1020w
Num Repair Evaluation 1020w
 2,85
 
Cincinnati Repair Evaluation Psr4/5-250-7500
Cincinnati Repair Evaluation Psr4/5-250-7500
 2,85
 
Sew odrive Repair Evaluation Mdv60a0030-5a3-4-00
Sew odrive Repair Evaluation Mdv60a0030-5a3-4-00
 2,85
 
Heidenhain Repair Evaluation Uvr140d
Heidenhain Repair Evaluation Uvr140d
 2,87
 
Fanuc Repair Evaluation A06b-6096-h301
Fanuc Repair Evaluation A06b-6096-h301
 2,85
 
Yaskawa Repair Evaluation Cimr-e7z4030
Yaskawa Repair Evaluation Cimr-e7z4030
 2,85
 
Fuji Electric Repair Evaluation Frn7.5g9s-4en
Fuji Electric Repair Evaluation Frn7.5g9s-4en
 2,85
 
Baumüller Repair Evaluation Bug623-56-54-b-000
Baumüller Repair Evaluation Bug623-56-54-b-000
 2,85
 
Fanuc Repair Evaluation A06b-6114-h208
Fanuc Repair Evaluation A06b-6114-h208
 2,85
 
Ferrocontrol Repair Evaluation R04-35-04
Ferrocontrol Repair Evaluation R04-35-04
 2,85
 
Enel Repair Evaluation Fntka-45
Enel Repair Evaluation Fntka-45
 2,85
 
Yaskawa Repair Evaluation Sgbd-60vdy109
Yaskawa Repair Evaluation Sgbd-60vdy109
 2,85
 
Haas Automation Repair Evaluation Horsepower20
Haas Automation Repair Evaluation Horsepower20
 2,85
 
Digiplan Repair Evaluation Cd25m
Digiplan Repair Evaluation Cd25m
 2,85
 
Robostar Repair Evaluation Qsv-4a2a-s
Robostar Repair Evaluation Qsv-4a2a-s
 2,85
 
Abb Repair Evaluation Bivector535
Abb Repair Evaluation Bivector535
 2,85
 
Fanuc Repair Evaluation A06b-6120-h045 Ver. E
Fanuc Repair Evaluation A06b-6120-h045 Ver. E
 2,85
 
Heidenhain Repair Evaluation Um115d
Heidenhain Repair Evaluation Um115d
 2,85
 
Lenze Repair Evaluation 33.9322pe.7b.70
Lenze Repair Evaluation 33.9322pe.7b.70
 2,85
 
Yaskawa Repair Evaluation Sghd-60de-0y
Yaskawa Repair Evaluation Sghd-60de-0y
 2,85
 
Jetter REPAIR EVALUATION JM-203-230-RS
Jetter REPAIR EVALUATION JM-203-230-RS
 2,85
 
Fanuc Repair Evaluation A06b-6079-h204
Fanuc Repair Evaluation A06b-6079-h204
 2,85
 
Apple Airpods with Charging Case (latest Model)
Apple Airpods with Charging Case (latest Model)
 132,95
 
LG CM2460DAB Mini HiFi System with Digital Radio
LG CM2460DAB Mini HiFi System with Digital Radio
 124,12
 
Yokogawa Repair Evaluation Ur5030b8kc
Yokogawa Repair Evaluation Ur5030b8kc
 2,85
 
Ferrocontrol Repair Evaluation Darc 2 R09-35-03
Ferrocontrol Repair Evaluation Darc 2 R09-35-03
 2,85
 
Twerd Repair Evaluation Afc120/2.2kw
Twerd Repair Evaluation Afc120/2.2kw
 2,85
 
Aeg Repair Evaluation 7-9/380
Aeg Repair Evaluation 7-9/380
 2,85
 
Enel Repair Evaluation Fntka-30
Enel Repair Evaluation Fntka-30
 2,85
 
Elcom Repair Evaluation Easyfd600r04
Elcom Repair Evaluation Easyfd600r04
 2,85
 
Baumüller Repair Evaluation Bm4432-si0-01200-03
Baumüller Repair Evaluation Bm4432-si0-01200-03
 2,85
 
Delta VFD007A43A 1Hp Variable Drive Used ci
Delta VFD007A43A 1Hp Variable Drive Used ci
 155,48
 
Vw3a-66201 Telemecanique Output Module Relay 24vdc/230vac Recond Garantie 1 An
Vw3a-66201 Telemecanique Output Module Relay 24vdc/230vac Recond Garantie 1 An
 365
 
Bang & Olufsen Beoplay E8 Sport - True Wireless Sports Earphones, Black
Bang & Olufsen Beoplay E8 Sport - True Wireless Sports Earphones, Black
 201,04
 
Sony WF-1000XM4 True Wireless Noise Cancelling Headphones - with Charging Case -
Sony WF-1000XM4 True Wireless Noise Cancelling Headphones - with Charging Case -
 190,88
 
Wntcc4025 Cegelec Variathyr  Input 3 Ph 380 Vac 50-60 Hz 21 Amp Reconditionné Ga
Wntcc4025 Cegelec Variathyr Input 3 Ph 380 Vac 50-60 Hz 21 Amp Reconditionné Ga
 1.470
 
SP1404:LEROY SOMER,UNIDRIVE SP 3.5T - 2,2KW - 5,8A, Reconditionné Garantie 1 An
SP1404:LEROY SOMER,UNIDRIVE SP 3.5T - 2,2KW - 5,8A, Reconditionné Garantie 1 An
 1.470
 
Agp3310h-t1-d24-red - Pro-face - Agp3310h-t1-d24-red - Pro-face - Rms Negoce
Agp3310h-t1-d24-red - Pro-face - Agp3310h-t1-d24-red - Pro-face - Rms Negoce
 2.000
 
6fc5103-0ab03-1aa2 - Panel - Siemens - 6fc5103-0ab03-1aa2 - Panel - Rms Negoce
6fc5103-0ab03-1aa2 - Panel - Siemens - 6fc5103-0ab03-1aa2 - Panel - Rms Negoce
 3.600
 
Transformat de courant 50 / 5A 1,25VA classe 1 FS5 pour câble fi21 DIN...
Transformat de courant 50 / 5A 1,25VA classe 1 FS5 pour câble fi21 DIN...
 27,11
 
Bosch Rexroth Repair Evaluation Vm100/r048107-314
Bosch Rexroth Repair Evaluation Vm100/r048107-314
 2,85
 
Control Techniques Repair Evaluation Cd1100
Control Techniques Repair Evaluation Cd1100
 2,85
 
Yaskawa Repair Evaluation Sgdv-5r5a01a002000
Yaskawa Repair Evaluation Sgdv-5r5a01a002000
 2,85
 
Indramat Repair Evaluation Kda3.-1003-a0s-w1
Indramat Repair Evaluation Kda3.-1003-a0s-w1
 2,85
 
Indramat Repair Evaluation Kds 1.1-100-300-w1-220
Indramat Repair Evaluation Kds 1.1-100-300-w1-220
 2,85
 
Indramat Repair Evaluation Dkr03.1-w200n-ba01-01-fw
Indramat Repair Evaluation Dkr03.1-w200n-ba01-01-fw
 2,85
 
Parker Hannifin Repair Evaluation Cd25
Parker Hannifin Repair Evaluation Cd25
 2,85
 
Fuji Electric Repair Evaluation Fvr075g7n-4
Fuji Electric Repair Evaluation Fvr075g7n-4
 2,85
 
Indramat Repair Evaluation Tvm2.2-050-w1-220v
Indramat Repair Evaluation Tvm2.2-050-w1-220v
 2,85
 
Mitsubishi Electric Repair Evaluation Fr-u120s-0.2k-er
Mitsubishi Electric Repair Evaluation Fr-u120s-0.2k-er
 2,85
 
Control Techniques Repair Evaluation Cde1100
Control Techniques Repair Evaluation Cde1100
 2,85
 
Indramat Repair Evaluation Dds02.2-w050-be32-01-fw
Indramat Repair Evaluation Dds02.2-w050-be32-01-fw
 2,85
 
Heidenhain Repair Evaluation Uv120
Heidenhain Repair Evaluation Uv120
 2,87
 
Nord Repair Evaluation Sk550/1fct
Nord Repair Evaluation Sk550/1fct
 2,87
 
Heidenhain Repair Evaluation Ue210
Heidenhain Repair Evaluation Ue210
 2,87
 
Fanuc Repair Evaluation A06b-6090-h244
Fanuc Repair Evaluation A06b-6090-h244
 2,87
 
Heidenhain Repair Evaluation Um111b
Heidenhain Repair Evaluation Um111b
 2,87
 
Tde Repair Evaluation Dsc30
Tde Repair Evaluation Dsc30
 2,87
 
Fanuc Repair Evaluation A06b-6164-h344#h580
Fanuc Repair Evaluation A06b-6164-h344#h580
 2,87
 
Heidenhain Repair Evaluation Uv101
Heidenhain Repair Evaluation Uv101
 2,87
 
Ferrocontrol Repair Evaluation V15-10-10-05
Ferrocontrol Repair Evaluation V15-10-10-05
 2,87
 
Moeller Repair Evaluation Df4-340-2k2
Moeller Repair Evaluation Df4-340-2k2
 2,87
 
Keb Repair Evaluation 10.s4.d11-3470
Keb Repair Evaluation 10.s4.d11-3470
 2,87
 
Heidenhain Repair Evaluation Um112
Heidenhain Repair Evaluation Um112
 2,87
 
Heidenhain Repair Evaluation Ue211
Heidenhain Repair Evaluation Ue211
 2,87
 
Heidenhain Repair Evaluation Ue212
Heidenhain Repair Evaluation Ue212
 2,87
 
Fanuc Repair Evaluation A06b-6089-h106, Ver.b
Fanuc Repair Evaluation A06b-6089-h106, Ver.b
 2,87
 
Baumüller Repair Evaluation Bus622-15/22-54-m-204 Cul
Baumüller Repair Evaluation Bus622-15/22-54-m-204 Cul
 2,87
 
Heidenhain Repair Evaluation Um116dw
Heidenhain Repair Evaluation Um116dw
 2,87
 
Fanuc Repair Evaluation A06b-6114-h209, Ver D
Fanuc Repair Evaluation A06b-6114-h209, Ver D
 2,87
 
Heidenhain Repair Evaluation Ue211d
Heidenhain Repair Evaluation Ue211d
 2,87
 
Heidenhain Repair Evaluation Uv140
Heidenhain Repair Evaluation Uv140
 2,87
 
Yaskawa Repair Evaluation Cimr-g5c4015
Yaskawa Repair Evaluation Cimr-g5c4015
 2,87
 
Ferrocontrol Repair Evaluation S02-20-1j
Ferrocontrol Repair Evaluation S02-20-1j
 2,87
 
Okuma Repair Evaluation D11-a
Okuma Repair Evaluation D11-a
 2,87
 
Ferrocontrol Repair Evaluation V05-10-20-09
Ferrocontrol Repair Evaluation V05-10-20-09
 2,87
 
Fanuc Repair Evaluation A06b-6134-h202#a
Fanuc Repair Evaluation A06b-6134-h202#a
 2,87
 
Seidel Repair Evaluation 01s-m150/15-pb-w-fc
Seidel Repair Evaluation 01s-m150/15-pb-w-fc
 2,87
 
Heidenhain Repair Evaluation Uv102
Heidenhain Repair Evaluation Uv102
 2,87
 
Baumüller Repair Evaluation Bum60s-04/08-54-b011-vc-r0-01-0014-00mro
Baumüller Repair Evaluation Bum60s-04/08-54-b011-vc-r0-01-0014-00mro
 2,87
 
Fanuc Repair Evaluation A06b-6096-h302
Fanuc Repair Evaluation A06b-6096-h302
 2,87
 
Heidenhain Repair Evaluation Um122
Heidenhain Repair Evaluation Um122
 2,87
 
Mitsubishi Electric Repair Evaluation Mds-b-sph-110
Mitsubishi Electric Repair Evaluation Mds-b-sph-110
 2,87
 
Heidenhain Repair Evaluation Uv105b
Heidenhain Repair Evaluation Uv105b
 2,87
 
Wittmann Repair Evaluation Eu173/w-drive20/20/20
Wittmann Repair Evaluation Eu173/w-drive20/20/20
 2,87
 
Ferrocontrol Repair Evaluation S09-20-m
Ferrocontrol Repair Evaluation S09-20-m
 2,87
 
Unico Repair Evaluation Unico 2400
Unico Repair Evaluation Unico 2400
 2,87
 
Heidenhain Repair Evaluation Ue242d
Heidenhain Repair Evaluation Ue242d
 2,87
 
Baumüller Repair Evaluation Bm4413-st0-01003-0108
Baumüller Repair Evaluation Bm4413-st0-01003-0108
 2,87
 
Fanuc Repair Evaluation A06b-6096-h203
Fanuc Repair Evaluation A06b-6096-h203
 2,87
 
Fanuc Repair Evaluation A06b-6078-h206#h500
Fanuc Repair Evaluation A06b-6078-h206#h500
 2,87
 
Heidenhain Repair Evaluation Ue242
Heidenhain Repair Evaluation Ue242
 2,87
 
Heidenhain Repair Evaluation Ue242b
Heidenhain Repair Evaluation Ue242b
 2,87
 
Fanuc Repair Evaluation A06b-6096-h206
Fanuc Repair Evaluation A06b-6096-h206
 2,87
 
Heidenhain Repair Evaluation Uvr150
Heidenhain Repair Evaluation Uvr150
 2,87
 
Heidenhain Repair Evaluation Um121
Heidenhain Repair Evaluation Um121
 2,87
 
Heidenhain Repair Evaluation Ur240d
Heidenhain Repair Evaluation Ur240d
 2,87
 
Heidenhain Repair Evaluation Ue230
Heidenhain Repair Evaluation Ue230
 2,87
 
Ferrocontrol Repair Evaluation V05-10-20-0j
Ferrocontrol Repair Evaluation V05-10-20-0j
 2,87
 
Osai Repair Evaluation 0s3-fw-400-10
Osai Repair Evaluation 0s3-fw-400-10
 2,87
 
Indramat Repair Evaluation Dds2.1-w200-rl01-00
Indramat Repair Evaluation Dds2.1-w200-rl01-00
 2,85
 
Sepex Repair Evaluation 169072-009
Sepex Repair Evaluation 169072-009
 2,87
 
Lenze Repair Evaluation Evd4906-e-v-013
Lenze Repair Evaluation Evd4906-e-v-013
 2,87
 
Heidenhain Repair Evaluation Uvr150d
Heidenhain Repair Evaluation Uvr150d
 2,87
 
Heidenhain Repair Evaluation Zkf120
Heidenhain Repair Evaluation Zkf120
 2,87
 
Prima Electro Repair Evaluation 1smpc4991/uc
Prima Electro Repair Evaluation 1smpc4991/uc
 2,87
 
Lafert Repair Evaluation Pmc01/022 Pmc1400615rbft01
Lafert Repair Evaluation Pmc01/022 Pmc1400615rbft01
 2,87
 
Mitsubishi Electric Repair Evaluation Mds-b-sp-260
Mitsubishi Electric Repair Evaluation Mds-b-sp-260
 2,87
 
Heidenhain Repair Evaluation Ue210d
Heidenhain Repair Evaluation Ue210d
 2,87
 
Yaskawa Repair Evaluation Sgdb-60vdy6
Yaskawa Repair Evaluation Sgdb-60vdy6
 2,87
 
Hair removal machine charger 2.0 Laser hair removal instrument power adapter
Hair removal machine charger 2.0 Laser hair removal instrument power adapter
 49,95
 
MIKI FFV Optical Process Controller MSV-1843/MO Ersatzteile Inkl. MwSt.
MIKI FFV Optical Process Controller MSV-1843/MO Ersatzteile Inkl. MwSt.
 70
 
Brand New Control Techniques Nidec Unidrive UNI1401 0.75kw Three Phase AC Drive
Brand New Control Techniques Nidec Unidrive UNI1401 0.75kw Three Phase AC Drive
 2.340,61
 
Control Techniques Commander SE SE53402200 SE33T 22kW Inverter Drive
Control Techniques Commander SE SE53402200 SE33T 22kW Inverter Drive
 1.696,95
 
Control Techniques Commander SK SK3401 18.5 kW Refurbished Variable Speed Drive
Control Techniques Commander SK SK3401 18.5 kW Refurbished Variable Speed Drive
 1.755,46
 
Control Techniques Commander SK SK3403 22/30 kW AC Inverter Drive
Control Techniques Commander SK SK3403 22/30 kW AC Inverter Drive
 2.925,77
 
Control Techniques NIDEC SP1406 4 kW Brand New AC Inverter Drive
Control Techniques NIDEC SP1406 4 kW Brand New AC Inverter Drive
 2.551,27
 
For 20BC072A0AYNANC0 frequency converter
For 20BC072A0AYNANC0 frequency converter
 5.708,55
 
Msd013a1xxv Panasonic Panasonic Ac Servo Driver Msd013a1xxv Reconditonne Teste G
Msd013a1xxv Panasonic Panasonic Ac Servo Driver Msd013a1xxv Reconditonne Teste G
 485
 
Msd013a1xxe Panasonic Panasonic Ac Servo Driver Msd013a1xxe Reconditonne Teste G
Msd013a1xxe Panasonic Panasonic Ac Servo Driver Msd013a1xxe Reconditonne Teste G
 520
 
Indramat Repair Evaluation Kdw1.1-150-300-w1
Indramat Repair Evaluation Kdw1.1-150-300-w1
 2,87
 
Warner Electric Repair Evaluation Kt4030-11
Warner Electric Repair Evaluation Kt4030-11
 2,87
 
Lenze Repair Evaluation 33.9325ve.3k.21
Lenze Repair Evaluation 33.9325ve.3k.21
 2,85
 
Apple Airpods with Charging Case (latest Model)
Apple Airpods with Charging Case (latest Model)
 132,95
 
Baumüller Repair Evaluation Bm4434-si1-02200-03
Baumüller Repair Evaluation Bm4434-si1-02200-03
 2,85
 
Mazak Repair Evaluation Msvb-sv-15ns
Mazak Repair Evaluation Msvb-sv-15ns
 2,85
 
Fanuc Repair Evaluation A06b-6089-h208
Fanuc Repair Evaluation A06b-6089-h208
 2,85
 
Fanuc Repair Evaluation A06b-6121-h006#h570
Fanuc Repair Evaluation A06b-6121-h006#h570
 2,85
 
Lenze Repair Evaluation 33.9326se.6d.61
Lenze Repair Evaluation 33.9326se.6d.61
 2,85
 
Ferrocontrol Repair Evaluation S06-00-1e
Ferrocontrol Repair Evaluation S06-00-1e
 2,85
 
Ferrocontrol Repair Evaluation A02-00-10
Ferrocontrol Repair Evaluation A02-00-10
 2,85
 
Ferrocontrol Repair Evaluation V05-10-10-0s
Ferrocontrol Repair Evaluation V05-10-10-0s
 2,85
 
Ferrocontrol Repair Evaluation S18-00-0n
Ferrocontrol Repair Evaluation S18-00-0n
 2,85
 
Fanuc Repair Evaluation A06b-6102-h230#h520
Fanuc Repair Evaluation A06b-6102-h230#h520
 2,85
 
Fanuc Repair Evaluation A06b-6079-h207
Fanuc Repair Evaluation A06b-6079-h207
 2,85
 
Hp Repair Evaluation 40hp
Hp Repair Evaluation 40hp
 2,85
 
Lust Repair Evaluation Vf1424l,c13,s60,pt1,g21
Lust Repair Evaluation Vf1424l,c13,s60,pt1,g21
 2,85
 
Fanuc Repair Evaluation A06-6102-h206#520
Fanuc Repair Evaluation A06-6102-h206#520
 2,85
 
Fanuc Repair Evaluation A06b-6055-h212
Fanuc Repair Evaluation A06b-6055-h212
 2,85
 
Fanuc Repair Evaluation A06b-6122-h045#h553f
Fanuc Repair Evaluation A06b-6122-h045#h553f
 2,85
 
B&r Automation Repair Evaluation 8v1010.00-2
B&r Automation Repair Evaluation 8v1010.00-2
 2,85
 
Mitsubishi Electric Repair Evaluation Mds-b-v2-3520
Mitsubishi Electric Repair Evaluation Mds-b-v2-3520
 2,85
 
Fanuc Repair Evaluation A06b-6134-h303#a
Fanuc Repair Evaluation A06b-6134-h303#a
 2,85
 
Fanuc Repair Evaluation A06b-6066-h244
Fanuc Repair Evaluation A06b-6066-h244
 2,85
 
Fanuc Repair Evaluation A06b-6290-h209
Fanuc Repair Evaluation A06b-6290-h209
 2,85
 
Fanuc Repair Evaluation A06b-6150-h045
Fanuc Repair Evaluation A06b-6150-h045
 2,85
 
Yaskawa Repair Evaluation Cimr-v7cc44p0
Yaskawa Repair Evaluation Cimr-v7cc44p0
 2,85
 
Lenze Repair Evaluation 4906_e.1b.11
Lenze Repair Evaluation 4906_e.1b.11
 2,87
 
Keb Repair Evaluation 17.f4.c1h-4a01/2.2
Keb Repair Evaluation 17.f4.c1h-4a01/2.2
 2,87
 
Parker Hannifin Repair Evaluation Dxd06008
Parker Hannifin Repair Evaluation Dxd06008
 2,87
 
Fanuc Repair Evaluation A06b-6114-h103
Fanuc Repair Evaluation A06b-6114-h103
 2,85
 
Num Repair Evaluation Mdll3030n00an0i
Num Repair Evaluation Mdll3030n00an0i
 2,87
 
Yaskawa Repair Evaluation Cimr-m5a20150-xxxc
Yaskawa Repair Evaluation Cimr-m5a20150-xxxc
 2,87
 
6fc5103-0ab03-1aa3 - Panel - Siemens - 6fc5103-0ab03-1aa3 - Panel - Rms Negoce
6fc5103-0ab03-1aa3 - Panel - Siemens - 6fc5103-0ab03-1aa3 - Panel - Rms Negoce
 2.700
 
(Neuf en Boîte ) YASKAWA CIMR-VA2A0001BAA Ondul
(Neuf en Boîte ) YASKAWA CIMR-VA2A0001BAA Ondul
 221,79
 
1Pcs Delta Converter VFD007B43A Used sx
1Pcs Delta Converter VFD007B43A Used sx
 125,13
 
Siemens Simodrive 6SC6110-6AA00 Vorschubmodul
Siemens Simodrive 6SC6110-6AA00 Vorschubmodul
 149,99
 
Bender Typ LSE 200 R Lastüberwachung Lastschütz
Bender Typ LSE 200 R Lastüberwachung Lastschütz
 49
 
Airpods Pro With Wireless Case-Isp
Airpods Pro With Wireless Case-Isp
 208,05
 
Maddt1207p Panasonic Panasonic Ac Servo Driver Maddt1207p Reconditonne Teste G
Maddt1207p Panasonic Panasonic Ac Servo Driver Maddt1207p Reconditonne Teste G
 620
 
Telemecanique XCSZP700L01M12  gebraucht/used
Telemecanique XCSZP700L01M12 gebraucht/used
 24,90
 
Indramat Repair Evaluation Dks01.2-w100a-dl01-0-1-fw
Indramat Repair Evaluation Dks01.2-w100a-dl01-0-1-fw
 2,85
 
Bosch Rexroth Repair Evaluation Hcs02.1e-w0070-a-03-nnnn
Bosch Rexroth Repair Evaluation Hcs02.1e-w0070-a-03-nnnn
 2,85
 
Indramat Repair Evaluation Hve03.2-w030n
Indramat Repair Evaluation Hve03.2-w030n
 2,85
 
Vectron Elektronik Repair Evaluation Act400-018a
Vectron Elektronik Repair Evaluation Act400-018a
 2,85
 
Bosch Rexroth Repair Evaluation Hds14.2-w200n
Bosch Rexroth Repair Evaluation Hds14.2-w200n
 2,85
 
Indramat Repair Evaluation Hds03.1-w075n-hs12-0 1-fw
Indramat Repair Evaluation Hds03.1-w075n-hs12-0 1-fw
 2,85
 
Bosch Rexroth Repair Evaluation Vm 100/r-ta
Bosch Rexroth Repair Evaluation Vm 100/r-ta
 2,85
 
Yaskawa Repair Evaluation Sgdb-10adg-p
Yaskawa Repair Evaluation Sgdb-10adg-p
 2,87
 
Fanuc Repair Evaluation A06b-6082-h222#h512
Fanuc Repair Evaluation A06b-6082-h222#h512
 2,87
 
Siemens Repair Evaluation 6es5 955-3nc41
Siemens Repair Evaluation 6es5 955-3nc41
 2,87
 
Fanuc Repair Evaluation A06b-6087-h137
Fanuc Repair Evaluation A06b-6087-h137
 2,87
 
Daiichi-dentsu Repair Evaluation San4-24m
Daiichi-dentsu Repair Evaluation San4-24m
 2,85
 
Lenze Repair Evaluation 33.9326ve.3g.21
Lenze Repair Evaluation 33.9326ve.3g.21
 2,85
 
Yaskawa Repair Evaluation Sgdh-10ae
Yaskawa Repair Evaluation Sgdh-10ae
 2,85
 
Metronix Repair Evaluation Ars-560/5
Metronix Repair Evaluation Ars-560/5
 2,85
 
Fanuc Repair Evaluation A06b-6082-h211#h511
Fanuc Repair Evaluation A06b-6082-h211#h511
 2,85
 
Fagor Repair Evaluation Mcs-16h
Fagor Repair Evaluation Mcs-16h
 2,85
 
Yaskawa Repair Evaluation Sgdh-60de-oy
Yaskawa Repair Evaluation Sgdh-60de-oy
 2,85
 
Xbtgt6330 - Magelis - Telemecanique - Xbtgt6330 - Hmi Magelis - Rms Negoce
Xbtgt6330 - Magelis - Telemecanique - Xbtgt6330 - Hmi Magelis - Rms Negoce
 1.770
 
Leuze Bcl 500i On 100 Bcl500ion100 50105455 @841
Leuze Bcl 500i On 100 Bcl500ion100 50105455 @841
 1.850
 
Siemens Repair Evaluation 6se6440-2ad23-0ba1
Siemens Repair Evaluation 6se6440-2ad23-0ba1
 2,85
 
(Neuf en Boîte ) Yakasawa CIMR-VU2A0004BAA Lect
(Neuf en Boîte ) Yakasawa CIMR-VU2A0004BAA Lect
 263,99
 
Telemecanique Repair Evaluation Atv212wd15n4
Telemecanique Repair Evaluation Atv212wd15n4
 2,85
 
Bosch Rexroth Repair Evaluation Spm25-tb
Bosch Rexroth Repair Evaluation Spm25-tb
 2,85
 
Parker Hannifin Repair Evaluation Cpx2570s/e2/e3/f8/s1
Parker Hannifin Repair Evaluation Cpx2570s/e2/e3/f8/s1
 2,85
 
Bosch Rexroth Repair Evaluation Asm50-td068440-206
Bosch Rexroth Repair Evaluation Asm50-td068440-206
 2,85
 
Sp1404:leroy Somer,unidrive Sp 3.5t - 2,2kw - 5,8a,neuf Garantie 1 An
Sp1404:leroy Somer,unidrive Sp 3.5t - 2,2kw - 5,8a,neuf Garantie 1 An
 1.870
 
Lenze Repair Evaluation Evd4909e
Lenze Repair Evaluation Evd4909e
 2,87
 
Heidenhain Repair Evaluation Um121b
Heidenhain Repair Evaluation Um121b
 2,87
 
Heidenhain Repair Evaluation Um121bd
Heidenhain Repair Evaluation Um121bd
 2,87
 
Heidenhain Repair Evaluation Um111bd
Heidenhain Repair Evaluation Um111bd
 2,87
 
Heidenhain Repair Evaluation Uvr130d
Heidenhain Repair Evaluation Uvr130d
 2,87
 
Lenze Repair Evaluation Evs9324-cpv003
Lenze Repair Evaluation Evs9324-cpv003
 2,87
 
Heidenhain Repair Evaluation Uvr160d
Heidenhain Repair Evaluation Uvr160d
 2,87
 
Heidenhain Repair Evaluation Ue241d
Heidenhain Repair Evaluation Ue241d
 2,87
 
Lenze Repair Evaluation Evs9224-e-v007
Lenze Repair Evaluation Evs9224-e-v007
 2,87
 
Heidenhain Repair Evaluation Ue240d
Heidenhain Repair Evaluation Ue240d
 2,87
 
Siemens Repair Evaluation 6se3223-0dh40
Siemens Repair Evaluation 6se3223-0dh40
 2,87
 
Heidenhain Repair Evaluation Um122d
Heidenhain Repair Evaluation Um122d
 2,87
 
Stöber Repair Evaluation Fas4008
Stöber Repair Evaluation Fas4008
 2,87
 
Heidenhain Repair Evaluation Um111d
Heidenhain Repair Evaluation Um111d
 2,87
 
Siemens 6sn1145-1ba02-0ca0 Repair Fix Price
Siemens 6sn1145-1ba02-0ca0 Repair Fix Price
 1.109,33
 
Sew odrive Repair Evaluation Movitrac31c014-503-4-00
Sew odrive Repair Evaluation Movitrac31c014-503-4-00
 2,87
 

Technical DataV4-T2-12
Frame Size 1 (15–125 A) V4-T2-22
Frame Size 2 (15–225 A) V4-T2-29
Frame Size 3 (45–600 A)V4-T2-42
Frame Size 4 (300–800 A) V4-T2-57
Frame Size 5 (320–1200 A) V4-T2-70
Frame Size 6 (700–2500 A)V4-T2-79
Motor Circuit Protectors (3–600 A)V4-T2-87
Motor Protection  (15–600 A)V4-T2-98
High Instantaneous
for Selective CoordinationV4-T2-104
Mechanical Current-Limiting Circuit Breaker ModuleV4-T2-107
Terminals, Lugs and ConnectorsV4-T2-111
Communications and Software V4-T2-134
Special ApplicationsV4-T2-136
Special Modification Ordering and Pricing V4-T2-141
23 Series G®
JAQUET FTF 1723 Frequency to current converters
Product OverviewV4-T2-142
EG-Frame (15–125 Amperes) V4-T2-153
JG-Frame (63–250 Amperes) V4-T2-167
LG-Frame (250–630 Amperes)V4-T2-185
NG-Frame (320–1200 Amperes) V4-T2-203
RG-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) V4-T2-212
Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) V4-T2-223
Motor Protector  (MPCB) V4-T2-227
30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) ModuleV4-T2-230
Current Limiting Circuit Breaker ModuleV4-T2-234
High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for Selective Coordination V4-T2-239
Special Features and Accessories V4-T2-242
Motor Operators V4-T2-250
Plug-In BlocksV4-T2-252
Drawout CassetteV4-T2-253
24 Series C®
Product Overview V4-T2-254
G-Frame (15–100 Amperes)V4-T2-259
F-Frame (10–225 Amperes)V4-T2-273
J-Frame (70–250 Amperes)V4-T2-291
K-Frame (70–400 Amperes)V4-T2-299
L-Frame (125–600 Amperes)V4-T2-323
M-Frame (300–800 Amperes)V4-T2-349
N-Frame (400–1200 Amperes)V4-T2-360
R-Frame (800–2500 Amperes)V4-T2-375
Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) V4-T2-394
Motor Protection  (MPCB)V4-T2-405
Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 0–4)V4-T2-407
Current Limiting Circuit Breaker ModuleV4-T2-408
Internal AccessoriesV4-T2-411
External Accessories V4-T2-444
25 Specialty Breakers
Engine Generator  V4-T2-471
Direct CurrentV4-T2-477
PVGard™ Solar  V4-T2-491
E2 Mining Service BreakersV4-T2-501

GLAND; BEARING 2 DRAIN LO SYSGE
阿法拉伐分油机加热器Heatpac CBM Heater/ PN: 176456082
PART # 109T2503P0001
NXP    BZX884-C3V3
MAKE: GE
26 Handle Mechanisms
Handle MechanismsSeries G V4-T2-527
Handle MechanismsSeries C V4-T2-539
V4-T2-2 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E Proof #1  Zoltun Design  12/2/21
 Temposonics
Type: LD-S-B-R-PT-02-M0800-2A4-L2
Temperature Switch    5A, 250VAC DPDT
INC: 204.4 +/-2.778 DEG C
NORM: NC
Temperature: 150 to 650 F
Range: 65.6 to 343.3 DegC
MAX TEMP: 700 F/371.1 DegC                         WET MTL: 304 st/st
OPTIONS: M446 M430 W050 QC1 10S-10S
Model:12SHDNR4
ATEQ ADSE 743 Pitot Static Tester
GE

CIRCUIT BREAKER  M.C.C.B  100A. DH160 3P-3D.  713232
Manufacturer: UNITED ELECTRIC CONTROLS
GAS FUEL Pressure switch    5A, 250VAC DPDT
DEC: 18.6+/-0.35 BARG, (INC  19.33+/-0.35 BARG)  NORM: NO
Range: 160 to 400 PSI -11 to 27.6 bar                                   MWP: 1500 psi/103.4 bar   
PROOF: 2500 psi/172.4 bar
WET MTL: 316L st/st  
OPTIONS: M446 M430 QC1
Model:12SHDN2F  
Series:12
Manufacturer: UNITED ELECTRIC CONTROLS
  M364001129    铁钻工（ST-100）
86812-2    铁钻工（ST-100）
86812-1    铁钻工（ST-100）
86811-2    ST100铁钻工
86811-1    ST100铁钻工
R01-3016-010    顶驱CANRIG1275
R01-3006-010    顶驱CANRIG1275
R01-3002-010    顶驱CANRIG1275
NOV P/N：93545-25N；BALL VALVE， MANIFOLD MOUNT    铁钻工(ST-160)
M364000821-01    铁钻工(ST-160)
156657    折臂吊
零件号156656，适用于149487液缸280/220    折臂吊
53500-225    VARCO顶驱配件
10676666-01    铁钻工（ST160）
P854000099-HXXEN    铁钻工（ST160）
SENSOR,PROXIMITY；NOV P/N：87961；P+F P/N：106693，type：NJ40-U4-N    顶驱配件
备件号：110056    密封垫
备件号：110061-326    密封垫
PN：829-15-0    "CANRIG顶驱型号CANRIG1275AC-681，序列号：1144，生产日期：2013.01
ALC控制器    Derrick Elevator 井架电梯/Model: SE EX 500, S/N.: 810355    Model Number:ALIMAK SE-EX 500 Offshore Special/ALIMAK HEK    3002218-271
ALC控制器    Derrick Elevator 井架电梯/Model: SE EX 500, S/N.: 810355    Model Number:ALIMAK SE-EX 500 Offshore Special/ALIMAK HEK    3002218-272
燃油分油机供给泵电机    FUEL OIL SERVICE PUMP 燃油分油泵/5AP90L-4/ROBERT BIRKENBEUL    5AP90L-4
CBM 30-20 400 160 240 25 1 10
CBM 30-40 400 160 240 25 1 13
Alfa Laval EHM
FTW 113 2‘776 fit 41,1
FTF 123 2‘278 fit 50.1
FTFW 1422 UC2/UC3: 7'280 fit 15,6
FTFW 1424 UC2/UC3: 7'355 fit 15,5
FTW 1613 AC230 Ex 4'122 fit 27.7
FTF 1623 AC230 Ex 2'738 fit 41.7
FTW 1613 AC230 1'336 fit 30.7
FTF 1623 AC230 2'476 fit 46.1
FTW 1613 DC24 13'121 fit 8.7
FTF 1623 DC24 7'610 fit 15.0
FTW 1713 AC230 3'718 fit 30.7
FTF 1723 AC230 2'482 fit 46.0
FTW 1713 DC24 13'121 fit 8.7
FTF 1723 DC24 7'610 fit 15.0
FTF 2024 7'681 fit 14,8
 without Light Emitting Diodes: 3'181 fit 35,8
FTFW 2022 10‘579 fit 10,8
 without Light Emitting Diodes: 6‘079 fit 18,7
FTD 2040 11‘417 fit 10,0
 without Light Emitting Diodes: 8‘417 fit 13,5
FTU2041 16‘105 fit 7,0
 without Light Emitting Diodes: 10‘605fit 10,7
FTU 2045 2‘909 fit 39,2
 without Light Emitting Diodes: 1‘909 fit 59,8
FTV 2090 372 fit 306,8
FTZ 2061/2062 508 fit 141,2
 without Light Emitting Diodes: 308 fit 370,6
FTZ 2065 7'692 fit 14,8
 without Light Emitting Diodes: 7‘192 fit 15,8
FTFU 3024-01 19‘007 fit 6,0
 without Light Emitting Diodes: 13‘507 fit 8,4
FTFU 3024-01 avec FTV 3090 21‘994 fit 5,2
 without Light Emitting Diodes: 14‘494 fit 7,8
FTFU 3024-01 avec FTW 3013 23‘244 fit 4,9
 without Light Emitting Diodes: 17‘744 fit 6,4
FTFU 3024-01 avec FTW 3013 et FTV 309026'231 fit 4,3
 without Light Emitting Diodes: 18‘731 fit 6,1
FTZ 3061/3062 814 fit 140,2
 without Light Emitting Diodes: 314 fit 363,5
FTZ 3065 7'692 fit 14,8
 without Light Emitting Diodes: 7‘192 fit 15,8
kW A B C mm inch kg
9016619-01 7/8 890 159 150 25 1 25
9016619-02 14/16 890 159 200 25 1 35
9016619-03 22/24 895 216 300 40 1.5 55
9016619-04 36/40 895 216 300 40 1.5 70
9016619-05 50/56 895 216 300 40 1.5 100
9016619-06 65/72 895 216 300 40 1.5 125
9016619-07 100/130 895 216 300 40 1.5 125
CBM 30-60 400 260 240 25 1 15
CBM 30-80 400 260 240 25 1 17
CBM 30-100 400 310 240 25 1 19
CBM 110-20 700 190 320 40 1½ 27
CBM 110-40 700 190 320 40 1½ 35
CBM 110-60 700 310 320 40 1½ 44
CBM 110-80 700 310 320 40 1½ 47
CBM 110-100 700 370 320 40 1½ 55
DT21188   
SM87HXB and SM87XBT 5 joule xenon
and SM87LED high intensity LED
beacon range
XB13 10 joule xenon
beacon range
Harsh industrial &
marine environments

Power DefenseV4-T2-4
Series GV4-T2-142
Series CV4-T2-254
Specialty BreakersV4-T2-471





● Current limiting breakers
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-3 Proof #1  Zoltun Design  12/2/21

V4-T2-4 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E

Frame Size 1 (15–125 A)V4-T2-22
Frame Size 2 (15–225 A)V4-T2-29
Frame Size 3 (45–600 A)V4-T2-42
Frame Size 4 (300–800 A) V4-T2-57
Frame Size 5 (320–1200 A)V4-T2-70
Frame Size 6 (700–2500 A)V4-T2-79
Motor Circuit Protectors (3–600 A)V4-T2-87
Motor Protection  (15–600 A) V4-T2-98

Breakers for Selective CoordinationV4-T2-104
Mechanical Current-Limiting
Circuit Breaker Module V4-T2-107
Current-Limiting Circuit Breaker
Fused Current-Limiting Module V4-T2-109
Terminals, Lugs and Connectors V4-T2-111
Communications and Software V4-T2-134
Special Applications V4-T2-136
Special Modification Ordering and PricingV4-T2-141

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-5

V4-T2-6 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-7

V4-T2-8 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-9
 
V4-T2-10 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
 nctionality
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-11
 
11 14 Trip unit type B PXR 10 Basic ETU
E PXR 20
D PXR 20D
P PXR 25
12 15 Protection type 2 LSI
3 LSIG
4 LSI with Arcflash Reduction Maintenance System™ (ALSI)
5 LSIG with Arcflash Reduction Maintenance System (ALSIG)
8 LSI Motor (MLSI)
9 LSIG Motor (MLSIG)
13 16 Options included N None
R Programmable relays
M Modbus and relays
Z ZSI and relays
C CAM Link and relays
W Modbus, ZSI, and relays
X CAM Link, ZSI, and relays
D Modbus, CAM Link, and relays
Y Modbus, CAM Link, ZSI and relays
Trip Unit Type
(Character 11)
Protection Type
(Character 12)
Available Configured Options
(Character 13)
PXR ETU LSI LSIG LSI 1 LSIG 1
 
PXR 10 B 2   N
PXR 20 E 2   N R MZ C WX  
 34 5  R MZ C WX  
PXR 20D D 234 5   M   W  D Y
PXR 25 P 234 5   M   W  D Y
Catalog Number
Example PDG3 X ST130ACDCS
 
V4-T2-12 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
 
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-13
 
V4-T2-14 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
 
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-15
 
V4-T2-16 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
 
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-17
 
V4-T2-18 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
 
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-19
 
V4-T2-20 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
 
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-21
 
V4-T2-22 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
V4-T2-23
AccessoriesV4-T2-26
Dimensions and WeightsV4-T2-28
Frame Size 2 (15–225 A)V4-T2-29
Frame Size 3 (45–600 A)V4-T2-42
Frame Size 4 (300–800 A) V4-T2-57
Frame Size 5 (320–1200 A)V4-T2-70
Frame Size 6 (700–2500 A)V4-T2-79
Motor Circuit Protectors (3–600 A)V4-T2-87
Motor Protection  (15–600 A) V4-T2-98
High Instantaneous Circuit
Breakers for Selective CoordinationV4-T2-104
Mechanical Current-Limiting
Circuit Breaker Module V4-T2-107
Current-Limiting Circuit Breaker
Fused Current-Limiting Module V4-T2-109
Terminals, Lugs and Connectors V4-T2-111
Communications and Software V4-T2-134
Special Applications V4-T2-136
Special Modification Ordering and PricingV4-T2-141
XMPBM   SC-160-125-FA
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-23
XMPBM   SC-160-125-FA
V4-T2-24 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
XMPBM   SC-160-125-FA
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-25

125 Steel Al or Cu B, C 1 14-3/0 208–85 PDG1X3T125  J K L 15–125
Alternate Terminals
125 Aluminum Cu/Al B, C 1 14-1/0 208–535 PDG1X3TA125  T U V 15–125
Multi-wire Terminals
125 Aluminum Cu/Al B, C 6 14-6 208–133 PDG1X3TA1256W Terminal shield   G 15–125
125 Aluminum Cu/Al B, C 3 14-2 208–336 PDG1X3TA1253W Terminal shield   H 15–125
End Cap Kit/Screw Terminals
      PDG1X3TS125  S D E 15–125

15–125 A 12 GCWTK
V4-T2-26 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E

Alarm Switch None  AUX1A1BPK AUX2A2BPK
1NO/1NC (1 Form C) ALM1M1BEPK AUXALRMEPK
2NO/2NC (2 Form C) ALM2M2BEPK  
Auxiliary Switch Breaker Catalog Number (Digit 15–16 Suffix)
Three-Pole None 1NO/1NC (1 Form C) 2NO/2NC (2 Form C)
Alarm Switch None NN AC A1
1NO/1NC (1 Form C) BC CC
2NO/2NC (2 Form C) B1  
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-27
 
Voltage Digit 17-18 Suffix Catalog Number
12 Vdc SH SNT012CPK
24 Vac/Vdc SN SNT024CPK
48–60 Vdc  SNT4860CPK
110–125 Vdc  SNT125DPK
250 Vdc  SNT250DPK
48–60 Vac  SNT4860CPK
110–240 Vac  SNT120CPK
380–600 Vac  SNT480CPK
Pigtail (29 in / 075 m) Breaker Catalog Number
Voltage Digit 17-18 Suffix Catalog Number
24 Vdc UG UVR024DPK
48 Vdc UJ UVR048DPK
60 Vdc UK UVR048DPK
125 Vdc  UVR125DPK
250 Vdc UM UVR250DPK
24 Vac UF UVR024APK
48 Vac  UVR048APK
60 Vac  UVR048APK
125 Vac  UVR120APK
240 Vac UB UVR240APK
480 Vac  UVR480APK
525 Vac UD UVR600APK
600 Vac UE UVR600APK
Description
NEMA 1/12
Black Handle
Catalog Number
NEMA 1/12
Red Handle
Catalog Number
With interlock EHMCCBI EHMCCRI
Without interlock EHMCCB EHMCCR
Description
Catalog
Number
Standard lockable handle with mechanism
(black and gray) NEMA 1/3R/12/4/4X 1
PDG1XHMDS
Emergency lockable handle with mechanism
(red and yellow) NEMA 1/3R/12/4/4X 1
PDG1XHMDE
Mechanism only EHMVDB
12-in (307 mm) handle mechanism shaft PDG12XHMS307
20-in (507 mm) handle mechanism shaft PDG12XHMS507
Standard NFPA79-compliant shaft handle
(black and gray)
PDG12XHM79S
Emergency NFPA79-compliant shaft handle
(red and yellow)
PDG12XHM79E
PDG1XHMDS
Cable Length (ft)
Metal Handle, NEMA 1/3R/12
Catalog Number
High Performance Handle, NEMA 1/3R/12
Catalog Number
Metal Handle, NEMA 4/4X
Catalog Number
High Performance Handle, NEMA 4/4X
Catalog Number
2 PDG1XFS02 PDG1XFS02HP PDG1XFS02X PDG1XFS02HPX
3 PDG1XFS03 PDG1XFS03HP PDG1XFS03X PDG1XFS03HPX
4 PDG1XFS04 PDG1XFS04HP PDG1XFS04X PDG1XFS04HPX
5 PDG1XFS05 PDG1XFS05HP PDG1XFS05X PDG1XFS05HPX
6 PDG1XFS06 PDG1XFS06HP PDG1XFS06X PDG1XFS06HPX
7 PDG1XFS07 PDG1XFS07HP PDG1XFS07X PDG1XFS07HPX
8 PDG1XFS08 PDG1XFS08HP PDG1XFS08X PDG1XFS08HPX
9 PDG1XFS09 PDG1XFS09HP PDG1XFS09X PDG1XFS09HPX
10 PDG1XFS10 PDG1XFS10HP PDG1XFS10X PDG1XFS10HPX
Description Catalog Number
1A/1B, Early Break AUX1EBFSEG
V4-T2-28 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E

Padlockable handle lock, Snap-on Center PDG1XPLKSNAP
Padlockable handle lock hasp Top PDG1XPLKT
Padlockable handle lock hasp, OFF only Top PDG1XPLKTOFF
Right PDG1XPLKROFF
Padlockable handle block On handle PDG1XPHB
Padlockable handle block, OFF only On handle PDG1XPHBOFF
Walking beam interlock 12 Three-pole PDG1XWBI3P
Four-pole PDG1XWBI4P
Slide bar interlock Field EFSBI
Electrical operator 110–240 Vac/Vdc MOPEG240C
24/48 Vdc MOPEG48D
Wohner bus bar adapter Field top EG-BUS-T
Field bottom EG-BUS-B
Terminal covers Three-pole PDG1XTC3P
Four-pole PDG1XTC4P
Interphase barriers 2 barriers PDG1XIB3P
Description Catalog Number
DIN rail adapter; single-pole PDG1XDIN1P
Din rail adapter; two-, three- or four-pole PDG1XDIN234P
DIN rail adapter; three- or four-pole PDG1XDIN34P
Metal DIN rail adapter, three-pole PDG1XDINM3P
Description Catalog Number
Single-pole metric 8703C80G11
Two-, three-, four-pole metric 8703C80G08
Single-pole English 8703C80G12

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-29

Frame Size 1 (15–125 A) V4-T2-22
Frame Size 2 (15–225 A)
Catalog Number / Product Selection V4-T2-30
AccessoriesV4-T2-35
Dimensions and WeightsV4-T2-41
Frame Size 3 (45–600 A) V4-T2-42
Frame Size 4 (300–800 A)V4-T2-57
Frame Size 5 (320–1200 A) V4-T2-70
Frame Size 6 (700–2500 A) V4-T2-79
Motor Circuit Protectors (3–600 A) V4-T2-87
Motor Protection  (15–600 A) V4-T2-98
High Instantaneous Circuit
Breakers for Selective Coordination V4-T2-104
Mechanical Current-Limiting
Circuit Breaker ModuleV4-T2-107
Current-Limiting Circuit Breaker
Fused Current-Limiting ModuleV4-T2-109
Terminals, Lugs and ConnectorsV4-T2-111
Communications and SoftwareV4-T2-134
Special ApplicationsV4-T2-136
Special Modification Ordering and Pricing V4-T2-141

V4-T2-30 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-31

V4-T2-32 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-33


Power Xpert Release (PXR) Trip Unit OptionsFrame Size 2
Power Xpert Release (PXR) Trip Unit Options
Description of PXR Configured Options
Relays 1Form A contacts
(rated for 240 Vac, 1 A)

PXR ETU LSI LSIG




Relays



Relays
Modbus


Relays

ZSI

Relays


CAM
Relays
Modbus
ZSI

Relays

ZSI
CAM
Relays
Modbus

CAM
Relays
Modbus
ZSI
CAM
PXR 10 B 2  N
PXR 20 E 2  N R MZ C WX  
 3  R MZ C WX  
PXR 20D D 2 3   M   W  D Y
PXR 25 P 2 3   M   W  D Y
Catalog Number Selection and Maximum Setting (ln)
Option Setting
0060
60 A
0100
100 A
0150
150 A
0225
225 A
PXR 10, PXR 20 1 15 A 32 A 50 A 80 A
2 16 A 35 A 60 A 90 A
3 20 A 40 A 63 A 100 A
4 25 A 50 A 70 A 110 A
5 30 A 60 A 80 A 125 A
6 35 A 63 A 90 A 150 A
7 40 A 70 A 100 A 160 A
8 45 A 80 A 110 A 175 A
9 50 A 90 A 125 A 200 A
10 = ln 60 A 100 A 150 A 225 A
PXR 20D, PXR 25 Programmable from minimum to maximum values in 1 A increments
V4-T2-34 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
22

TerminalsFrame Size 2
Catalog numbers shown are for a single side of a 3-pole breaker
For 2- and 4-pole options, replace the X3 with X2 or X4, respectively
Example: PDG2X3T100 becomes PDG2X2T100 for 2-pole
Terminal Types
Note: Pictures are for reference only
Terminals
Note: Wire capacity is based on standard imperial wire sizes; metric sizes provided in table
are a direct conversion to demonstrate maximum capacity, not to denote metric wire sizes
Notes
1 The “Breaker Frame” column provides information on the ampere ratings for which the terminal may be used (field installation);
in some cases the range is limited by proper fit of the terminal onto the breaker conductor
The column “Standard on Amperes” provides information on what terminal is used during factory configuration
per Digit 14 of the breaker catalog number The two may not match
2 Factory standard terminals and non-aluminum terminals for 100 A and below are the same terminals
3 PDF2 225 A breakers with Digit 14 designation of “J” are equipped with PDG2X3TA225K terminals
PDF2 150 A breakers with Digit 14 designation of “J” are equipped with PDG2X3TA225 terminals
4 Breaker loses UL when fitted with rear-fed terminals or rear connectors
PDG2X3T100
PDG2X3T150
PDG2X3TA225
PDG2X3TA150
PDG2X3T225
PDG2X3TA50 PDG2X3TA100 PDG2X3TA225K PDG2X3TA2256W
PDG2X3TA2253W
PDG2X3TA150RF
PDG2X3TA225RF
PDG2X3T20 PDG2X3TS225
Maximum
Breaker
Amperes
Breaker
Frame 1
Terminal
Body Type
Wire
Type
Wire
Class
Number of
Conductors
per Phase
AWG/kcmil
Range per
Conductor
Metric (mm2)
Range per
Conductor
3-Pole
Catalog Number
Included
Accessories
Digit 14 Designation
Standard
on Amperes
Line and
Load
Line
Only
Load
Only
Standard Terminals
100 15–100 Steel Cu/Al B, C 1 14–1/0 208–535 PDG2X3T100 2 J K L 15–100
225 60–225 Aluminum Cu/Al B, C 1 4–4/0 212 107 PDG2X3TA225 3 J K L 110–225
Alternate Terminals
50 15–50 Aluminum Cu/Al B, C 1 14–4 208–212 PDG2X3TA50 T U V 15–50
100 60–100 Aluminum Cu/Al B, C 1 14–1/0 208–535 PDG2X3TA100 T U V 60–100
150 60–150 Aluminum Cu/Al B, C 1 14–4/0 208–107 PDG2X3TA150 T U V 110–150
225 175–225 Aluminum Cu/Al B, C 1 6–300 133–152 PDG2X3TA225K 3 Terminal shield T U V 175–225
Non-standard Terminals
100 15–100 Steel Cu/Al B, C 1 14–1/0 208–535 PDG2X3T100 2 W Y Z 15–100
150 60–150 Stainless
Steel
Cu B, C 1 4–4/0 212 107 PDG2X3T150 W Y Z 110–150
225 60–225 Copper Cu B, C 1 4–4/0 212 107 PDG2X3T225 W Y Z 175–225
Multi-wire Terminals
225 150–225 Aluminum Cu/Al B, C 6 14–6 208–133 PDG2X3TA2256W   G 15–225
225 150–225 Aluminum Cu/Al B, C 3 14–2 208–336 PDG2X3TA2253W   H 15–225
Rear Fed Terminals 4
150 60–150 Aluminum Cu/Al B, C 1 14–4/0 208–107 PDG2X3TA150RF Terminal shield    15–150
225 60–225 Aluminum Cu/Al B, C 1 6–300 133–152 PDG2X3TA225RF Terminal shield    175–225
Box Terminal
20 15–20 Steel Cu/Al B, C 1 14–10 208–526 PDG2X3T20    15–20
Rear Connectors 4
225        PDG2X3T225RC R   15–25
End Cap Kits/Screw Terminals
225        PDG2X3TS225 S D E 15–25
Screw
Washer
Collar
Conductor
Nut
Conductor
Extrusion
Clip
Collar Collar
Screw
Washer Conductor
Conductor
Collar
Washer
Screw
Screw
Wire Clamp
Conductor
Control Wire Tabs
Compatible
Terminals
Package
Qty
Catalog
Number
PDG2X3T100
PDG2X3T150
12 FCWTK
PDG2X3TA225 12 FCWTK225
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-35
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
22

Accessories
Internal Accessory ConfigurationsFrame Size 2
Thermal-Magnetic  12
Electronic
Notes
1 2-pole PD-2 breakers have an accessory pocket compatible with indicating accessory options only
2 Single-pole PD-2 breakers may be equipped with a Form C bell alarm as a factory installation only Use “BC” as a suffix code in digits 15–16
3 Qty: 1 1NO/1NC (Form C) auxiliary contact is automatically factory installed for all Frame 2 breakers with electronic trip units
3-Pole  4-Pole
Tripping
Accessory
Options
Alarm (2 Spaces)
Options
Aux (2 Spaces)
Options
Tripping
Accessory
Options
Alarm (2 Spaces)
Options
Aux (4 Spaces)
Options
None None None None None None
Shunt Trip 1NO (1 space) 1NO (1 space) Shunt Trip 1NO (1 space) 1NO (1 space)
1NC (1 space) 1NC (1 space) 1NC (1 space) 1NC (1 space)
1NO/1NC (2 spaces) 1NO/1NC (2 spaces) 1NO/1NC (2 spaces) 1NO/1NC (2 spaces)
2NO (2 spaces) 2NO (2 spaces) 2NO (2 spaces) 2NO (2 spaces)
UVR 2NC (2 spaces) 2NC (2 spaces) UVR 2NC (2 spaces) 2NC (2 spaces)
2CO (4 spaces)
4NO (4 spaces)
4NC (4 spaces)
3-Pole  4-Pole
Tripping
Accessory
Options
Alarm
Options
Aux
Options
Tripping
Accessory
Options
Alarm
Options
Aux (2 Spaces)
Options
None None 1NO/1NC 3 None None 1NO/1NC 3
Shunt Trip Shunt Trip 1NO/1NC 3 + 1NO (1 space)
1NO/1NC 3 + 1NC (1 space)
1NO/1NC 3 + 1NO/1NC (2 spaces)
1NO/1NC 3 + 2NO (2 spaces)
UVR UVR 1NO/1NC 3 + 2NC (2 spaces)
Bell alarm
(1NO/1NC–Form C)
Bell alarm
(1NO/1NC–Form C)
Qty: 1 Programmable relay
with Modbus RTU
Qty: 1 Programmable relay
with Modbus RTU
Qty: 2 Programmable relays Qty: 2 Programmable relays
V4-T2-36 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
22

Alarm and Auxiliary Contact BlocksFrame Size 2
breakers
have designated positions for
alarm and auxiliary switches
in the right-pole accessory
cavity For Frame 2, the two
left-most positions are used
for alarm switches, and the
two right-most locations are
used for auxiliary switches
breakers
have secondary covers for
ease of field installation of
accessories, including alarm
and auxiliary switches
alarm and
auxiliary switches are
available in contact blocks, in
Form A (NO), Form B (NC)
and Form C (NO-NC) types
Form A and Form B contacts
take one position in the
breaker accessory cavity, and
Form C contacts take two
positions in the cavity
Identical contact blocks are
used for the alarm and
auxiliary switch functions
Frame 2 breakers with
electronic trip units are
automatically configured with
a factory-installed Form C
auxiliary contact block
because the right-pole
accessory cavity is not
available for field
modification Trip position can
also be communicated via
communications and the PXR
programmable relays
Pigtail (29 in / 075 m) Contact Blocks for Alarm and Auxiliary Switch Functionality
Screw Terminal Contact Blocks for Alarm and Auxiliary Switch Functionality
Push-In Clamp Contact Blocks for Alarm and Auxiliary Switch Functionality
Pigtail (118 in / 30 m) Contact Blocks for Alarm and Auxiliary Switch Functionality
Contact Blocks for Alarm and Auxiliary Switch FunctionalityBulk Packs
Alarm Switch for Use with PXR Electronic Trip Units 2
Notes
1 Order in multiples of quantity listed to receive bulk pack (ex Order qty 20 PDGXXA-BP20 to receive 1 bulk pack)
2 Frame 2 breakers with electronic trip units do not allow access to the right accessory pocket
but are automatically configured with a factory installed Form C / NO-NC auxiliary switch
These alarm switches can be field or factory installed in the left accessory pocket in place of a shunt trip or UVR
Catalog Number PDGXAA PDGXAB PDGXAC
Type Form A / NO Form B / NC Form C / NO-NC
Catalog Number PDGXXA PDGXXB PDGXXA + PDGXXB
Type Form A / NO Form B / NC For NO-NC, use two separate
contact blocks
Catalog Number PDGXUA PDGXUB PDGXUC
Type Form A / NO Form B / NC Form C / NO-NC
Catalog Number PDGXDA PDGXDB PDGXDC
Type Form A / NO Form B / NC Form C / NO-NC
Catalog Number Type Termination Bulk Pack Quantity 1
PDGXXA-BP20 Form A / NO Screw Terminal 20
PDGXXB-BP20 Form B / NC Screw Terminal 20
PDGXUA-BP20 Form A / NO Push-in Clamp 20
PDGXUB-BP20 Form B / NC Push-in Clamp 20
PDGXUC-BP10 Form C / NO-NC Push-in Clamp 10
Catalog Number PDG2XALMBC PDG2XALMEC
Type Form C / NO-NC Form C / NO-NC
Termination 075 m pigtail 30 m pigtail
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-37
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
22

Factory Installation of Alarm and Auxiliary SwitchesFrame Size 2
Alarm and auxiliary switches
are plug-and-play accessories
designed to be field
installable However, Eaton
also offers installation service
in our factories
Breaker catalog numbers
with alarm and auxiliary
switch combinations require
a complete 20-digit catalog
number, adding the alarm and
auxiliary switch functionality
in digits 15–16 and adhering
to the following conditions
and tables:
● Digit 15 denotes the type
of accessory(-ies) installed
and the terminal types
● Switches may be
requested for alarm only,
auxiliary only or a
combination of the two
● Digit 16 denotes the
number and type (NO, NC)
of switches installed
● For Eaton factory
installation, the same type
of terminals (ie all pigtail
075 m, all screw, etc) and
same style of contact block
(ie, all 1NO/1NC, all 2NC,
etc) must be used in a
factory configuration
● If no other accessories are
selected, use NNNN for
the final 4 digits of the
catalog number
● Frame 2 breakers with
electronic trip units do not
allow access to the right
accessory pocket but are
automatically configured
with a factory installed
1NO/1NC auxiliary switch
A bell alarm accessory is
available for separate
installation in the left
accessory pocket
Note: Though factory
configuration options are limited,
combinations of auxiliary
switches and alarms using
differing terminals and contact
block styles are still available
through field installation Please
see full auxiliary switch and alarm
catalog numbers to order
Pigtails29 in / 075 m (A, B, C)
Screw Terminals (X, Y, Z)
Push-In Clamps (U, V, W)
Note
1 Single-pole breakers can be equipped with a 1NO/1NC alarm switch that must be factory installed; use suffix BC in digits 15–16
No other internal accessories are available for single-pole breakers
Auxiliary Switch
Three-Pole Four-Pole
None 1NO 1NC 1NO/1NC 2NO 2NC 2NO/2NC 4NO 4NC
Alarm Switch None NN AA AB AC AD AE A1 A2 A3
1NO BA CA       
1NC BB  CB      
1NO/1NC 1 BC   CC   C1  
2NO BD    CD   C2
2NC BE     CE   C3
Auxiliary Switch
Three-Pole Four-Pole
None 1NO 1NC 1NO/1NC 2NO 2NC 2NO/2NC 4NO 4NC
Alarm Switch None NN XA XB XC XD XE X1 X2 X3
1NO YA ZA       
1NC YB  ZB      
1NO/1NC YC   ZC   Z1  
2NO YD    ZD   Z2
2NC YE     ZE   Z3
Auxiliary Switch
Three-Pole Four-Pole
None 1NO 1NC 1NO/1NC 2NO 2NC 2NO/2NC 4NO 4NC
Alarm Switch None NN UA UB UC UD UE U1 U2 U3
1NO VA WA       
1NC VB  WB      
1NO/1NC VC   WC   W1  
2NO VD    WD   W2
2NC VE     WE   W3
V4-T2-38 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
22

Pigtails118 in / 30 m (D, E, F)
Factory Installation of Alarm Switch for Use with PXR Electronic Trip Units
Pigtails29 in / 075 m Pigtails118 in / 30 m
Tripping AccessoriesFrame Size 2
breakers have designated positions for shunt trips and undervoltage releases
(UVRs) in the left pole accessory cavity Each breaker has space for one tripping accessory only
breaker have secondary covers for ease of field installation of tripping accessories
Shunt Trips
Undervoltage Releases (UVRs)
Note
1 1NO/1NC (AC) is always included in breakers with PXR trip units;
no selection or selection of NN in Digits 15–16 will result in AC
Auxiliary Switch
Three-Pole Four-Pole
None 1NO 1NC 1NO/1NC 2NO 2NC 2NO/2NC 4NO 4NC
Alarm Switch None NN DA DB DC DD DE D1 D2 D3
1NO EA FA       
1NC EB  FB      
1NO/1NC EC   FC   F1  
2NO ED    FD   F2
2NC EE     FE   F3
Auxiliary Switch
Three-Pole
None 1NO/1NC
Auxiliary switch None NN 1 AC 1
1NO/1NC  CC
Auxiliary Switch
Three-Pole
None 1NO/1NC
Alarm switch None NN 1 DC
1NO/1NC  FC
Voltage Screw Terminals Pigtail (29 in / 075 m) Pigtail (118 in / 30 m)
12 Vdc PDG2XST12DCT PDG2XST12DCS PDG2XST12DCR
48 Vdc PDG2XST48DCT PDG2XST48DCS PDG2XST48DCR
60 Vdc PDG2XST60DCT PDG2XST60DCS PDG2XST60DCR
24 Vac/Vdc PDG2XST24ACDCT PDG2XST24ACDCS PDG2XST24ACDCR
110-130 Vac/125 Vdc PDG2XST130ACDCT PDG2XST130ACDCS PDG2XST130ACDCR
200-240 Vac/250 Vdc PDG2XST250ACDCT PDG2XST250ACDCS PDG2XST250ACDCR
380-440 Vac PDG2XST440ACT PDG2XST440ACS PDG2XST440ACR
480-525 Vac PDG2XST525ACT PDG2XST525ACS PDG2XST525ACR
600 Vac PDG2XST600ACT PDG2XST600ACS PDG2XST600ACR
Voltage Screw Terminals Pigtail (29 in / 075 m) Pigtail (118 in / 30 m)
12 Vdc PDG2XUV12DCV PDG2XUV12DCU PDG2XUV12DCW
24 Vdc PDG2XUV24DCV PDG2XUV24DCU PDG2XUV24DCW
48 Vdc PDG2XUV48DCV PDG2XUV48DCU PDG2XUV48DCW
60 Vdc PDG2XUV60DCV PDG2XUV60DCU PDG2XUV60DCW
125 Vdc PDG2XUV125DCV PDG2XUV125DCU PDG2XUV125DCW
250 Vdc PDG2XUV250DCV PDG2XUV250DCU PDG2XUV250DCW
24 Vac PDG2XUV24ACV PDG2XUV24ACU PDG2XUV24ACW
130 Vac PDG2XUV130ACV PDG2XUV130ACU PDG2XUV130ACW
240 Vac PDG2XUV240ACV PDG2XUV240ACU PDG2XUV240ACW
440 Vac PDG2XUV440ACV PDG2XUV440ACU PDG2XUV440ACW
525 Vac PDG2XUV525ACV PDG2XUV525ACU PDG2XUV525ACW
600 Vac PDG2XUV600ACV PDG2XUV600ACU PDG2XUV600ACW
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-39
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
22

Factory Installed Tripping AccessoriesFrame Size 2
Shunt trips and under voltage
releases (UVRs) are plug-andplay accessories designed to
be field installable However,
Eaton also offers the service
of installation in our factories
Breaker catalog numbers
with shunt trips or UVRs
require a complete 20-digit
catalog number, adding
the tripping accessory
functionality in digits 17 and
18 and adhering to the
following conditions and
tables
● Digit 17 denotes the type
of accessory installed and
the terminal type
● Digit 18 denotes the
voltage of the accessory
● If no accessories are
selected, use NNNN for
the final 4 digits of the
catalog number
● Each breaker has space for
one shunt trip or UVR
tripping accessory only
Shunt Trips
Undervoltage Releases (UVRs)
Note: Use suffix US for 18 Vdc when using Time Delay UVR
Voltage Screw Terminals Pigtail (29 in / 075 m) Pigtail (118 in / 30 m)
12 Vdc TH SH RH
48 Vdc TJ SJ RJ
60 Vdc TK SK RK
24 Vac/Vdc TN SN RN
110–130 Vac/125 Vdc TP SP RP
200–240 Vac/250 Vdc TR SR RR
380–440 Vac TC SC RC
480–525 Vac TD SD RD
600 Vac TE SE RE
Voltage Screw Terminals Pigtail (29 in / 075 m) Pigtail (118 in / 30 m)
12 Vdc VH UH WH
24 Vdc VG UG WG
48 Vdc VJ UJ WJ
60 Vdc VK UK WK
125 Vdc VL UL WL
250 Vdc VM UM WM
24 Vac VF UF WF
130 Vac VA UA WA
240 Vac VB UB WB
440 Vac VC UC WC
525 Vac VD UD WD
600 Vac VE UE WE
V4-T2-40 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
22

Handle MechanismsFrame Size 2
Direct Rotary Handle Mechanism 1
Variable Depth Rotary Handle Mechanism 1
Metal Variable Depth Rotary Handle Mechanism 1
Flex Shaft Handle Mechanism
Notes
1 Standard handles are black and gray; Emergency handles are red and yellow
2 Handle mechanism shaft sold separately
Description
NEMA 1/12
Catalog Number
Factory Installed
Digits 19–20
Standard lockable handle and mechanism PDG2XHMCS HA
Standard lockable handle and mechanism with door interlock PDG2XHMCSN HB
Standard lockable handle and mechanism with mechanical padlock PDG2XHMCSP HC
Standard lockable handle and mechanism with door interlock and mechanical padlock PDG2XHMCSNP HE
Emergency lockable handle and mechanism PDG2XHMCE H1
Emergency lockable handle and mechanism with door interlock PDG2XHMCEN H2
Emergency lockable handle and mechanism with mechanical padlock PDG2XHMCEP H3
Emergency lockable handle and mechanism with door interlock and mechanical padlock PDG2XHMCENP H5
Description
NEMA 1/3R/12/4/4X
Catalog Number
Factory Installed
Digits 19–20
Standard lockable handle and mechanism 2 PDG2XHMDS DA
Standard lockable handle and mechanism with mechanical padlock 2 PDG2XHMDSP DC
Emergency lockable handle and mechanism 2 PDG2XHMDE D1
Emergency lockable handle and mechanism with mechanical padlock 2 PDG2XHMDEP D3
12 in (307 mm) handle mechanism shaft PDG12XHMS307
20 in (507 mm) handle mechanism shaft PDG12XHMS507
Standard NFPA79-compliant shaft handle PDG12XHM79S
Emergency NFPA79-compliant shaft handle PDG12XHM79E
Description
NEMA 1/3R/12/4/4X
Catalog Number
Metal standard lockable handle, mechanism, and 6-inch shaft PDG2XHMDS06MH
Metal standard lockable handle, mechanism, and 12-inch shaft PDG2XHMDS12MH
Metal standard lockable handle, mechanism, and 24-inch shaft PDG2XHMDS24MH
Metal emergency lockable handle, mechanism, and 6-inch shaft PDG2XHMDE06MH
Metal emergency lockable handle, mechanism, and 12-inch shaft PDG2XHMDE12MH
Metal emergency lockable handle, mechanism, and 24-inch shaft PDG2XHMDE24MH
Cable Length (ft)
Metal Handle,
NEMA 1/3R/12
Catalog Number
High Performance Handle,
NEMA 1/3R/12
Catalog Number
Metal Handle,
NEMA 4/4X
Catalog Number
High Performance Handle,
NEMA 4/4X
Catalog Number
2 PDG2XFS02 PDG2XFS02HP PDG2XFS02X PDG2XFS02HPX
3 PDG2XFS03 PDG2XFS03HP PDG2XFS03X PDG2XFS03HPX
4 PDG2XFS04 PDG2XFS04HP PDG2XFS04X PDG2XFS04HPX
5 PDG2XFS05 PDG2XFS05HP PDG2XFS05X PDG2XFS05HPX
6 PDG2XFS06 PDG2XFS06HP PDG2XFS06X PDG2XFS06HPX
7 PDG2XFS07 PDG2XFS07HP PDG2XFS07X PDG2XFS07HPX
8 PDG2XFS08 PDG2XFS08HP PDG2XFS08X PDG2XFS08HPX
9 PDG2XFS09 PDG2XFS09HP PDG2XFS09X PDG2XFS09HPX
10 PDG2XFS10 PDG2XFS10HP PDG2XFS10X PDG2XFS10HPX
PDG2XHMDS
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-41
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
22

AccessoriesFrame Size 2
External Accessories
Base Mounting Hardware
Note: Base mounting hardware is included with a circuit breaker or
molded case switch
Dimensions and WeightsFrame Size 2
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Approximate Shipping Weight in lb (kg)
Notes
1 Provision only For use with Type FF Kirk keylock (sold separately)
Bolt projection in withdrawn position is 0 in (0 mm)
2 Breaker must be ordered with walking beam interlock ready modification from plant
(factory suffix WB)
3 Requires two breakers
Description Fit Type Catalog Number
Factory
Installed
Digits 19–20
Padlockable hasp Top PDG2XPLKT L4
Left side PDG2XPLKL L5
Right side PDG2XPLKR L6
Snap on PDG2XPLKSNAP L0
Padlockable hasp OFF only Top PDG2XPLKTOFF L1
Left side PDG2XPLKLOFF L2
Right side PDG2XPLKROFF L3
Padlockable handle block On handle PDG2XPHB
Kirk lock provision 1 Top PDG2XKLKPTFF L7
Walking beam interlock
23
Two-, three-, and
four-pole
PDG2XWBI234P
Electrical operator 24 Vdc PDG2XROP24DC RG
48–60 Vdc PDG2XROP60DC RJ or RK
125 Vdc PDG2XROP125DC RL
250 Vdc PDG2XROP250DC RM
110–130 Vac PDG2XROP130AC RA
200–240 Vac PDG2XROP240AC RB
380–440 Vac PDG2XROP440AC RC
Plug-in breaker base only Three-pole PDG2XPIBB3P225A
Four-pole PDG2XPIBB4P225A
Plug-in breaker parts kit Three-pole PDG2XPIBK3P225A
Four-pole PDG2XPIBK4P225A
Terminal covers Two-pole PDG2XTC2P
Three-pole PDG2XTC3P
Four-pole PDG2XTC4P
Interphase barriers Single-pole PDG2XIB
Three-pole PDG2XIB3P
Four-pole PDG2XIB4P
Finger protection Three-pole PDG2XFP3P
Four-pole PDG2XFP4P
60–100 A residual
current neutral sensor
Cable type PDG2XNCTD0100
150–225 A residual current
neutral sensor
Cable type PDG2XNCTD0225
60–100 A residual
current neutral sensor
Bus bar type PDG2XNCTB0100
150–225 A residual current
neutral sensor
Bus bar type PDG2XNCTB0225
Service entrance
barrier kit
Three-pole PRLSEBPD2
Description Catalog Number
Single-pole metric 4218B80G09
Two-pole metric 4218B80G11
Three-, four-pole metric BMH1M
Single-pole English 624B375G01
Two-pole English 4218B80G01
Three-, four-pole English BMH1
Number
of Poles Width Height Depth
1 138 (351) 600 (1524) 350 (889)
2 275 (699) 600 (1524) 350 (889)
3 412 (1046) 600 (1524) 350 (889)
4 549 (1395) 600 (1524) 350 (889)
Breaker Type 1-Pole 2-Pole 3-Pole 4-Pole
PDG2 225 A 200 (091) 300 (136) 421 (182) 569 (246)
V4-T2-42 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
22

Frame Size 3


Frame Size 1 (15–125 A)V4-T2-22
Frame Size 2 (15–225 A)V4-T2-29
Frame Size 3 (45–600 A)
Catalog Number / Product Selection V4-T2-43
AccessoriesV4-T2-51
Dimensions and WeightsV4-T2-56
Frame Size 4 (300–800 A) V4-T2-57
Frame Size 5 (320–1200 A)V4-T2-70
Frame Size 6 (700–2500 A)V4-T2-79
Motor Circuit Protectors (3–600 A)V4-T2-87
Motor Protection  (15–600 A) V4-T2-98
High Instantaneous Circuit
Breakers for Selective CoordinationV4-T2-104
Mechanical Current-Limiting
Circuit Breaker Module V4-T2-107
Current-Limiting Circuit Breaker
Fused Current-Limiting Module V4-T2-109
Terminals, Lugs and Connectors V4-T2-111
Communications and Software V4-T2-134
Special Applications V4-T2-136
Special Modification Ordering and PricingV4-T2-141
Frame Size 3
Product Description
Frame Size 3 covers a range
of 45 A through 600 A with a
complete offering of trip
units, including PXR
electronic trip units and fixedadjustable thermal-magnetic
trip units PD-3 is available in
two versions, with 400 A and
600 A constructions to
optimize performance in
multiple applications
Application Description
Frame Size 3 can be used to
meet a wide range of circuit
protection and power
distribution needs, including
ground fault protection,
current limiting, 100% UL
ratings, and high
instantaneous settings for
selective coordination PXR
trip units in PD-3 provide all
levels of protection, including
energy metering with
multiple communication
schemes, breaker health
indication, and arc flash
reduction options
Features and Benefits
Frame Size 3 breakers are
modular and available as
complete breakers from the
factory, or as modular
components, including
frames, trip units,
accessories and terminals to
provide flexibility for
customers PXR trip units are
available with advanced
features to provide
customers unparalleled
situational awareness of their
electrical system
Standards and Certifications
breakers are
designed and tested to meet
stringent requirements for:
● UL
● CSA
● IEC (CE)
● CB (CCC)
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-43
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
22

Catalog Number / Product Selection
Power DefenseFrame Size 3 (45–600 A)
Frame Size 3 covers a range of 45 A through 600 A using electronic trip units, and 100 A through
600 A using thermal-magnetic trip units It is available in configurations of 2-pole, 3-pole and
4-pole, with the 2-pole being in the same physical size of a 3-pole variant Frame 3 has two unique
constructions: one for 400 A and a second one for 600 A The 600 A construction provides a unique
capability to be used at 400 A and below in critical coordination applications where a high level fixed
instantaneous is required This is accomplished by using a letter H in the 7th digit of the catalog
number, as shown below
Interrupting Ratings
Notes
1 UL current limiting M interrupting rating only current limiting for the 400 A construction breakers
2 DC ratings available in thermal-magnetic breakers only 250 Vdc is achieved using two poles in series
3 First rating listed is for 400 A frame, second rating is for 600 A frame
Catalog Designator F G K M 1 N 1 P 1
UL/CSA kA rms kA rms kA rms kA rms kA rms kA rms
240 Vac 35 65 85 100 150 200
480 Vac 25 35 50 65 85 100
600 Vac 14 18 25 35 50 65
250 Vdc 23 10 / 22 10 / 22 10 / 22 22 / 42 22 / 42 22 / 42
IEC lcu lcs lcu lcs lcu lcs lcu lcs lcu lcs lcu lcs
240 Vac 35 35 55 55 85 85 100 100 150 100 200 150
380–415 Vac 25 25 36 36 50 50 70 53 70 70 100 70
440 Vac 25 20 30 225 35 35 50 40 70 50 100 50
480 Vac 20 20 25 20 35 225 50 30 65 40 85 40
525 Vac 18 5 20 75 25 10 30 15 35 25 40 25
660–690 Vac  8 4 10 5 15 75 20 10 20 10
250 Vdc 23 10 / 22 10 / 22 10 / 22 10 / 22 10 / 22 10 / 22 22 / 42 22 / 42 22 / 42 22 / 42 22 / 42 22 / 42
V4-T2-44 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
22

Molded Case Circuit Breaker
This information is presented as a tool to develop catalog numbers
for selecting  and trip units
Molded Case Circuit Breaker with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Units (TMTU)Globally Rated
Notes
1 All PD-3 2-pole breakers are physically the same size as a 3-pole frame with the outer poles used for electrical connections
2 Not available in 4-pole 60% neutral protection
3 High override (600 A frame)
4 Molded case switches may open above 4000 A for the 400 A frame, and above 6300 A for the 600 A frame
Frame
Size
3 = 3
Pole
Options
2 = 2-pole 1
3 = 3-pole
4 = 4-pole (100% N)
0 = 4-pole (0% N)
6 = 4-pole (60% N)
Interrupting
Ratings
F = 25 kA at 480 V
G = 35 kA at 480 V
K = 50 kA at 480 V
M = 65 kA at 480 V
N = 85 kA at 480 V
P = 100 kA at 480 V
F = 14 kA at 600 V
G = 18 kA at 600 V
K = 25 kA at 600 V
M = 35 kA at 600 V
N = 50 kA at 600 V
P = 65 kA at 600 V
Trip Unit
Type Options
TFA = Fixed thermal /
Adjustable magnetic
VFA = 50 °C Fixed thermal /
Adjustable magnetic
(non UL)
Standard Terminal
Options
N = No terminals
J = Line and load terminals
K = Line only terminals
L = Load only terminals
Continuous
Current Ratings
0100 = 100 A 2
0125 = 125 A 2
0150 = 150 A
0175 = 175 A
0200 = 200 A
0225 = 225 A
0250 = 250 A
H250 = 250 A 3
0300 = 300 A
H300 = 300 A 3
0350 = 350 A
H350 = 350 A 3
0400 = 400 A
H400 = 400 A 3
0500 = 500 A
0600 = 600 A
Product Series
PD = Power Defense
3 = 3 2 = 2-pole 1
3 = 3-pole
4 = 4-pole (100% N)
0 = 4-pole (0% N)
6 = 4-pole (60% N)
F = 25 kA at 480 V
G = 35 kA at 480 V
K = 50 kA at 480 V
M = 65 kA at 480 V
F = 14 kA at 600 V
G = 18 kA at 600 V
K = 25 kA at 600 V
M = 35 kA at 600 V
TFA = Fixed thermal /
Adjustable magnetic
N = No terminals
J = Line and load terminals
K = Line only terminals
L = Load only terminals
H250 = 250 A 3
H300 = 300 A 3
H350 = 350 A 3
H400 = 400 A 3
0500 = 500 A
0600 = 600 A
PD
3 = 3 2 = 2-pole 1
3 = 3-pole
F = 35 kA at 240 V
G = 65 kA at 240 V
K = 85 kA at 240 V
M = 100 kA at 240 V
N = 150 kA at 240 V
P = 200 kA at 240 V
TFA = Fixed thermal /
Adjustable magnetic
VFA = 50 °C Fixed thermal /
Adjustable magnetic
(non UL)
N = No terminals
J = Line and load terminals
K = Line only terminals
L = Load only terminals
0100 = 100 A
0125 = 125 A
0150 = 150 A
0175 = 175 A
0200 = 200 A
0225 = 225 A
0250 = 250 A
0300 = 300 A
0350 = 350 A
0400 = 400 A
0500 = 500 A
0600 = 600 A
PD
PD G 3 3 M 0400 TFA J
Certifications/
Standards
G = UL/CSA/IEC/
CCC
 with TMTUGlobally Rated (100% UL Rated)
 with TMTUUL/CSA Rated to 240 Vac
F = UL/CSA/IEC/CCC
(100% UL Rated)
D = UL/CSA
G = UL/CSA/IEC/
CCC
3 = 3 3 = 3-pole
4 = 4-pole (100% N)
G = 35 kA at 480 V
M = 65 kA at 480 V
G = 18 kA at 600 V
M = 35 kA at 600 V
KNS = Molded case switch N = No terminals
J = Line and load terminals
K = Line only terminals
L = Load only terminals
0400 = 400 A
0600 = 600 A
PD
Molded Case Switches 4Globally Rated
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-45
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
22

 with Power Xpert Release (PXR) Electronic Trip Units (ETU)
This information is presented as a tool to develop catalog numbers for selecting  and trip units
 with PXR ETUGlobally Rated
Note
1 All PD-3 2-pole breakers are physically the same size as a 3-pole frame with the outer poles used for electrical connections
2 See PXR Trip Unit Options table on Page V4-T2-48 for protection type (#(1)) and available configured options (#(2))
Certifications/
Standards
G = UL/CSA/IEC/
CCC
Frame
Size
3 = 3
Pole
Options
2 = 2-pole 1
3 = 3-pole
4 = 4-pole
(programmable N)
Interrupting
Ratings
F = 25 kA at 480 V
G = 35 kA at 480 V
K = 50 kA at 480 V
M = 65 kA at 480 V
N = 85 kA at 480 V
P = 100 kA at 480 V
F = 14 kA at 600 V
G = 18 kA at 600 V
K = 25 kA at 600 V
M = 35 kA at 600 V
N = 50 kA at 600 V
P = 65 kA at 600 V
Trip Unit
Type Options
B2N = PXR 10 LSI
E## 2=PXR 20
D## 2=PXR 20D
P## 2=PXR 25
Standard Terminal
Options
N = No terminals
J = Line and load terminals
K = Line only terminals
L = Load only terminals
Continuous
Current Ratings
0125 = 125 A
0250 = 250 A
0400 = 400 A
0600 = 600 A
H250 = 250 A High Override
(600 A Frame)
H400 = 400 A High Override
(600 A Frame)
Product Series
PD = Power Defense
PD G 3 3 M 0400 P2M J
F = UL/CSA/IEC/CCC
(100% UL Rated)
3 = 3 3 = 3-pole
4 = 4-pole
(programmable N)
F = 25 kA at 480 V
G = 35 kA at 480 V
K = 50 kA at 480 V
M = 65 kA at 480 V
F = 14 kA at 600 V
G = 18 kA at 600 V
K = 25 kA at 600 V
M = 35 kA at 600 V
B2N = PXR 10 LSI
E## 2=PXR 20
D## 2=PXR 20D
P## 2=PXR 25
N = No terminals
J = Line and load terminals
K = Line only terminals
L = Load only terminals
0125 = 125 A
0250 = 250 A
0400 = 400 A
0600 = 600 A
H250 = 250 A High Override
(600 A Frame)
H400 = 400 A High Override
(600 A Frame)
PD
 with PXR ETUGlobally Rated (100% UL Rated)
V4-T2-46 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
22

Globally Rated Frame Only
PD-3 thermal-magnetic and electronic breakers may also be purchased as separate frames, trip units, terminals and accessories for
field configuration of a final breaker Each Frame Only device is marked with interrupting ratings and a maximum continuous current
rating; each trip unit is also marked with a maximum continuous current rating, which must not exceed that of the frame Additionally,
100% UL Rated frames are marked as such on the Frame Only device
Frame OnlyGlobally Rated
Note
1 All PD-3 2-pole breakers are physically the same size as a 3-pole frame with the outer poles used for electrical connections
Certifications/
Standards
G = UL/CSA/IEC/CCC
Frame
Size
3 = 3
Pole
Options
2 = 2-pole 1
3 = 3-pole
4 = 4-pole
Interrupting
Ratings
F = 25 kA at 480 V
G = 35 kA at 480 V
K = 50 kA at 480 V
M = 65 kA at 480 V
N = 85 kA at 480 V
P = 100 kA at 480 V
F = 14 kA at 600 V
G = 18 kA at 600 V
K = 25 kA at 600 V
M = 35 kA at 600 V
N = 50 kA at 600 V
P = 65 kA at 600 V
Trip Unit
Type Options
FNN = Frame only
Standard Terminal
Options
N = No terminals
Continuous
Current Ratings
0400 = 400 A
0600 = 600 A
Product Series
PD = Power Defense
PD G 3 3 M 0400 FNN N
F = UL/CSA/IEC/CCC
(100% UL Rated)
3 = 3 3 = 3-pole
4 = 4-pole
F = 25 kA at 480 V
G = 35 kA at 480 V
K = 50 kA at 480 V
M = 65 kA at 480 V
F = 14 kA at 600 V
G = 18 kA at 600 V
K = 25 kA at 600 V
M = 35 kA at 600 V
0400 = 400 A FNN = Frame only N = No terminals
0600 = 600 A
PD
Frame OnlyGlobally Rated (100% UL Rated)
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-47
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
22

Trip Units
PD-3 thermal-magnetic and electronic breakers may also be purchased as separate frames, trip units,
terminals and accessories for field configuration of a final breaker The 400 A frame must use trip units
of ratings 0100–0400, while the 600 A frame must use trip units of ratings 0500, 0600 or designated
by H, such as H250 Additionally, for 2-pole breakers using electronic trip units, 3-pole trip units are
used PDG designated trip units are for use with PDG and PDF breaker frames The 100% rating for
PDF (100% UL Rated) is marked on the frame, not the trip unit
Trip Units Only
This information is presented as a tool to develop catalog numbers
for selecting  and trip units
Thermal-Magnetic Trip Units
Power Xpert Release (PXR) Electronic Trip Units
Power Xpert Release (PXR) Electronic Trip Units
Notes
1 Not available in 4-pole 60% neutral protection
2 See tables and descriptions on Page V4-T2-48 for protection type (#(1)) and available configured options (#(2))
Frame
Size
3 = 3
Separator
Digit
X = Accessory
Trip Unit
Type Options
TFA = Fixed Thermal /
Adjustable Magnetic
VFA = 50 °C Fixed Thermal /
Adjustable Magnetic
(non UL)
Continuous
Current Ratings
0100 = 100 A 1
0125 = 125 A 1
0150 = 150 A
0175 = 175 A
0200 = 200 A
0225 = 225 A
0250 = 250 A
0300 = 300 A
0350 = 350 A
0400 = 400 A
0500 = 500 A
0600 = 600 A
H250 = 250 A High Override
(600 A Frame)
H300 = 300 A High Override
(600 A Frame)
H350 = 350 A High Override
(600 A Frame)
H400 = 400 A High Override
(600 A Frame)
Product Series
PD = Power Defense
PD G 3 X TFA 3 0600
Certifications/
Standards
G = UL/CSA/IEC/CCC
Pole
Options
2 = 2-pole
3 = 3-pole
4 = 4-pole (100% N)
0 = 4-pole (0% N)
6 = 4-pole (60% N)
Frame
Size
3 = 3
Separator
Digit
X = Accessory
Trip Unit
Type Designator
PXR = Power Xpert Release
Trip Unit
Continuous
Current Ratings
0125 = 125 A
0250 = 250 A
0400 = 400 A
0600 = 600 A
H250 = 250 A High Override
(for use in 600 A Frame)
H400 = 400 A High Override
(for use in 600 A Frame)
Product Series
PD = Power Defense
PD G 3 X PXR 3 0600 E2N
Certifications/
Standards
G = UL/CSA/IEC/CCC
Pole
Options
3 = 3-pole
4 = 4-pole
(programmable N)
Trip Unit
Type and Options
B2N = PXR 10 LSI
E## 2=PXR 20
D## 2=PXR 20D
P## 2=PXR 25
V4-T2-48 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
22

Power Xpert Release (PXR) Trip Unit OptionsFrame Size 3
Power Xpert Release (PXR) Trip Unit Options
Descriptions of PXR Configured
Options
Relays2 Form A contacts
(rated for 240 Vac, 1 A)
● Interface: 3 wires (ALM1,
ALM2, ALM Common)
● Programmable to indicate
breaker conditions
ModbusModbus RTU
directly from breaker
● Interface: 3 wires (MODBA,
MODBB, MODBG)
● No additional modules
required
ZSIZone Selective
Interlocking
● Interface: 3 wires
(Zin, Zout, Zcomm)
● Includes ability to turn
ON and OFF, and
indicate signals
CAMCAM Link connection
(requires a CAM module per
breaker)
● Interface: 5 wires (refer to
CAM IL for details)
● Communications Adapter
Modules available for
Modbus TCP and PROFIBUS
Arcflash Reduction
Maintenance System,
or Maintenance Mode
● Available as trip unit
Protection Type 4 or 5
● Interface: Switch and LED
on face of trip unit (selfpowered) and two wires
for remote switch enable
option (24 Vdc required)
● A programmable relay will
be factory defaulted to
remote indication of
Arcflash Reduction
Maintenance System
Auxiliary Power
● Connection included with
all PXR 20, 20D, and 25
trip units
● Required for
communications, relays,
and metering accuracy
● 24 Vdc, 05 A
● Interface: 2 wires
Aux +24 V, Aux 0 V)
Available Continuous Current (lr) Settings on PXR Electronic Trip Units
Notes
1 LSIG breakers require separate neutral CT
#(1)Protection Type #(2)Available Configured Options
PXR ETU LSI LSIG 1
LSI with
Arcflash
Reduction
Maintenance
System
LSIG with
Arcflash
Reduction
Maintenance
System




Relays



Relays
Modbus


Relays

ZSI

Relays


CAM
Relays
Modbus
ZSI

Relays

ZSI
CAM
Relays
Modbus

CAM
Relays
Modbus
ZSI
CAM
PXR 10 B 2   N
PXR 20 E 2   NR M Z C W X  
 34 5  R MZ C WX  
PXR 20D D 23 4 5   M   W  D Y
PXR 25 P 23 4 5   M   W  D Y
Catalog Number Selection and Maximum Setting (ln)
Option Setting
0125
125 A
0250/H250
250 A
0400/H400
400 A
0600
600 A
PXR 10, PXR 20 1 45 A 90 A 160 A 250 A
2 50 A 100 A 175 A 275 A
3 60 A 110 A 200 A 300 A
4 63 A 125 A 225 A 320 A
5 70 A 150 A 250 A 350 A
6 80 A 160 A 275 A 400 A
7 90 A 175 A 300 A 450 A
8 100 A 200 A 320 A 500 A
9 110 A 225 A 350 A 550 A
10 = ln 125 A 250 A 400 A 600 A
PXR 20D, PXR 25 Programmable from minimum to maximum values in 1 A increments
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-49
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
22

TerminalsFrame Size 3
Catalog numbers shown are for a single side of a 3-pole breaker
For 2- and 4-pole options, replace the X3 with X2 or X4, respectively
Example: PDG3X3TA300 becomes PDG3X2TA300 for two-pole
Terminal Types
Note: Pictures are for reference only
Terminals
PDG3X3TA300
PDG3X3TA350
PDG3X3T300
PDG3X3T350
PDG3X3TA350SW
PDG3X3TA400
PDG3X3TA400SW
PDG3X3T400
PDG3X3TA400CW
PDG3X3T400CW
PDG3X3TA401CW
PDG3X3TA401
PDG3X3TA402
PDG3X3T402
PDG3X3TA401H
PDG3X3T401H
PDG3X3TA401HCW
PDG3X3T401HCW
PDG3X3TA400H
PDG3X3T400H
PDG3X3TA630
PDG3X3T630
PDG3X3TA630SW
PDG3X3TA630CW
PDG3X3T630CW
PDG3X3TA4003W
PDG3X3TA4006W
PDG3X3TA6006W
PDG3X3TA6006WSW
PDG3X3TA400RF
PDG3X3TA400HRF
PDG3X3TA630RF
Maximum
Breaker
Amperes
Breaker
Frame
Terminal
Body Type
Wire
Type
Wire
Class
Number of
Conductors
per Phase
AWG / kcmil
Range per
Conductor
Metric (mm2)
Range per
Conductor
3-Pole
Catalog Number
Included
Accessories
Digit 14 Designation Factory
Config
Ampere
Range
Line and
Load
Line
Only
Load
Only
Standard Terminals
300 400 Aluminum Cu/Al B, C 1 3–350 267–177 PDG3X3TA300  J K L 100–225
350 400 Aluminum Cu/Al B, C 1 250–500 127–253 PDG3X3TA350  J K L 250–350
400 400 Aluminum Cu/Al B, C 2 3/0–250 85–127 PDG3X3TA400 Terminal shield J K L 400
400 600 Aluminum Cu/Al B, C 1 500–750 253–380 PDG3X3TA401H Terminal shield J K L H250–H400
630 600 Aluminum Cu/Al B, C 2 2–500 336–253 PDG3X3TA630 Terminal shield J K L 450–600
Optional Aluminum Terminals
400 400 Aluminum Cu/Al B, C 1 500–750 253–380 PDG3X3TA402 Terminal shield T U V 100–400
400 400 Aluminum Cu/Al B, C 2 2/0–250 (2) or
2/0–500 (1)
674–127 (2) or
674–253 (1)
PDG3X3TA401 Terminal shield I O F 100–400
400 600 Aluminum Cu/Al B, C 1 3–500 267–253 PDG3X3TA400H  T U V H250–H400
Optional Copper Terminals
300 400 Copper Cu B, C 1 3–350 267–177 PDG3X3T300  W Y Z 100–225
350 400 Copper Cu B, C 1 250–500 127–253 PDG3X3T350  W Y Z 250–350
400 400 Copper Cu B, C 2 3/0–250 85–127 PDG3X3T400 Terminal shield W Y Z 400
400 400 Copper Cu/Al B, C 1 Al: 500–750
Cu: 500 Only
 PDG3X3T402 Terminal shield    
400 600 Copper Cu B, C 1 3–500 267–253 PDG3X3T400H   
400 600 Copper Cu B, C 1 500–750 253–380 PDG3X3T401H Terminal shield W Y Z H250–H400
630 600 Copper Cu B, C 2 2–500 336 –253 PDG3X3T630 Terminal shield W Y Z 450–600
StrandAble Terminals
400 400 Aluminum Cu/Al B, C 2 3/0–250 85–127 PDG3X3TA400SW Terminal shield A B C 100–400
D, G, H,
I, K, M
3/0–4/0 85–107
350 400 Aluminum Cu/Al B, C 1 250–500 127–253 PDG3X3TA350SW   
D, G, H,
I, K, M
250–350 127–177
630 600 Aluminum Cu/Al B, C 2 2–500 336–253 PDG3X3TA630SW Terminal shield A B C H250–600
D, G, H,
I, K, M
2–350 336–177
V4-T2-50 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
22

TerminalsFrame Size 3
Terminals, continued
Note: Wire capacity is based on standard imperial wire sizes; metric sizes provided in table
are a direct conversion to demonstrate maximum capacity, not to denote metric wire sizes
Control Wire Tabs
Note
1 Breaker loses UL rating when fitted with
rear-fed terminals or rear connectors
Maximum
Breaker
Amperes
Breaker
Frame
Terminal
Body Type
Wire
Type
Wire
Class
Number of
Conductors
per Phase
AWG / kcmil
Range per
Conductor
Metric (mm2)
Range per
Conductor
3-Pole
Catalog Number
Included
Accessories
Digit 14 Designation Factory
Config
Ampere
Range
Line and
Load
Line
Only
Load
Only
Control Wire Aluminum Terminals
400 400 Aluminum Cu/Al B, C 2 3/0–250 85–127 PDG3X3TA400CW Terminal shield 1 2 3 100–400
400 400 Aluminum Cu/Al B, C 2 2/0–250 (2) or
2/0–500 (1)
674–127 (2) or
674–253 (1)
PDG3X3TA401CW Terminal shield 4 5 6 100–400
400 600 Aluminum Cu/Al B, C 1 500–750 253–380 PDG3X3TA401HCW Terminal shield 1 2 3 H250–H400
630 600 Aluminum Cu/Al B, C 2 2–500 336–253 PDG3X3TA630CW Terminal shield 1 2 3 450–600
Control Wire Copper Terminals
400 400 Copper Cu B, C 2 3/0–250 85–127 PDG3X3T400CW Terminal shield 7 8 9 100–400
400 600 Copper Cu B, C 1 500–750 253–380 PDG3X3T401HCW Terminal shield 7 8 9 H250–H400
630 600 Copper Cu B, C 2 2–500 336–253 PDG3X3T630CW Terminal shield 7 8 9 450–600
Multi-wire Terminals
400 400 Aluminum Cu/Al B, C 3 12–2/0 331–674 PDG3X3TA4003W Terminal shield   H 100–400
400 400 Aluminum Cu/Al B, C 6 14–3 208–267 PDG3X3TA4006W Terminal shield   G 100–400
600 600 Aluminum Cu/Al B, C 6 14–1/0 208–535 PDG3X3TA6006W Terminal shield   G H250–600
StrandAble Multi-wire Terminals
600 600 Aluminum Cu/Al B, C 6 12–2/0  PDG3X3TA6006WSW Terminal shield    
D, G, H,
I, K, M
8–1/0
Rear-fed Terminals 1
400 400 Aluminum Cu/Al B, C 1 250–500 127–253 PDG3X3TA400RF Interphase
barriers
 
400 600 Aluminum Cu/Al B, C 1 2–500 336–253 PDG3X3TA400HRF Interphase
barriers
 
630 600 Aluminum Cu/Al B, C 2 2–500 336–253 PDG3X3TA630RF Interphase
barriers
 
Rear Connectors 1
400  Aluminum      PDG3X3T400RC  R   100–400
630        PDG3X3T600RC  R   250–600
End Cap Kits/Screw Terminals
400        PDG3X3TS400  S D E 100–400
600        PDG3X3TS600  S D E 250–600
Use
Package
Qty
Catalog
Number
100–400 A 12 KCWTK
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-51
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
22

Accessories
Internal Accessory ConfigurationsFrame Size 3
3-Pole
4-Pole
Notes
1 Frame 3 breakers with electronic trip units AND communication only have
access to one alarm space Breakers with thermal-magnetic trip units or electronic trip units
without communication have access to two alarm spaces
2 Neutral pole includes two additional auxiliary spaces
Tripping
Accessory Options
Alarm Options
(2 Spaces) 1
Aux Options
(2 Spaces)
Shunt Trip None None
1NO (1 space) 1NO (1 space)
1NC (1 space) 1NC (1 space)
1NO/1NC (2 spaces) 1NO/1NC (2 spaces)
UVR 2NO (2 spaces) 2NO (2 spaces)
2NC (2 spaces) 2NC (2 spaces)
Tripping
Accessory Options
Alarm Options
(2 Spaces) 1
Aux Options
(4 Spaces) 2
Shunt Trip None None
1NO (1 space) 1NO (1 space)
1NC (1 space) 1NC (1 space)
1NO/1NC (2 spaces) 1NO/1NC (2 spaces)
UVR 2NO (2 spaces) 2NO (2 spaces)
2NC (2 spaces) 2NC (2 spaces)
2NO/2NC (4 spaces)
4NO (4 spaces)
4NC (4 spaces)
Alarm and Auxiliary Contact
BlocksFrame Size 3
breakers
have designated positions for
alarm and auxiliary switches
in the right pole accessory
cavity For Frame 3, the two
left-most positions are used
for alarm switches, and the
two right-most locations are
used for auxiliary switches
breakers
have secondary covers for
ease of field installation of
accessories, including alarm
and auxiliary switches
alarm and
auxiliary switches are
available in contact blocks, in
Form A (NO), Form B (NC),
and Form C (NO-NC) types
Form A and Form B contacts
take one position in the
breaker accessory cavity, and
Form C contacts take two
positions in the cavity
Identical contact blocks are
used for the alarm and
auxiliary switch functions
Electronic breakers with
communications options
(Modbus RTU or CAM Link)
lose one alarm switch
position, but are also able to
provide trip position via
communications and the PXR
programmable relays
Contact Blocks
Pigtail (29 in / 075 m) Contact Blocks for
Alarm and Auxiliary Switch Functionality
Screw Terminal Contact Blocks for
Alarm and Auxiliary Switch Functionality
Push-In Clamp Contact Blocks for
Alarm and Auxiliary Switch Functionality
Pigtail (118 in / 30 m) Contact Blocks for
Alarm and Auxiliary Switch Functionality
Contact Blocks for Alarm and Auxiliary Switch
FunctionalityBulk Packs
Note
1 Order in multiples of quantity listed to receive bulk pack (ex Order qty 20 PDGXXA-BP20 to
receive 1 bulk pack)
Catalog Number PDGXAA PDGXAB PDGXAC
Type Form A / NO Form B / NC Form C / NO-NC
Catalog Number PDGXXA PDGXXB PDGXXA + PDGXXB
Type Form A / NO Form B / NC For NO-NC, use two
separate contact
blocks
Catalog Number PDGXUA PDGXUB PDGXUC
Type Form A / NO Form B / NC Form C / NO-NC
Catalog Number PDGXDA PDGXDB PDGXDC
Type Form A / NO Form B / NC Form C / NO-NC
Catalog Number
Type Termination Bulk Pack
Quantity 1
PDGXXA-BP20 Form A / NO Screw Terminal 20
PDGXXB-BP20 Form B / NC Screw Terminal 20
PDGXUA-BP20 Form A / NO Push-in Clamp 20
PDGXUB-BP20 Form B / NC Push-in Clamp 20
PDGXUC-BP10 Form C / NO-NC Push-in Clamp 10
V4-T2-52 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
22

Factory Installation of Alarm and Auxiliary SwitchesFrame Size 3
Alarm and auxiliary switches
are plug-and-play accessories
designed to be field
installable However, Eaton
also offers installation service
in our factories
Breaker catalog numbers
with alarm and auxiliary
switch combinations require
a complete 20-digit catalog
number, adding the alarm and
auxiliary switch functionality
in digits 15–16 and adhering
to the following conditions
and tables:
● Digit 15 denotes the type
of accessory(-ies) installed
and the terminal types
● Switches may be
requested for alarm only,
auxiliary only or a
combination of the two
● For Eaton factory
installation, the same type
of terminals (ie, all pigtail
075 m, all screw, etc)
must be used If a
combination of alarm and
auxiliary switches is
selected, they must be the
same type (ie, all 1NC, all
1NO/1NC, etc)
● Digit 16 denotes number
and type (NO, NC) of
switches installed
● If no other accessories are
selected, use NNNN for
the final 4 digits of the
catalog number
● Electronic breakers with
communications lose one
alarm switch position in
order to provide trip status
via communications They
do not lose an auxiliary
position for this purpose
Pigtails29 in / 075 m (A, B, C)
Screw Terminals (X, Y, Z)
Push-In Clamps (U, V, W)
Auxiliary Switch
Three-Pole Four-Pole
None 1NO 1NC 1NO/1NC 2NO 2NC 2NO/2NC 4NO 4NC
Alarm Switch None NN AA AB AC AD AE A1 A2 A3
1NO BA CA       
1NC BB  CB      
1NO/1NC BC   CC   C1  
2NO BD    CD   C2
2NC BE     CE   C3
Auxiliary Switch
Three-Pole Four-Pole
None 1NO 1NC 1NO/1NC 2NO 2NC 2NO/2NC 4NO 4NC
Alarm Switch None NN XA XB XC XD XE X1 X2 X3
1NO YA ZA       
1NC YB  ZB      
1NO/1NC YC   ZC   Z1  
2NO YD    ZD   Z2
2NC YE     ZE   Z3
Auxiliary Switch
Three-Pole Four-Pole
None 1NO 1NC 1NO/1NC 2NO 2NC 2NO/2NC 4NO 4NC
Alarm Switch None NN UA UB UC UD UE U1 U2 U3
1NO VA WA       
1NC VB  WB      
1NO/1NC VC   WC   W1  
2NO VD    WD   W2
2NC VE     WE   W3
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-53
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
22

Factory Installation of Alarm and Auxiliary SwitchesFrame Size 3
Pigtails118 in / 30 m (D, E, F)
For PXR Trip Units with Communication 1
Tripping AccessoriesFrame Size 3
breakers have designated positions for shunt trips and undervoltage releases
(UVRs) in the left pole accessory cavity Each breaker has space for one tripping accessory only
breakers have secondary covers for ease of field installation of tripping accessories
Shunt Trips
Undervoltage Releases (UVRs)
Note: Use PDG3XUV18DCW when using Time Delay UVR
Note
1 All options shown have 29 in/075 m pigtail termination For alternate termination options, contact the product line
Auxiliary Switch
Three-Pole Four-Pole
None 1NO 1NC 1NO/1NC 2NO 2NC 2NO/2NC 4NO 4NC
Alarm Switch None NN DA DB DC DD DE D1 D2 D3
1NO EA FA       
1NC EB  FB      
1NO/1NC EC   FC   F1  
2NO ED    FD   F2
2NC EE     FE   F3
Auxiliary Switch
Three-Pole Four-Pole
None 1NO 1NC 1NO/1NC 2NO 2NC 2NO/2NC 4NO 4NC
Alarm Switch None NN AA AB AC AD AE A1 A2 A3
1NO BA CA  CF CG  CP CQ
1NC BB  CB CH  CI CR  CS
Voltage Screw Terminals Pigtail (29 in / 075 m) Pigtail (118 in / 30 m)
12 Vdc PDG3XST12DCT PDG3XST12DCS PDG3XST12DCR
48 Vdc PDG3XST48DCT PDG3XST48DCS PDG3XST48DCR
60 Vdc PDG3XST60DCT PDG3XST60DCS PDG3XST60DCR
24 Vac/Vdc PDG3XST24ACDCT PDG3XST24ACDCS PDG3XST24ACDCR
110–130 Vac/125 Vdc PDG3XST130ACDCT PDG3XST130ACDCS PDG3XST130ACDCR
200–240 Vac/250 Vdc PDG3XST250ACDCT PDG3XST250ACDCS PDG3XST250ACDCR
380–440 Vac PDG3XST440ACT PDG3XST440ACS PDG3XST440ACR
480–525 Vac PDG3XST525ACT PDG3XST525ACS PDG3XST525ACR
600 Vac PDG3XST600ACT PDG3XST600ACS PDG3XST600ACR
Voltage Screw Terminals Pigtail (29 in / 075 m) Pigtail (118 in / 30 m)
12 Vdc PDG3XUV12DCV PDG3XUV12DCU PDG3XUV12DCW
24 Vdc PDG3XUV24DCV PDG3XUV24DCU PDG3XUV24DCW
48 Vdc PDG3XUV48DCV PDG3XUV48DCU PDG3XUV48DCW
60 Vdc PDG3XUV60DCV PDG3XUV60DCU PDG3XUV60DCW
125 Vdc PDG3XUV125DCV PDG3XUV125DCU PDG3XUV125DCW
250 Vdc PDG3XUV250DCV PDG3XUV250DCU PDG3XUV250DCW
24 Vac PDG3XUV24ACV PDG3XUV24ACU PDG3XUV24ACW
130 Vac PDG3XUV130ACV PDG3XUV130ACU PDG3XUV130ACW
240 Vac PDG3XUV240ACV PDG3XUV240ACU PDG3XUV240ACW
440 Vac PDG3XUV440ACV PDG3XUV440ACU PDG3XUV440ACW
525 Vac PDG3XUV525ACV PDG3XUV525ACU PDG3XUV525ACW
600 Vac PDG3XUV600ACV PDG3XUV600ACU PDG3XUV600ACW
V4-T2-54 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
22

Factory Installed Tripping AccessoriesFrame Size 3
Shunt trips and undervoltage
releases (UVRs) are plug-andplay accessories designed to
be field installable However,
Eaton also offers the service
of installation in our factories
Breaker catalog numbers
with shunt trips or UVRs
require a complete 20-digit
catalog number, adding the
tripping accessory
functionality in digits 17 and
18 and adhering to the
following conditions and
tables
● Digit 17 denotes the type
of accessory installed and
the terminal type
● Digit 18 denotes the
voltage of the accessory
● If no additional accessories
are selected, use NN for
digits 15-16 and 19-20 of
the catalog number
● Each breaker has space for
one shunt trip or UVR
tripping accessory only
Shunt Trips
Undervoltage Releases (UVRs)
Note: Use suffix US for 18 Vdc when using Time Delay UVR
Voltage Screw Terminals Pigtail (29 in / 075 m) Pigtail (118 in / 30 m)
12 Vdc TH SH RH
48 Vdc TJ SJ RJ
60 Vdc TK SK RK
24 Vac/Vdc TN SN RN
110–130 Vac/125 Vdc TP SP RP
200–240 Vac/250 Vdc TR SR RR
380–440 Vac TC SC RC
480–525 Vac TD SD RD
600 Vac TE SE RE
Voltage Screw Terminals Pigtail (29 in / 075 m) Pigtail (118 in / 30 m)
12 Vdc VH UH WH
24 Vdc VG UG WG
48 Vdc VJ UJ WJ
60 Vdc VK UK WK
125 Vdc VL UL WL
250 Vdc VM UM WM
24 Vac VF UF WF
130 Vac VA UA WA
240 Vac VB UB WB
440 Vac VC UC WC
525 Vac VD UD WD
600 Vac VE UE WE
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-55
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
22

Handle MechanismsFrame Size 3
Direct Rotary Handle Mechanism 1
Variable Depth Rotary Handle Mechanism 1
Metal Variable Depth Rotary Handle Mechanism 1
Flex Shaft Handle Mechanism
Notes
1 Standard handles are black and gray; Emergency handles are red and yellow
2 Handle mechanism shaft sold separately
Description
NEMA 1/12
Catalog Number
Factory Installed Digits
19–20
Standard lockable handle and mechanism PDG3XHMCS HA
Standard lockable handle and mechanism with door interlock PDG3XHMCSN HB
Standard lockable handle and mechanism with mechanical padlock PDG3XHMCSP HC
Standard lockable handle and mechanism with door interlock and mechanical padlock PDG3XHMCSNP HE
Emergency lockable handle and mechanism PDG3XHMCE H1
Emergency lockable handle and mechanism with door interlock PDG3XHMCEN H2
Emergency lockable handle and mechanism with mechanical padlock PDG3XHMCEP H3
Emergency lockable handle and mechanism with door interlock and mechanical padlock PDG3XHMCENP H5
Description
NEMA 1/3R/12/4/4X
Catalog Number
Factory Installed Digits
19–20
Standard lockable handle and mechanism 2 PDG3XHMDS DA
Standard lockable handle and mechanism with mechanical padlock 2 PDG3XHMDSP DC
Emergency lockable handle and mechanism 2 PDG3XHMDE D1
Standard lockable handle and mechanism with mechanical padlock 2 PDG3XHMDEP D3
9 in (245 mm) handle mechanism shaft PDG34XHMS245
17 in (445 mm) handle mechanism shaft PDG34XHMS445
Standard NFPA79-compliant shaft handle PDG34XHM79S
Emergency NFPA79-compliant shaft handle PDG34XHM79E
Description
NEMA 1/3R/12/4/4X
Catalog Number
Metal standard lockable handle, mechanism, and 6-inch shaft PDG3XHMDS06MH
Metal standard lockable handle, mechanism, and 12-inch shaft PDG3XHMDS12MH
Metal standard lockable handle, mechanism, and 24-inch shaft PDG3XHMDS24MH
Metal emergency lockable handle, mechanism, and 6-inch shaft PDG3XHMDE06MH
Metal emergency lockable handle, mechanism, and 12-inch shaft PDG3XHMDE12MH
Metal emergency lockable handle, mechanism, and 24-inch shaft PDG3XHMDE24MH
Cable Length (ft)
Metal Handle,
NEMA 1/3R/12
Catalog Number
High Performance Handle,
NEMA 1/3R/12
Catalog Number
Metal Handle,
NEMA 4/4X
Catalog Number
High Performance Handle,
NEMA 4/4X
Catalog Number
2 PDG3XFS02 PDG3XFS02HP PDG3XFS02X PDG3XFS02HPX
3 PDG3XFS03 PDG3XFS03HP PDG3XFS03X PDG3XFS03HPX
4 PDG3XFS04 PDG3XFS04HP PDG3XFS04X PDG3XFS04HPX
5 PDG3XFS05 PDG3XFS05HP PDG3XFS05X PDG3XFS05HPX
6 PDG3XFS06 PDG3XFS06HP PDG3XFS06X PDG3XFS06HPX
7 PDG3XFS07 PDG3XFS07HP PDG3XFS07X PDG3XFS07HPX
8 PDG3XFS08 PDG3XFS08HP PDG3XFS08X PDG3XFS08HPX
9 PDG3XFS09 PDG3XFS09HP PDG3XFS09X PDG3XFS09HPX
10 PDG3XFS10 PDG3XFS10HP PDG3XFS10X PDG3XFS10HPX
PDG3XHMDS
V4-T2-56 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
22

AccessoriesFrame Size 3
External Accessories
Base Mounting Hardware
Note: Base mounting hardware is included with a circuit breaker or
molded case switch
Dimensions and WeightsFrame Size 3
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Approximate Shipping Weight in lb (kg)
Notes
1 Provision only Kirk keylock sold separately Bolt projection in withdrawn position is
0375 in (9525 mm) for F-lock and 0 in (0 mm) for FF-lock
2 Breaker must be ordered with walking beam interlock ready modification from plant
(factory suffix WB in digits 19-20)
3 Requires two breakers
Description Fit Type Catalog Number
Factory
Installed
Digits 19–20
Padlockable hasp Top PDG3XPLKT L4
Padlockable hasp,
OFF only
Top PDG3XPLKTOFF L1
Padlockable handle
block
On handle PDG3XPHB
Kirk lock provision
left side, Type F 1
Left side PDG3XKLKPSF L8
Kirk lock provision
right side, Type F 1
Right side L9
Kirk lock provision
left/right side, Type FF 1
Left/right side PDG3XKLKPSFF
Walking beam
interlock 23
400 A frame, two-,
three- and four-pole
PDG3XWBI234P
600 A frame, two- and
three-pole
PDG3XWBI23P
600 A frame, four-pole PDG3XWBI4P
Electrical operator 24 Vdc PDG3XROP24DC RG
48–60 Vdc PDG3XROP60DC RJ or RK
125 Vdc PDG3XROP125DC RL
250 Vdc PDG3XROP250DC RM
110–130 Vac PDG3XROP130AC RA
200–240 Vac PDG3XROP240AC RB
380–440 Vac PDG3XROP440AC RC
Plug-in breaker
base only
Three-pole PDG3XPIBB3P600A
Four-pole PDG3XPIBB4P600A
Plug-in breaker
parts kit
Three-pole, 400 A PDG3XPIBK3P400A
Three-pole, 600 A PDG3XPIBK3P600A
Four-pole, 400 A PDG3XPIBK4P400A
Four-pole, 600 A PDG3XPIBK4P600A
Terminal covers Three-pole (400 A frame) PDG3XTC3P400A
Three-pole PDG3XTC3P
Four-pole PDG3XTC4P
Interphase barriers Single-pole PDG3XIB
Three-pole PDG3XIB3P
Four-pole PDG3XIB4P
Finger protection Three-pole PDG3XFP3P
Four-pole PDG3XFP4P
Neutral CTs for
ground fault (PXR)
Bus bar type PDG3XNCTB0600
Service entrance
barrier kit
Three-pole PRLSEBPD3
Description Catalog Number
Two-, three-, four-pole metric 66A4560G03
Number of Poles Width Height Depth
2 547 (1389) 1013 (2571) 430 (1091)
3 547 (1389) 1013 (2571) 430 (1091)
4 722 (1829) 1013 (2571) 430 (1091)
Breaker Type 2-Pole 3-Pole 4-Pole
PDG3 400 A 805 (365) 1102 (50) 1377 (625)
PDG3 600 A 1043 (473) 1236 (561) 1627 (739)
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-57
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
22

Frame Size 4


Frame Size 1 (15–125 A) V4-T2-22
Frame Size 2 (15–225 A) V4-T2-29
Frame Size 3 (45–600 A) V4-T2-42
Frame Size 4 (300–800 A)
Catalog Number / Product Selection V4-T2-58
AccessoriesV4-T2-63
Dimensions and WeightsV4-T2-69
Frame Size 5 (320–1200 A) V4-T2-70
Frame Size 6 (700–2500 A) V4-T2-79
Motor Circuit Protectors (3–600 A) V4-T2-87
Motor Protection  (15–600 A) V4-T2-98
High Instantaneous Circuit
Breakers for Selective Coordination V4-T2-104
Mechanical Current-Limiting
Circuit Breaker ModuleV4-T2-107
Current-Limiting Circuit Breaker
Fused Current-Limiting ModuleV4-T2-109
Terminals, Lugs and ConnectorsV4-T2-111
Communications and SoftwareV4-T2-134
Special ApplicationsV4-T2-136
Special Modification Ordering and Pricing V4-T2-141
Frame Size 4
Product Description
Frame Size 4 covers a range
of 300 A through 800 A with
a complete offering of trip
units, including PXR
electronic trip units and fixedadjustable thermal-magnetic
trip units PD-4 is available in
a single 800 A frame
Application Description
Frame Size 4 can be used to
meet a wide range of circuit
protection and power
distribution needs, including
ground fault protection and
100% UL ratings PXR trip
units in PD-4 provide all levels
of protection, including
energy metering with
multiple communication
schemes, breaker health
indication and arc flash
reduction options
Features and Benefits
Frame Size 4 breakers are
modular and available as
complete breakers from the
factory or as modular
components, including
frames, trip units,
accessories and terminals
to provide flexibility for
customers PXR trip units
are available with advanced
features to provide
customers unparalleled
situational awareness of
their electrical system
Standards and Certifications
breakers are
designed and tested to meet
stringent requirements for:
● UL
● CSA
● IEC (CE)
● CB (CCC)
V4-T2-58 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
22

Catalog Number / Product Selection
Power DefenseFrame Size 4 (300–800 A)
Frame Size 4 covers a range of 320 A through 800 A using electronic trip units, and 300 A through
800 A using thermal-magnetic trip units It is available in configurations of 2-pole, 3-pole and 4-pole,
with the 2-pole being in the same physical size of a 3-pole variant
Interrupting Ratings
Power DefenseFrame Size 4 (300–800 A)
This information is presented as a tool to develop catalog numbers
for selecting  and trip units
 with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Units (TMTU)Globally Rated
Notes
1 DC ratings available in thermal-magnetic breakers only 250 Vdc is achieved using 2 poles in series
2 Not available in 4-pole 60% neutral protection
3 Molded case switch may open above 6000 A
G K M
UL/CSA kA rms kA rms kA rms
240 Vac 65 85 100
480 Vac 35 50 65
600 Vac 18 25 35
250 Vdc 1 22 22 25
IEC lcu lcs lcu lcs lcu lcs
240 Vac 55 55 85 85 100 100
380–415 Vac 36 36 50 50 70 53
440 Vac 30 225 35 35 50 40
480 Vac 25 20 35 225 50 30
525 Vac 20 165 25 20 30 25
660–690 Vac 8 4 10 5 15 75
250 Vdc 1 22 22 22 22 25 25
Frame
Size
4 = 4
Pole
Options
2 = 2-pole
3 = 3-pole
4 = 4-pole (100% N)
0 = 4-pole (0% N)
6 = 4-pole (60% N)
Interrupting
Ratings
G = 35 kA at 480 V
K = 50 kA at 480 V
M = 65 kA at 480 V
Canada
G = 18 kA at 600 V
K = 25 kA at 600 V
M = 35 kA at 600 V
Trip Unit
Type Options
TFA = Fixed thermal /
Adjustable magnetic
VFA = 50 °C Fixed thermal /
Adjustable magnetic
(non UL)
Standard Terminal
Options
N = No terminals
J = Line and load terminals
K = Line only terminals
L = Load only terminals
Continuous
Current Ratings
0300 = 300 A 2
0350 = 350 A 2
0400 = 400 A 2
0450 = 450 A 2
0500 = 500 A
0600 = 600 A
0700 = 700 A
0800 = 800 A
Product Series
PD = Power Defense
4 = 4 2 = 2-pole
3 = 3-pole
4 = 4-pole
G = 35 kA at 480 V
M = 65 kA at 480 V
G = 18 kA at 600 V
M = 35 kA at 600 V
KNS = Molded Case Switch N = No terminals
J = Line and load terminals
K = Line only terminals
L = Load only terminals
PD 0800 = 800 A
PD G 4 3 M 0800 TFA J
Certifications/
Standards
G = UL/CSA/IEC/CCC
Molded Case SwitchesGlobally Rated 3
G = UL/CSA/IEC/CCC
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-59
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
22

 with Power Xpert Release (PXR) Electronic Trip Units (ETU)
This information is presented as a tool to develop catalog numbers for selecting Power Defense
 and trip units
 with PXR ETUGlobally Rated
Globally Rated Frame Only
PD-4 thermal-magnetic and electronic breakers may also be purchased as separate frames, trip units,
terminals and accessories for field configuration of a final breaker Each Frame Only device is marked
with interrupting ratings and a maximum continuous current rating; each trip unit is also marked with a
maximum continuous current rating, which must not exceed that of the frame Additionally, 100% UL
Rated frames are marked as such on the Frame Only device
This information is presented as a tool to develop catalog numbers for selecting Power Defense
 and trip units
Frame OnlyGlobally Rated
Note
1 See tables and descriptions on Page V4-T2-61 for protection type (#(1)) and available configured options (#(2))
Frame
Size
4 = 4
Pole
Options
2 = 2-pole
3 = 3-pole
4 = 4-pole
(programmable N)
Interrupting
Ratings
G = 35 kA at 480 V
K = 50 kA at 480 V
M = 65 kA at 480 V
G = 18 kA at 600 V
K = 25 kA at 600 V
M = 35 kA at 600 V
Trip Unit
Type Options
B2N = PXR 10 LSI
E## 1=PXR 20
D## 1=PXR 20D
P## 1=PXR 25
Standard Terminal
Options
N = No terminals
J = Line and load terminals
K = Line only terminals
L = Load only terminals
Continuous
Current Ratings
0800 = 800 A
Product Series
PD = Power Defense
4 =4 3 = 3-pole
4 = 4-pole
(programmable N)
G = 35 kA at 480 V
K = 50 kA at 480 V
M = 65 kA at 480 V
G = 18 kA at 600 V
K = 25 kA at 600 V
M = 35 kA at 600 V
B2N = PXR 10 LSI
E## 1=PXR 20
D## 1=PXR 20D
P## 1=PXR 25
N = No terminals
J = Line and load terminals
K = Line only terminals
L = Load only terminals
PD 0800 = 800 A
PD G 4 3 M 0800 P2M J
Certifications/
Standards
G = UL/CSA/IEC/CCC
 with PXR ETUGlobally Rated (100% UL Rated)
F = UL/CSA/IEC/CCC
(100% UL Rated)
Frame
Size
4 = 4
Pole
Options
2 = 2-pole
3 = 3-pole
4 = 4-pole
Interrupting
Ratings
G = 35 kA at 480 V
K = 50 kA at 480 V
M = 65 kA at 480 V
G = 18 kA at 600 V
K = 25 kA at 600 V
M = 35 kA at 600 V
Trip Unit
Type Options
FNN = Frame Only
Standard Terminal
Options
N = No terminals
Continuous
Current Ratings
0800 = 800 A
Product Series
PD = Power Defense
4 = 4 3 = 3-pole
4 = 4-pole
G = 35 kA at 480 V
K = 50 kA at 480 V
M = 65 kA at 480 V
G = 18 kA at 600 V
K = 25 kA at 600 V
M = 35 kA at 600 V
PD 0800 = 800 A FNN = Frame Only N = No terminals
PD G 4 3 M 0800 FNN J
Certifications/
Standards
G = UL/CSA/IEC/CCC
Frame OnlyGlobally Rated (100% UL Rated)
F = UL/CSA/IEC/CCC
(100% UL Rated)
V4-T2-60 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
22

Trip Units
PD-4 thermal-magnetic and electronic breakers may also be purchased as separate
frames, trip units, terminals and accessories for field configuration of a final breaker
For two-pole breakers using electronic trip units, three-pole trip units are used
PDG designated trip units are for use with PDG and PDF breaker frames The 100%
rating for PDF (100% UL Rated) is marked on the frame, not the trip unit
Trip Units Only
This information is presented as a tool to develop catalog numbers
for selecting  and trip units
Thermal-Magnetic Trip Units
Power Xpert Release (PXR) Electronic Trip Units
Power Xpert Release (PXR) Electronic Trip Units
Notes
1 Not available in 4-pole 60% neutral protection
2 See tables and descriptions on Page V4-T2-61 for protection type (#(1)) and available configured options (#(2))
Frame
Size
4 = 4
Separator
Digit
X = Accessory
Trip Unit
Type Options
TFA = Fixed Thermal /
Adjustable Magnetic
VFA = 50 °C Fixed Thermal /
Adjustable Magnetic
(non UL)
Continuous
Current Ratings
0300 = 300 A 1
0350 = 350 A 1
0400 = 400 A 1
0450 = 450 A 1
0500 = 500 A
0600 = 600 A
0700 = 700 A
0800 = 800 A
Product Series
PD = Power Defense
PD G 4 X TFA 3 0800
Certifications/
Standards
G = UL/CSA/IEC/CCC
Pole
Options
2 = 2-pole
3 = 3-pole
4 = 4-pole (100% N)
0 = 4-pole (0% N)
6 = 4-pole (60% N)
Frame
Size
4 = 4
Separator
Digit
X = Accessory
Trip Unit
Type Designator
PXR = Power Xpert Release
Trip Unit
Continuous
Current Ratings
0800 = 800 A
Product Series
PD = Power Defense
PD G 4 X PXR 3 0800 E2N
Certifications/
Standards
G = UL/CSA/IEC/CCC
Pole
Options
3 = 3-pole
4 = 4-pole
(programmable N)
Trip Unit
Type and Options
B2N = PXR 10 LSI
E## 2=PXR 20
D## 2=PXR 20D
P## 2=PXR 25
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-61
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
22

Power Xpert Release (PXR) Trip Unit OptionsFrame Size 4
Power Xpert Release (PXR) Trip Unit Options
Descriptions of PXR Configured Options
Relays2 Form A contacts
(rated for 240 Vac, 1 A)
● Interface: 3 wires (ALM1,
ALM2, ALM Common)
● Programmable to indicate
breaker conditions
ModbusModbus RTU
directly from breaker
● Interface: 3 wires (MODBA,
MODBB, MODBG)
● No additional modules
required
ZSIZone Selective
Interlocking
● Interface: 3 wires
(Zin, Zout, Zcomm)
● Includes ability to turn
ON and OFF, and
indicate signals
CAMCAM Link connection
(requires a CAM module per
breaker)
● Interface: 5 wires (refer to
CAM IL for details)
● Communications Adapter
Modules available for
Modbus TCP and PROFIBUS
Arcflash Reduction
Maintenance System,
or Maintenance Mode
● Available as trip unit
Protection Type 4 or 5
● Interface: Switch and LED
on face of trip unit and two
wires for remote switch
enable option
(24 Vdc required)
● A programmable relay will
be factory defaulted to
remote indication of
Arcflash Reduction
Maintenance System
Auxiliary Power
● Connection included with
all PXR 20, 20D, and 25
trip units
● Required for
communications, relays,
and metering accuracy
● 24 Vdc, 05 A
● Interface: 2 wires
(Aux +24 V, Aux 0 V)
Available Continuous Current (lr) Settings on PXR Electronic Trip Units
Note
1 With Arcflash Reduction Maintenance System
#(1)Protection Type #(2)Available Configured Options
PXR ETU LSI LSIG LSI 1 LSIG 1




Relays



Relays
Modbus


Relays

ZSI

Relays


CAM
Relays
Modbus
ZSI

Relays

ZSI
CAM
Relays
Modbus

CAM
Relays
Modbus
ZSI
CAM
PXR 10 B 2   N
PXR 20 E 2   N R MZ C WX  
 34 5  R MZ C WX  
PXR 20D D 234 5   M   W  D Y
PXR 25 P 234 5   M   W  D Y
Catalog Number Selection and Maximum Setting (ln)
Option Setting 800 A
PXR 10, PXR 20 1 320 A
2 350 A
3 400 A
4 450 A
5 500 A
6 550 A
7 600 A
8 630 A
9 700 A
10 = ln 800 A
PXR 20D, PXR 25 Programmable from minimum to maximum values in 10 A increments
V4-T2-62 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
22

TerminalsFrame Size 4
Catalog numbers shown are for a single side of a 3-pole breaker
For Frame Size 4, terminals are also available in single-pole kits; these
are not available in 2-pole or 4-pole configurations, unless otherwise
noted For single terminals, replace X3 with X1 on the catalog number
Example: PDG4X3TA800 becomes PDG4X1TA800 for a single unit
Terminal Types
Note: Pictures are for reference only
Terminals
Notes
Wire capacity is based on standard imperial wire sizes; metric sizes provided in table are a direct
conversion to demonstrate maximum capacity, not to denote metric wire sizes
1 End cap kits are available in 3-pole and 4-pole configurations only
For 4-pole, use catalog number PDG4X4TS800
2 Breaker loses UL rating when fitted with rear-fed terminals or rear connectors
PDG4X3TA700
PDG4X3T600
PDG4X3TA700CW
PDG4X3TA800
PDG4X3TA800SW
PDG4X3TA800CW
PDG4X3TA801
PDG4X3T800
PDG4X3TA801CW
PDG4X3TA800RF
Maximum
Breaker
Amperes
Terminal
Body Type
Wire
Type
Wire
Class
Number of
Conductors
per Phase
AWG / kcmil
Range per
Conductor
Metric (mm2)
Range per
Conductor
3-Pole
Catalog Number
Included
Accessories
Digit 14 Designation Factory
Config
Ampere
Range
Line and
Load
Line
Only
Load
Only
Standard Terminals
700 Aluminum Cu/Al B, C 2 1–500 424–253 PDG4X3TA700  J K L 300–700
800 Aluminum Cu/Al B, C 3 3/0–400 85–203 PDG4X3TA800  J K L 800
Alternate Terminals
800 Aluminum Cu/Al B, C 2 500–750 253–380 PDG4X3TA801  T U V 300–800
Non-Aluminum Terminals
600 Copper Cu B, C 2 2/0–500 674–238 PDG4X3T600  W Y Z 300–600
800 Copper Cu B, C 3 3/0–300 85–152 PDG4X3T800  W Y Z 700–800
Strandable Terminals
800 Aluminum Cu/Al B, C 3 3/0–400 85–203 PDG4X3TA800SW  A B C 300–800
D, G, H, I,
K, M
3/0–300 85–152
Control Wire Terminals
700 Aluminum Cu/Al B, C 2 1–500 424–253 PDG4X3TA700CW  1 2 3 300–700
800 Aluminum Cu/Al B, C 3 3/0–400 85–203 PDG4X3TA800CW  1 2 3 800
800 Aluminum Cu/Al B, C 2 500–750 253–380 PDG4X3TA801CW  4 5 6 300–800
Rear Fed Terminals 2
800 Aluminum Cu/Al B, C 3 3/0–300 85–152 PDG4X3TA800RF Interphase
barriers
   300–800
Rear Connectors 2
800       PDG4X3T800RC  R   300–800
End Cap Kits/Screw Terminals
800       PDG4X3TS800 1  S D E 300–800
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-63
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
22

Accessories
Internal Accessory ConfigurationsFrame Size 4
3-Pole  4-Pole
Note
1 Frame 4 breakers with electronic trip units and communication only have
access to one alarm space Breakers with thermal-magnetic trip units or electronic trip units
without communication, have access to two alarm spaces
Tripping
Accessory
Options
Alarm Options
(1–2 spaces) 1
Aux Options
(4 spaces)
None None None
Shunt Trip 1NO (1 space) 1NO (1 space)
1NC (1 space) 1NC (1 space)
1NO/1NC (2 spaces) 1NO/1NC (2 spaces)
2NO (2 spaces) 2NO (2 spaces)
UVR 2NC (2 spaces) 2NC (2 spaces)
2CO (4 spaces)
4NO (4 spaces)
4NC (4 spaces)
Tripping
Accessory
Options
Alarm Options
(1–2 spaces) 1
Aux Options
(6 spaces)
None None None
Shunt Trip 1NO (1 space) 1NO (1 space)
1NC (1 space) 1NC (1 space)
1NO/1NC (2 spaces) 1NO/1NC (2 spaces)
2NO (2 spaces) 2NO (2 spaces)
UVR 2NC (2 spaces) 2NC (2 spaces)
2CO (4 spaces)
4NO (4 spaces)
4NC (4 spaces)
3CO (6 spaces)
6NO (6 spaces)
6NC (6 spaces)
V4-T2-64 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
22

Alarm and Auxiliary Contact BlocksFrame Size 4
breakers
have designated positions for
alarm and auxiliary switches
in the right pole accessory
cavity For Frame 4, the two
left-most positions are used
for alarm switches, and the
two right-most locations are
used for auxiliary switches
breakers
have secondary covers for
ease of field installation of
accessories, including alarm
and auxiliary switches
alarm and
auxiliary switches are
available in contact blocks, in
Form A (NO), Form B (NC),
and Form C (NO-NC) types
Form A and Form B contacts
take one position in the
breaker accessory cavity, and
Form C contacts take two
positions in the cavity
Identical contact blocks are
used for the alarm and
auxiliary switch functions
Electronic breakers with
communications options
(Modbus RTU or CAM Link)
lose one alarm switch
position, but are also able to
provide trip position via
communications and the PXR
programmable relays
Contact Blocks
Pigtail (29 in / 075 m) Contact Blocks for Alarm and Auxiliary Switch Functionality
Screw Terminal Contact Blocks for Alarm and Auxiliary Switch Functionality
Push-In Clamp Contact Blocks for Alarm and Auxiliary Switch Functionality
Pigtail (118 in / 30 m) Contact Blocks for Alarm and Auxiliary Switch Functionality
Contact Blocks for Alarm and Auxiliary Switch FunctionalityBulk Packs
Note
1 Order in multiples of quantity listed to receive bulk pack (ex Order qty 20 PDGXXA-BP20 to receive 1 bulk pack)
Catalog Number PDGXAA PDGXAB PDGXAC
Type Form A / NO Form B / NC Form C / NO-NC
Catalog Number PDGXXA PDGXXB PDGXXA + PDGXXB
Type Form A / NO Form B / NC For NO-NC, use two separate
contact blocks
Catalog Number PDGXUA PDGXUB PDGXUC
Type Form A / NO Form B / NC Form C / NO-NC
Catalog Number PDGXDA PDGXDB PDGXDC
Type Form A / NO Form B / NC Form C / NO-NC
Catalog Number Type Termination Bulk Pack Quantity 1
PDGXXA-BP20 Form A / NO Screw Terminal 20
PDGXXB-BP20 Form B / NC Screw Terminal 20
PDGXUA-BP20 Form A / NO Push-in Clamp 20
PDGXUB-BP20 Form B / NC Push-in Clamp 20
PDGXUC-BP10 Form C / NO-NC Push-in Clamp 10
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-65
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
22

Factory Installation of Alarm and Auxiliary SwitchesFrame Size 4
Alarm and auxiliary switches
are plug-and-play accessories
designed to be field
installable However, Eaton
also offers installation service
in our factories
Breaker catalog numbers
with alarm and auxiliary
switch combinations require
a complete 20-digit catalog
number, adding the alarm and
auxiliary switch functionality
in digits 15–16 and adhering
to the following conditions
and tables:
● Digit 15 denotes the type
of accessory(-ies) installed
and the terminal types
● Switches may be
requested for alarm only,
auxiliary only or a
combination of the two
● For Eaton factory
installation, the same type
of terminals (ie, all pigtail
075 m, all screw, etc)
must be used If a
combination of alarm and
auxiliary switches is
selected, they must be the
same type (ie, all 1NC, all
1NO/1NC, etc)
● Digit 16 denotes number
and type (NO, NC) of
switches installed
● If no other accessories are
selected, use NNNN for
the final 4 digits of the
catalog number
● Electronic breakers with
communications lose one
alarm switch position in
order to provide trip status
via communications They
do not lose an auxiliary
position for this purpose
Pigtails29 in / 075 m (A, B, C)
Screw Terminals (X, Y, Z)
Push-In Clamps (U, V, W)
Auxiliary Switch
Three-Pole Four-Pole
None 1NO 1NC 1NO/1NC 2NO 2NC 2NO/2NC 4NO 4NC 3NO/3NC 6NO 6NC
Alarm Switch None NN AA AB AC AD AE A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6
1NO BA CA          
1NC BB  CB         
1NO/1NC BC   CC   C1   C4  
2NO BD    CD   C2   C5
2NC BE     CE   C3   C6
Auxiliary Switch
Three-Pole Four-Pole
None 1NO 1NC 1NO/1NC 2NO 2NC 2NO/2NC 4NO 4NC 3NO/3NC 6NO 6NC
Alarm Switch None NN XA XB XC XD XE X1 X2 X3 X4 X5 X6
1NO YA ZA          
1NC YB  ZB         
1NO/1NC YC   ZC   Z1   Z4  
2NO YD    ZD   Z2   Z5
2NC YE     ZE   Z3   Z6
Auxiliary Switch
Three-Pole Four-Pole
None 1NO 1NC 1NO/1NC 2NO 2NC 2NO/2NC 4NO 4NC 3NO/3NC 6NO 6NC
Alarm Switch None NN DA DB DC DD DE D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6
1NO EA FA          
1NC EB  FB         
1NO/1NC EC   FC   F1   F4  
2NO ED    FD   F2   F5
2NC EE     FE   F3   F6
V4-T2-66 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
22

Factory Installation of Alarm and Auxiliary SwitchesFrame Size 4
Pigtails118 in / 30 m (D, E, F)
Pigtails29 in / 075 m (A, B, C)
Tripping AccessoriesFrame Size 4
breakers have designated positions for shunt trips and undervoltage releases
(UVRs) in the left pole accessory cavity Each breaker has space for one tripping accessory only
breakers have secondary covers for ease of field installation of tripping accessories
Shunt Trips
Undervoltage Releases (UVRs)
Note: Use PDG4XUV18DCW when using Time Delay UVR
Auxiliary Switch
Three-Pole Four-Pole
None 1NO 1NC 1NO/1NC 2NO 2NC 2NO/2NC 4NO 4NC 3NO/3NC 6NO 6NC
Alarm Switch None NN UA UB UC UD UE U1 U2 U3 U4 U5 U6
1NO VA WA          
1NC VB  WB         
1NO/1NC VC   WC   W1   W4  
2NO VD    WD   W2   W5
2NC VE     WE   W3   W6
Auxiliary Switch
Three-Pole Four-Pole
None 1NO 1NC 1NO/1NC 2NO 2NC 2NO/2NC 4NO 4NC 3NO/3NC 6NO 6NC
Alarm Switch None NN AA AB AC AD AE A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6
1NO BA CA  CF CG  CP CQ  CT CU
1NC BB  CB CH  CJ CR  CS CV  CW
Voltage Screw Terminals Pigtail (29 in / 075 m) Pigtail (118 in / 30 m)
12 Vdc PDG4XST12DCT PDG4XST12DCS PDG4XST12DCR
48 Vdc PDG4XST48DCT PDG4XST48DCS PDG4XST48DCR
60 Vdc PDG4XST60DCT PDG4XST60DCS PDG4XST60DCR
24 Vac/Vdc PDG4XST24ACDCT PDG4XST24ACDCS PDG4XST24ACDCR
110–130 Vac/125 Vdc PDG4XST130ACDCT PDG4XST130ACDCS PDG4XST130ACDCR
200–240 Vac/250 Vdc PDG4XST250ACDCT PDG4XST250ACDCS PDG4XST250ACDCR
380–440 Vac PDG4XST440ACT PDG4XST440ACS PDG4XST440ACR
480–525 Vac PDG4XST525ACT PDG4XST525ACS PDG4XST525ACR
600 Vac PDG4XST600ACT PDG4XST600ACS PDG4XST600ACR
Voltage Screw Terminals Pigtail (29 in / 075 m) Pigtail (118 in / 30 m)
12 Vdc PDG4XUV12DCV PDG4XUV12DCU PDG4XUV12DCW
24 Vdc PDG4XUV24DCV PDG4XUV24DCU PDG4XUV24DCW
48 Vdc PDG4XUV48DCV PDG4XUV48DCU PDG4XUV48DCW
60 Vdc PDG4XUV60DCV PDG4XUV60DCU PDG4XUV60DCW
125 Vdc PDG4XUV125DCV PDG4XUV125DCU PDG4XUV125DCW
250 Vdc PDG4XUV250DCV PDG4XUV250DCU PDG4XUV250DCW
24 Vac PDG4XUV24ACV PDG4XUV24ACU PDG4XUV24ACW
130 Vac PDG4XUV130ACV PDG4XUV130ACU PDG4XUV130ACW
240 Vac PDG4XUV240ACV PDG4XUV240ACU PDG4XUV240ACW
440 Vac PDG4XUV440ACV PDG4XUV440ACU PDG4XUV440ACW
525 Vac PDG4XUV525ACV PDG4XUV525ACU PDG4XUV525ACW
600 Vac PDG4XUV600ACV PDG4XUV600ACU PDG4XUV600ACW
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-67
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
22

Factory Installed Tripping AccessoriesFrame Size 4
Shunt trips and undervoltage
releases (UVRs) are plug-andplay accessories designed to
be field installable However,
Eaton also offers the service
of installation in our factories
Breaker catalog numbers
with shunt trips or UVRs
require a complete 20-digit
catalog number, adding the
tripping accessory
functionality in digits 17 and
18 and adhering to the
following conditions and
tables
● Digit 17 denotes the type
of accessory installed and
the terminal type
● Digit 18 denotes the
voltage of the accessory
● If no additional accessories
are selected, use NN for
digits 15-16 and 19-20 of
the catalog number
● Each breaker has space for
one shunt trip or UVR
tripping accessory only
Shunt Trips
Undervoltage Releases (UVRs)
Note: Use suffix US for 18 Vdc when using Time Delay UVR
Voltage Screw Terminals Pigtail (29 in / 075 m) Pigtail (118 in / 30 m)
12 Vdc TH SH RH
48 Vdc TJ SJ RJ
60 Vdc TK SK RK
24 Vac/Vdc TN SN RN
110–130 Vac/125 Vdc TP SP RP
200–240 Vac/250 Vdc TR SR RR
380–440 Vac TC SC RC
480–525 Vac TD SD RD
600 Vac TE SE RE
Voltage Screw Terminals Pigtail (29 in / 075 m) Pigtail (118 in / 30 m)
12 Vdc VH UH WH
24 Vdc VG UG WG
48 Vdc VJ UJ WJ
60 Vdc VK UK WK
125 Vdc VL UL WL
250 Vdc VM UM WM
24 Vac VF UF WF
130 Vac VA UA WA
240 Vac VB UB WB
440 Vac VC UC WC
525 Vac VD UD WD
600 Vac VE UE WE
V4-T2-68 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
22

Handle MechanismsFrame Size 4
Direct Rotary Handle Mechanism 1
Variable Depth Rotary Handle Mechanism 1
Metal Variable Depth Rotary Handle Mechanism 1
Flex Shaft Handle Mechanism
Notes
1 Standard handles are black and gray; Emergency handles are red and yellow
2 Handle mechanism shaft sold separately
Description
NEMA 1/12
Catalog Number
Factory Installed
Digits 19–20
Standard lockable handle and mechanism PDG4XHMCS HA
Standard lockable handle and mechanism with door interlock PDG4XHMCSN HB
Standard lockable handle and mechanism with mechanical padlock PDG4XHMCSP HC
Standard lockable handle and mechanism with door interlock and mechanical padlock PDG4XHMCSNP HE
Emergency lockable handle and mechanism PDG4XHMCE H1
Emergency lockable handle and mechanism with door interlock PDG4XHMCEN H2
Emergency lockable handle and mechanism with mechanical padlock PDG4XHMCEP H3
Emergency lockable handle and mechanism with door interlock and mechanical padlock PDG4XHMCENP H5
Description
NEMA 1/3R/12/4/4X
Catalog Number
Factory Installed
Digits 19–20
Standard lockable handle and mechanism 2 PDG4XHMDS DA
Standard lockable handle and mechanism with mechanical padlock 2 PDG4XHMDSP DC
Emergency lockable handle and mechanism 2 PDG4XHMDE D1
Emergency lockable handle and mechanism with mechanical padlock 2 PDG4XHMDEP D3
9 in (245 mm) handle mechanism shaft PDG34XHMS245
17 in (445 mm) handle mechanism shaft PDG34XHMS445
Standard NFPA79-compliant shaft handle PDG34XHM79S
Emergency NFPA79-compliant shaft handle PDG34XHM79E
Description
NEMA 1/3R/12/4/4X
Catalog Number
Metal standard lockable handle, mechanism, and 6-inch shaft PDG4XHMDS06MH
Metal standard lockable handle, mechanism, and 12-inch shaft PDG4XHMDS12MH
Metal standard lockable handle, mechanism, and 24-inch shaft PDG4XHMDS24MH
Metal emergency lockable handle, mechanism, and 6-inch shaft PDG4XHMDE06MH
Metal emergency lockable handle, mechanism, and 12-inch shaft PDG4XHMDE12MH
Metal emergency lockable handle, mechanism, and 24-inch shaft PDG4XHMDE24MH
Cable Length (ft)
Metal Handle,
NEMA 1/3R/12
Catalog Number
High Performance Handle,
NEMA 1/3R/12
Catalog Number
Metal Handle,
NEMA 4/4X
Catalog Number
High Performance Handle,
NEMA 4/4X
Catalog Number
4 PDG4XFS04 PDG4XFS04HP PDG4XFS04X PDG4XFS04HPX
5 PDG4XFS05 PDG4XFS05HP PDG4XFS05X PDG4XFS05HPX
6 PDG4XFS06 PDG4XFS06HP PDG4XFS06X PDG4XFS06HPX
10 PDG4XFS10 PDG4XFS10HP PDG4XFS10X PDG4XFS10HPX
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-69
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
22

AccessoriesFrame Size 4
External Accessories
Base Mounting Hardware
Note: Base mounting hardware is included with a circuit breaker or
molded case switch
Dimensions and WeightsFrame Size 4
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Approximate Shipping Weight in lb (kg)
Notes
1 Provision only For use with Type F Kirk keylock (sold separately)
Bolt projection in withdrawn position is 0375 in (9525 mm)
2 Breaker must be ordered with walking beam interlock ready modification from plant
(factory suffix WB)
3 Requires two breakers
Description Fit Type Catalog Number
Factory
Installed
Digits 19–20
Padlockable hasp Top PDG4XPLKT L4
Padlockable hasp,
OFF only
Top PDG4XPLKTOFF L1
Padlockable handle
block
On handle PDG4XPHB
Kirk lock provision
left side 1
Left side PDG4XKLKPSF L8
Kirk lock provision
right side 1
Right side L9
Walking beam
interlock 23
Two-, three-, and four-pole PDG4XWBI234P
Electrical operator 24 Vdc PDG4XROP24DC RG
48–60 Vdc PDG4XROP60DC RJ or RK
125 Vdc PDG4XROP125DC RL
250 Vdc PDG4XROP250DC RM
110–130 Vac PDG4XROP130AC RA
200–240 Vac PDG4XROP240AC RB
380–440 Vac PDG4XROP440AC RC
Interphase barriers Single-pole PDG4XIB
Three-pole PDG4XIB3P
Four-pole PDG4XIB4P
Neutral CTs for
ground fault (PXR)
Bus bar Type PDG4XNCTB0800
Service entrance
barrier kit
Three-pole PRLSEBPD4
Description Catalog Number
Two-, three-, four-pole metric BMH4M
Two-, three-, four-pole English BMH4
Number of Poles Width Height Depth
2 825 (2096) 16 (4064) 438 (1112)
3 825 (2096) 16 (4064) 438 (1112)
4 110 (2794) 16 (4064) 438 (1112)
Breaker Type 2-Pole 3-Pole 4-Pole
PDG4 800 A 30 (136) 30 (136) 399 (1808)
V4-T2-70 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
22

Frame Size 5


Frame Size 1 (15–125 A)V4-T2-22
Frame Size 2 (15–225 A)V4-T2-29
Frame Size 3 (45–600 A)V4-T2-42
Frame Size 4 (300–800 A) V4-T2-57
Frame Size 5 (320–1200 A)
Catalog Number / Product Selection V4-T2-71
AccessoriesV4-T2-76
Dimensions and WeightsV4-T2-78
Frame Size 6 (700–2500 A)V4-T2-79
Motor Circuit Protectors (3–600 A)V4-T2-87
Motor Protection  (15–600 A) V4-T2-98
High Instantaneous Circuit
Breakers for Selective CoordinationV4-T2-104
Mechanical Current-Limiting
Circuit Breaker Module V4-T2-107
Current-Limiting Circuit Breaker
Fused Current-Limiting Module V4-T2-109
Terminals, Lugs and Connectors V4-T2-111
Communications and Software V4-T2-134
Special Applications V4-T2-136
Special Modification Ordering and PricingV4-T2-141
Frame Size 5
Product Description
Frame Size 5 covers a global
range of 320 A through
1200 A with a complete
offering of advanced PXR
electronic trip units It
includes two frame sizes
of 800 A and 1200 A
Additionally, PD-5 has a
1600 A IEC (CE) and GB
(CCC) frame that covers
800 A through 1600 A
Application Description
Frame Size 5 can be used to
meet a wide range of circuit
protection and power
distribution needs, including
ground fault protection,
100% UL ratings, high
interrupting capacity and high
instantaneous settings for
selective coordination PXR
trip units in PD-5 provide all
levels of protection, including
energy metering with
multiple communication
schemes, breaker health
indication and arc flash
reduction options
Features and Benefits
Frame Size 5 breakers are
modular and available as
complete breakers from the
factory or as modular
components, including
frames, trip units,
accessories and terminals to
provide flexibility for
customers PXR trip units are
available with advanced
features to provide
customers unparalleled
situational awareness of their
electrical system
Standards and Certifications
breakers are
designed and tested to meet
stringent requirements for:
● UL
● CSA
● IEC (CE)
● CB (CCC)
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-71
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
22

Catalog Number / Product Selection
Power DefenseFrame Size 5 (320–1200 A) for UL/CSA and 320–1600 A for IEC/CCC)
Frame Size 5 covers a range of 320 A through 1200 A using electronic trip units It is available in
configurations of 2-pole, 3-pole and 4-pole, with the 2-pole being in the same physical size of a
3-pole variant Additionally, an IEC / CCC option is available for 1600 A, with selectable ratings
from 800 A through 1600 A
Interrupting Ratings
 with Power Xpert Release (PXR) Electronic Trip Units (ETU)
This information is presented as a tool to develop catalog numbers
for selecting  and trip units
 with PXR ETUGlobally Rated
Note
1 See tables and descriptions on Page V4-T2-74 for protection type (#(1)) and available configured options (#(2))
K M N P T
UL/CSA kA rms kA rms kA rms kA rms kA rms
240 Vac 85 100 150 200 200
480 Vac 50 65 85 100 125
600 Vac 25 35 50 65 85
IEC lcu lcs lcu lcs lcu lcs lcu lcs lcu lcs
240 Vac 85 85 100 100 150 100 200 150  
380–415 Vac 50 50 70 53 70 50 100 50  
440 Vac 35 35 50 40 70 50 100 50  
480 Vac 35 225 50 30 65 40 85 40  
525 Vac 25 20 30 25 35 25 40 25  
660–690 Vac 10 5 15 75 20 10 35 18  
Frame
Size
5 = 5
Pole
Options
2 = 2-pole
3 = 3-pole
4 = 4-pole
(programmable N)
Interrupting
Ratings
K = 50 kA at 480 V
M = 65 kA at 480 V
N = 85 kA at 480 V
P = 100 kA at 480 V
K = 25 kA at 600 V
M = 35 kA at 600 V
N = 50 kA at 600 V
P = 65 kA at 600 V
Trip Unit
Type Options
E## 1=PXR 20
D## 1=PXR 20D
P## 1=PXR 25
Standard Terminal
Options
N = No terminals (imperial
tapped conductors)
M = No terminals (metric
tapped conductors)
Continuous
Current Ratings
0800 = 800 A
1200 = 1200 A
Product Series
PD = Power Defense
5 = 5 3 = 3-pole
4 = 4-pole
(programmable N)
K = 50 kA at 480 V
M = 65 kA at 480 V
N = 85 kA at 480 V
P = 100 kA at 480 V
K = 25 kA at 600 V
M = 35 kA at 600 V
N = 50 kA at 600 V
P = 65 kA at 600 V
E## 1=PXR 20
D## 1=PXR 20D
P## 1=PXR 25
N = No terminals (imperial
tapped conductors)
M = No terminals (metric
tapped conductors)
0800 = 800 A
1200 = 1200 A
PD
PD G 5 3 M 1200 P2M N
Certifications/
Standards
G = UL/CSA/IEC/CCC
 with PXR ETUGlobally Rated (100% UL Rated)
F = UL/CSA/IEC/CCC
(100% UL Rated)
5 = 5 3 = 3-pole T = 125 kA at 480 V
T = 85 kA at 600 V
E## 1=PXR 20
D## 1=PXR 20D
P## 1=PXR 25
KNS =Molded case switch
N = No terminals (imperial
tapped conductors)
PD 0800 = 800 A
 with PXR ETU (125 kA at 480 V / 85 kA at 600 V)UL/CSA Rated
J = UL/CSA
V4-T2-72 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
22

 with Power Xpert Release (PXR) Electronic Trip Units (ETU)
This information is presented as a tool to develop catalog numbers
for selecting  and trip units
Molded Case SwitchesGlobally Rated 1
Globally Rated Frame Only
PD-5 electronic breakers may also be purchased as separate frames, trip units, terminals, and accessories for field
configuration of a final breaker Each Frame Only device is marked with interrupting ratings and a maximum
continuous current rating; each trip unit is also marked with a maximum continuous current rating, which must not
exceed that of the frame Additionally, 100% UL Rated frames are marked as such on the Frame Only device
This information is presented as a tool to develop catalog numbers for selecting Power Defense
 and trip units
Frame OnlyGlobally Rated
Notes
1 Molded case switch may open above 14,000 A
2 See tables and descriptions on Page V4-T2-74 for protection type (#(1)) and available configured options (#(2))
Frame
Size
5 = 5
Pole
Options
3 = 3-pole
4 = 4-pole
Interrupting
Ratings
K = 50 kA at 480 V
M = 65 kA at 480 V
K = 25 kA at 600 V
M = 35 kA at 600 V
Trip Unit
Type Options
KNS = Molded Case Switch
Standard Terminal
Options
N = No terminals (imperial
tapped conductors)
M = No terminals (metric
tapped conductors)
Continuous
Current Ratings
0800 = 800 A
1200 = 1200 A
Product Series
PD = Power Defense
PD G 5 3 M 1200 P2M N
Certifications/
Standards
G = UL/CSA/IEC/CCC
5 = 5 3 = 3-pole
4 = 4-pole
K = 50 kA at 480 V
M = 65 kA at 480 V
K = 25 kA at 600 V
M = 35 kA at 600 V
E## 2=PXR 20
D## 2=PXR 20D
P## 2=PXR 25
M = Front connect
conductor extensions
included (metric)
R = Rear connectors
included
PD 1600 = 1600 A
IEC/CCC Rated (only available as a complete breaker)
C = IEC/CCC
Frame
Size
5 = 5
Pole
Options
2 = 2-pole
3 = 3-pole
4 = 4-pole
Interrupting
Ratings
K = 50 kA at 480 V
M = 65 kA at 480 V
N = 85 kA at 480 V
P = 100 kA at 480 V
K = 25 kA at 600 V
M = 35 kA at 600 V
N = 50 kA at 600 V
P = 65 kA at 600 V
Trip Unit
Type Options
FNN = Frame Only
Standard Terminal
Options
N = No terminals (imperial
tapped conductors)
M = No terminals (metric
tapped conductors)
Continuous
Current Ratings
0800 = 800 A
1200 = 1200 A
Product Series
PD = Power Defense
5 = 5 3 = 3-pole
4 = 4-pole
K = 50 kA at 480 V
M = 65 kA at 480 V
N = 85 kA at 480 V
P = 100 kA at 480 V
K = 25 kA at 600 V
M = 35 kA at 600 V
N = 50 kA at 600 V
P = 65 kA at 600 V
FNN = Frame Only N = No terminals (imperial
tapped conductors)
M = No terminals (metric
tapped conductors)
0800 = 800 A
1200 = 1200 A
PD
PD G 5 3 M 1200 FNN N
Certifications/
Standards
G = UL/CSA/IEC/CCC
Frame OnlyGlobally Rated (100% UL Rated)
F = UL/CSA/IEC/CCC
(100% UL Rated)
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-73
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
22

Trip Units
PD-5 electronic breakers may also be purchased as separate frames, trip units,
terminals, and accessories for field configuration of a final breaker Each frame
rating (800 A, 1200 A, and 1600 AIEC only) must use trip units of the same
rating Additionally, for two-pole breakers, three-pole trip units are used
PDG designated trip units are for use with PDG and PDF breaker frames The
100% rating for PDF (100% UL Rated) is marked on the frame, not the trip unit
Trip Units Only
This information is presented as a tool to develop catalog numbers
for selecting  and trip units
Power Xpert Release (PXR) Electronic Trip Units
Power Xpert Release (PXR) Electronic Trip Units
Note
1 See tables and descriptions on Page V4-T2-74 for protection type (#(1)) and available configured options (#(2))
Frame
Size
5 = 5
Separator
Digit
X = Accessory
Trip Unit
Type Designator
PXR = Power Xpert Release
Trip Unit
Continuous
Current Ratings
0800 = 800 A
1200 = 1200 A
Product Series
PD = Power Defense
PD G 5 X PXR 3 1200 E2N
Certifications/
Standards
G = UL/CSA/IEC/CCC
Pole
Options
3 = 3-pole
4 = 4-pole
(programmable N)
Trip Unit
Type and Options
E## 1=PXR 20
D## 1=PXR 20D
P## 1=PXR 25
V4-T2-74 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
22

Power Xpert Release (PXR) Trip Unit OptionsFrame Size 5
Power Xpert Release (PXR) Trip Unit Options
Descriptions of PXR Configured Options
Relays3 Form A contacts
(rated for 240 Vac, 1 A)
● Interface: 4 wires
(RLY1, RLY2, RLY3,
RLYC Common)
● Programmable to indicate
breaker conditions
● Available as field-installable
option if not pre-configured
(catalog number
PDG56XRELAYS) 2
ModbusModbus RTU
directly from breaker
● Interface: 3 wires
(RTU_D(+), RTU_D(–),
RTU_GND)
● No additional modules
required
● Available as field-installable
option if not pre-configured
(catalog number
PDG56XMODRTU) 2
ZSIZone Selective
Interlocking
● Interface: 3 wires
(Zin, Zout, Zcomm)
● Includes ability to turn
ON and OFF, and
indicate signals
CAMCAM Link connection
(requires a CAM module per
breaker)
● Interface: 5 wires (refer to
CAM IL for details)
● Communications Adapter
Modules available for
Modbus TCP and PROFIBUS
Arcflash Reduction
Maintenance System,
or Maintenance Mode
● Available as trip unit
Protection Type 4 or 5
● Interface: Switch and LED
on face of trip unit and two
wires for remote switch
enable option
(24 Vdc required)
● A programmable relay will
be factory defaulted to
remote indication of
Arcflash Reduction
Maintenance System
Auxiliary Power
● Connection included with
all PXR 20, 20D, and 25
trip units
● Required for
communications, relays,
and metering accuracy
● 24 Vdc, 05 A
● Interface: 2 wires
(Aux + 24 V, Aux 0 V)
Available Continuous Current (lr) Settings on PXR Electronic Trip Units
Notes
1 With Arcflash Reduction Maintenance System
2 Breaker Status Module PDG5XRCBSM is also required if breaker position Open/Close/Trip status is required
#(1)Protection Type #(2)Available Configured Options
PXR ETU LSI LSIG LSI 1 LSIG 1




Relays



Relays
Modbus


Relays

ZSI

Relays


CAM
Relays
Modbus
ZSI

Relays

ZSI
CAM
Relays
Modbus

CAM
Relays
Modbus
ZSI
CAM
PXR 20 E 2   N R MZ C WX  
 34 5  R MZ C WX  
PXR 20D D 234 5   M   W  D Y
PXR 25 P 234 5   M   W  D Y
Catalog Number Selection and Maximum Setting (ln)
Option Setting
0800
800 A
1200
1200 A
1600
1600 A
(IEC only)
PXR 20 1 320 A 500 A 800 A
2 350 A 550 A 900 A
3 400 A 600 A 1000 A
4 450 A 630 A 1100 A
5 500 A 700 A 1200 A
6 550 A 800 A 1250 A
7 600 A 900 A 1300 A
8 630 A 1000 A 1400 A
9 700 A 1100 A 1500 A
10 = ln 800 A 1200 A 1600 A
PXR 20D, PXR 25 Programmable from minimum to maximum values in 10 A increments
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-75
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
22

TerminalsFrame Size 5
Terminals for Frame 5 are available as single terminals only, unless otherwise specified
To configure both line and load of a 3-pole breaker, order quantity 6 terminals
Terminal Types
Note: Pictures are for reference only
Terminals
Note: Wire capacity is based on standard imperial wire sizes; metric sizes provided in table
are a direct conversion to demonstrate maximum capacity, not to denote metric wire sizes
Notes
1 Add M at end for metric hardware
2 Included with 100% rated breaker
3 Kits include conductors for both sides of the breaker (eg, 6 conductors for a 3-pole breaker) Order quantity 1 per breaker
PDG5X1T700 PDG5X1TA700
PDG5X1TA700CW
PDG5X1TA1000
PDG5X1TA1000CW
PDG5X1T1000 PDG5X1TA1200
PDG5X1TA1200CW
PDG5X1TA1200SW
PDG5X1T1200
PDG5X1TA1201
PDG5X1TA1201CW
Maximum
Breaker
Amperes
Terminal
Body Type
Wire
Type
Wire
Class
Number of
Conductors
per Phase
AWG / kcmil
Range per
Conductor
Metric (mm2)
Range per
Conductor
3-Pole
Catalog Number 1 Hardware Included
Aluminum Terminal Options
700 Aluminum Cu/Al B, C 2 1–500 424–253 PDG5X1TA700 Imperial
1000 Aluminum Cu/Al B, C 3 3/0–400 85–203 PDG5X1TA1000 Imperial
1200 Aluminum Cu/Al B, C 4 4/0–500 107–253 PDG5X1TA1200 Imperial
1200 Aluminum Cu/Al B, C 3 500–750 253–380 PDG5X1TA1201 Imperial
Copper Terminal Options
700 Copper Cu B, C 2 2/0–500 674–253 PDG5X1T700 Imperial
1000 Copper Cu B, C 3 3/0–500 85–253 PDG5X1T1000 Imperial
1200 Copper Cu B, C 4 3/0–400 85–203 PDG5X1T1200 Imperial
StrandAble Terminal Options
1200 Aluminum Cu/Al B, C 4 4/0–500 107–253 PDG5X1TA1200SW Imperial
D, G, H, I, K, M 4/0–350 107–177
Control Wire Terminal Options
700 Aluminum Cu/Al B, C 2 1–500 424–253 PDG5X1TA700CW Imperial
1000 Aluminum Cu/Al B, C 3 3/0–400 85–203 PDG5X1TA1000CW Imperial
1200 Aluminum Cu/Al B, C 4 4/0–500 107–253 PDG5X1TA1200CW Imperial
1200 Aluminum Cu/Al B, C 3 500–750 253–380 PDG5X1TA1201CW Imperial
Conductor Extensions 23
1200       5104A24G01 Imperial 2-pole
1200       5104A24G02 Imperial 3-pole
1200       5104A24G05 Imperial 4-pole
1200       5104A24G03 Metric 2-pole
1200       5104A24G04 Metric 3-pole
1200       5104A24G06 Metric 4-pole
V4-T2-76 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
22

Accessories
Internal Accessory ConfigurationsFrame Size 5
3- and 4-Pole
Indicating AccessoriesFrame Size 5
Alarms and Auxiliary Switches
Alarm and Auxiliary Switches for Breakers with Communicating Trip Units 2
Notes
1 See Indicating Accessories tables for options
2 All electronic trip units configured with communication will automatically include a communication indicator (PDG5XRCBSM) in the right pole
Up to two additional Form C contacts are available for external indication in the right pole
3 PDG5XRCBSM is factory installed in breakers with trip units that require breaker position Open/Close/Trip status It must be installed in breakers not already equipped
with relays or Modbus RTU when adding those features (PDG56XRELAYS or PDG56XMODRTU) Applicable to E2N trip units only
Tripping Accessory
Options Left Pole Right Pole
None None Bell Alarm Options 1
Shunt Trip Bell Alarm Options 1 Auxiliary Switch Options 1
Auxiliary Switch Options 1 Bell and Auxiliary
Combination Options 1
Alarm and Auxiliary
Combination Options 1
UVR
Auxiliary Switch
None None 1 Form C 2 Form C 3 Form C
Alarm Switch None Left  PDG5X1AC PDG5X2AC PDG5XL3AC
Right  PDG5X1AC PDG5X2AC PDG5XR3AC
1 Form C Left PDG5XL1BC PDG5XL1AC1BC PDG5XL2AC1BC
Right PDG5XR1BC PDG5XR1AC1BC PDG5XR2AC1BC
2 Form C Left PDG5XL2BC PDG5XL1AC2BC  
Right PDG5XR2BC PDG5XR1AC2BC  
Auxiliary Switch
None None 1 Form C 2 Form C
Alarm Switch None Left   
Right PDG5XRCBSM 3 PDG5XRC1AC PDG5XRC2AC
1 Form C Left   
Right PDG5XRC1BC PDG5XRC1AC1BC
2 Form C Left   
Right PDG5XRC2BC  
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-77
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
22

Factory Installed Indicating AccessoriesFrame Size 5 1
Alarms and Auxiliary Switches
Alarm and Auxiliary Switches for Breakers with Communicating Trip Units 2
Tripping AccessoriesFrame Size 5
Shunt Trips
Undervoltage Releases (UVRs)
Note: Use PDG5XUV18DCU (Suffix US) when using Time Delay UVR
Notes
1 Factory installation of indicating accessories available for the right pole only Left pole accessories may be field installed
2 All electronic trip units configured with communication will automatically include a Communication Indicator
 in the right pole Up to two additional Form C contacts are available for external indication in the right pole
Auxiliary Switch
None None 1 Form C 2 Form C 3 Form C
Alarm Switch None Left    A4
Right NN AC A1
1 Form C Left    
Right BC CC C1
2 Form C Left    
Right B1 CX  
Auxiliary Switch
None None 1 Form C 2 Form C
Alarm Switch None Left   
Right NN AC A1
1 Form C Left   
Right BC CC
2 Form C Left   
Right B1  
Voltage Pigtail (29 in / 075 m)
Factory Installed
Catalog Number (Digit 17–18)
48–60 Vdc PDG5XST60DCS SK
110–125 Vdc PDG5XST125DCS SL
220–250 Vdc PDG5XST250DCS SM
24 Vac/Vdc PDG5XST24ACDCS SN
48–60 Vac PDG5XST60ACS ST
110–240 Vac PDG5XST240ACS SA or SB
380–440 Vac PDG5XST440ACS SC
480–600 Vac PDG5XST600ACS SD or SE
Voltage Pigtail (29 in / 075 m)
Factory Installed
Catalog Number (Digit 17–18)
12 Vdc PDG5XUV12DCU UH
24 Vdc PDG5XUV24DCU UG
48–60 Vdc PDG5XUV60DCU UJ or UK
125 Vdc PDG5XUV125DCU UL
250 Vdc PDG5XUV250DCU UM
12 Vac PDG5XUV12ACU UU
24 Vac PDG5XUV24ACU UF
48–60 Vac PDG5XUV60ACU UT
110–127 Vac PDG5XUV120ACU UA
208–240 Vac PDG5XUV240ACU UB
380–500 Vac PDG5XUV480ACU UC or UV
V4-T2-78 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
22

Handle MechanismsSize 5
Variable Depth Rotary Handle Mechanism
Metal Variable Depth Rotary Handle Mechanism
Flex Shaft Handle Mechanism
External AccessoriesFrame Size 5
External Accessories
Base Mounting Hardware
Note: Base mounting hardware is included with a circuit breaker or
molded case switch
Dimensions and WeightsFrame Size 5
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Approximate Shipping Weight in lb (kg)
Notes
1 Handle mechanism shaft sold separately
2 Provision only For use with Type F Kirk keylock (sold separately)
Bolt projection in withdrawn position is 0375 in (9525 mm)
3 Breaker must be ordered with walking beam interlock ready modification from plant
(factory suffix “WB”)
4 Requires two breakers
5 Modification code for walking beam denotes modification to the breaker; accessory
must be ordered separate
Description
NEMA 1/3R/12/4/4X
Catalog Number
Factory Installed
Digits 19–20
Standard lockable handle and mechanism 1 PDG5XHMDS DA
Emergency lockable handle and mechanism 1 PDG5XHMDE D1
12 in (305 mm) handle mechanism shaft PDG56XHMDS305
Description
NEMA 1/3R/12/4/4X
Catalog Number
Metal standard lockable handle, mechanism, and 6-inch shaft PDG5XHMDS06MH
Metal standard lockable handle, mechanism, and 12-inch shaft PDG5XHMDS12MH
Metal standard lockable handle, mechanism, and 24-inch shaft PDG5XHMDS24MH
Metal emergency lockable handle, mechanism, and 6-inch shaft PDG5XHMDE06MH
Metal emergency lockable handle, mechanism, and 12-inch shaft PDG5XHMDE12MH
Metal emergency lockable handle, mechanism, and 24-inch shaft PDG5XHMDE24MH
Cable Length (ft)
Metal Handle,
NEMA 1/3R/12
Catalog Number
High Performance Handle,
NEMA 1/3R/12
Catalog Number
Metal Handle,
NEMA 4/4X
Catalog Number
High Performance Handle,
NEMA 4/4X
Catalog Number
4 ft PDG5XFS04 PDG5XFS04HP PDG5XFS04X PDG5XFS04HPX
5 ft PDG5XFS05 PDG5XFS05HP PDG5XFS05X PDG5XFS05HPX
6 ft PDG5XFS06 PDG5XFS06HP PDG5XFS06X PDG5XFS06HPX
10 ft PDG5XFS10 PDG5XFS10HP PDG5XFS10X PDG5XFS10HPX
Description Fit Type Catalog Number
Factory
Installed
Digits 19–20
Padlockable hasp Left-side PDG5XPLKS L5
Right-side L6
Padlockable hasp Top PDG5XPLKT L4
Padlockable hasp,
OFF only
Top PDG5XPLKTOFF L1
Non-padlockable handle block Field PDG5XHB
Kirk key interlock kit 2 Left-side PDG5XKLKPSF L8
Right-side L9
Walking beam interlock 34 Three- or four-pole PDG5XWBI34P WB 5
Electrical operator 24 Vdc EOP5T21 MG
48 Vdc EOP5T22 MJ
125 Vdc EOP5T26 ML
120 Vac EOP5T07 MA
208 Vac EOP5T09 MY
240 Vac EOP5T11 MB
480 Vac EOP5T15 MD
Neutral CTs for ground fault (PXR) Bus bar type PDG5XNCTB1200
Interphase barriers Three-pole PDG5XIB3P
Four-pole PDG5XIB4P
Terminal covers Three-pole PDG5XTC3P
Service entrance barrier kit Three-pole PRLSEBPD5
Description Catalog Number
Two-, three-, four-pole metric BMH5M
Two-, three-, four-pole English BMH5
Number of Poles Width Height Depth
2 825 (2095) 16 (4064) 550 (1397)
3 825 (2095) 16 (4064) 550 (1397)
4 1113 (2827) 16 (4064) 550 (1397)
Breaker Type 2-Pole 3-Pole 4-Pole
PDG5 800, 1200
and 1600 A
468 (2130) 468 (2130) 58 (2631)
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-79
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
22

Frame Size 6


Frame Size 1 (15–125 A) V4-T2-22
Frame Size 2 (15–225 A) V4-T2-29
Frame Size 3 (45–600 A) V4-T2-42
Frame Size 4 (300–800 A)V4-T2-57
Frame Size 5 (320–1200 A) V4-T2-70
Frame Size 6 (700–2500 A)
Catalog Number / Product Selection V4-T2-80
AccessoriesV4-T2-84
Dimensions and WeightsV4-T2-86
Motor Circuit Protectors (3–600 A) V4-T2-87
Motor Protection  (15–600 A) V4-T2-98
High Instantaneous Circuit
Breakers for Selective Coordination V4-T2-104
Mechanical Current-Limiting
Circuit Breaker ModuleV4-T2-107
Current-Limiting Circuit Breaker
Fused Current-Limiting ModuleV4-T2-109
Terminals, Lugs and ConnectorsV4-T2-111
Communications and SoftwareV4-T2-134
Special ApplicationsV4-T2-136
Special Modification Ordering and Pricing V4-T2-141
Frame Size 6
Product Description
Frame Size 6 covers a range
of 700 A through 2500 A with
a complete offering of
advanced PXR electronic trip
units It includes three frame
sizes of 1600 A, 2000 A and
2500 A
Application Description
Frame Size 6 can be used to
meet a wide range of circuit
protection and power
distribution needs, including
ground fault protection and
100% UL ratings PXR trip
units in PD-6 provide all levels
of protection, including
energy metering with
multiple communication
schemes, breaker health
indication and arc flash
reduction options
Features and Benefits
Frame Size 6 breakers are
modular and available as
complete breakers from
the factory or as modular
components, including
frames, trip units,
accessories and terminals
to provide flexibility for
customers PXR trip units
are available with advanced
features to provide
customers unparalleled
situational awareness of
their electrical system
Standards and Certifications
breakers are
designed and tested to meet
stringent requirements for:
● UL
● CSA
● IEC (CE)
● CB (CCC)
V4-T2-80 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
22

Catalog Number / Product Selection
Power DefenseFrame Size 6 (700–2500 A)
Frame Size 6 covers a range of 700 A through 2500 A using electronic trip units It is available
in configurations of 2-pole, 3-pole and 4-pole, with the 2-pole being in the same physical size
of a 3-pole variant
Interrupting Ratings
 with Power Xpert Release (PXR) Electronic Trip Units (ETU)
This information is presented as a tool to develop catalog numbers
for selecting  and trip units
 with PXR ETUGlobally Rated
Notes
1 See tables and descriptions on Page V4-T2-82 for protection type (#(1)) and available configured options (#(2))
2 Molded case switch may open above 17,500 A
M N P
UL/CSA kA rms kA rms kA rms
240 Vac 125 150 200
480 Vac 65 85 100
600 Vac 35 50 65
IEC lcu lcs lcu lcs lcu lcs
240 Vac 135 100 150 100 200 100
380–415 Vac 70 53 70 53 100 53
440 Vac 50 40 70 50 100 50
480 Vac 50 30 65 40 85 40
525 Vac 30 25 35 25 40 25
660–690 Vac 15 75 20 13 35 18
Frame
Size
6 = 6
Pole
Options
2 = 2-pole
3 = 3-pole
4 = 4-pole
(programmable N)
Interrupting
Ratings
M = 65 kA at 480 V
N = 85 kA at 480 V
P = 100 kA at 480 V
M = 35 kA at 600 V
N = 50 kA at 600 V
P = 65 kA at 600 V
Trip Unit
Type Options
E## 1=PXR 20
D## 1=PXR 20D
P## 1=PXR 25
Standard Terminal
Options
N = No terminals (imperial
tapped conductors)
M = No terminals (metric
tapped conductors)
Continuous
Current Ratings
1600 = 1600 A
2000 = 2000 A
2500 = 2500 A
Product Series
PD = Power Defense
6 = 6 3 = 3-pole
4 = 4-pole
(programmable N)
M = 65 kA at 480 V
N = 85 kA at 480 V
P = 100 kA at 480 V
M = 35 kA at 600 V
N = 50 kA at 600 V
P = 65 kA at 600 V
E## 1=PXR 20
D## 1=PXR 20D
P## 1=PXR 25
N = No terminals (imperial
tapped conductors)
M = No terminals (metric
tapped conductors)
1600 = 1600 A
2000 = 2000 A
PD
PD G 6 3 M 2500 P2M N
Certifications/
Standards
G = UL/CSA/IEC/CCC
 with PXR ETUGlobally Rated (100% UL Rated)
F = UL/CSA/IEC/CCC
(100% UL Rated)
6 =6 3 = 3-pole
4 = 4-pole
M = 65 kA at 480 V
M = 35 kA at 600 V
KNS = Molded Case Switch N = No terminals (imperial
tapped conductors)
M = No terminals (metric
tapped conductors)
1600 = 1600 A
2000 = 2000 A
PD
Molded Case SwitchesGlobally Rated 2
G = UL/CSA/IEC/CCC
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-81
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
22

Globally Rated Frame Only
PD-6 electronic breakers may also be purchased as separate frames, trip units, terminals, and accessories for field
configuration of a final breaker Each Frame Only device is marked with interrupting ratings and a maximum
continuous current rating; each trip unit is also marked with a maximum continuous current rating, which must not
exceed that of the frame Additionally, 100% UL Rated frames are marked as such on the Frame Only device
This information is presented as a tool to develop catalog numbers for selecting Power Defense
 and trip units
Frame OnlyGlobally Rated
Trip Units
PD-6 electronic breakers may also be purchased as separate frames, trip units, terminals, and accessories for field
configuration of a final breaker Each frame rating (1600 A, 2000 A, and 2500 A) must use trip units of the same
rating Additionally, for two-pole breakers, three-pole trip units are used
PDG designated trip units are for use with PDG and PDF breaker frames The 100% rating for PDF (100% UL Rated)
is marked on the frame, not the trip unit
Trip Units Only
This information is presented as a tool to develop catalog numbers for selecting Power Defense
 and trip units
Power Xpert Release (PXR) Electronic Trip Units
Power Xpert Release (PXR) Electronic Trip Units
Note
1 See PXR Trip Unit Options table on Page V4-T2-82 for protection type (#(1)) and available configured options (#(2))
Frame
Size
6 = 6
Pole
Options
2 = 2-pole
3 = 3-pole
4 = 4-pole
Interrupting
Ratings
M = 65 kA at 480 V
N = 85 kA at 480 V
P = 100 kA at 480 V
M = 35 kA at 600 V
N = 50 kA at 600 V
P = 65 kA at 600 V
Trip Unit
Type Options
FNN = Frame Only
Standard Terminal
Options
N = No terminals (imperial
tapped conductors)
M = No terminals (metric
tapped conductors)
Continuous
Current Ratings
1600 = 1600 A
2000 = 2000 A
2500 = 2500 A
Product Series
PD = Power Defense
6 = 6 3 = 3-pole
4 = 4-pole
M = 65 kA at 480 V
N = 85 kA at 480 V
P = 100 kA at 480 V
M = 35 kA at 600 V
N = 50 kA at 600 V
P = 65 kA at 600 V
FNN = Frame Only N = No terminals (imperial
tapped conductors)
M = No terminals (metric
tapped conductors)
1600 = 1600 A
2000 = 2000 A
PD
PD G 6 3 M 2500 FNN N
Certifications/
Standards
G = UL/CSA/IEC/CCC
Frame OnlyGlobally Rated (100% UL Rated)
F = UL/CSA/IEC/CCC
(100% UL Rated)
Frame
Size
6 = 6
Separator
Digit
X = Accessory
Trip Unit
Type Designator
PXR = Power Xpert Release
Trip Unit
Continuous
Current Ratings
1600 = 1600 A
2000 = 2000 A
2500 = 2500 A
Product Series
PD = Power Defense
PD G 6 X PXR 3 2500 E2N
Certifications/
Standards
G = UL/CSA/IEC/CCC
Pole
Options
3 = 3-pole
4 = 4-pole
(programmable N)
Trip Unit
Type and Options
E## 1=PXR 20
D## 1=PXR 20D
P## 1=PXR 25
V4-T2-82 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
22

Globally Rated Frame Only
Power Xpert Release (PXR) Trip Unit Options
Descriptions of PXR Configured Options
Relays3 Form A contacts
(rated for 240 Vac, 1 A)
● Interface: 4 wires
(RLY1, RLY2, RLY3,
RLYC Common)
● Programmable to indicate
breaker conditions
● Available as field-installable
option if not pre-configured
(catalog number
PDG56XRELAYS)
ModbusModbus RTU
directly from breaker
● Interface: 3 wires
(RTU_D(+), RTU_D(–),
RTU_GND)
● No additional modules
required
● Available as field-installable
option if not pre-configured
(catalog number
PDG56XMODRTU)
ZSIZone Selective
Interlocking
● Interface: 3 wires
(Zin, Zout, Zcomm)
● Includes ability to turn
ON and OFF, and
indicate signals
CAMCAM Link connection
(requires a CAM module per
breaker)
● Interface: 5 wires (refer to
CAM IL for details)
● Communications Adapter
Modules available for
Modbus TCP and PROFIBUS
Arcflash Reduction
Maintenance System,
or Maintenance Mode
● Available as trip unit
Protection Type 4 or 5
● Interface: Switch and LED
on face of trip unit and two
wires for remote switch
enable option
(24 Vdc required)
● A programmable relay will
be factory defaulted to
remote indication of
Arcflash Reduction
Maintenance System
Auxiliary Power
● Connection included with
all PXR 20, 20D, and 25
trip units
● Required for
communications, relays,
and metering accuracy
● 24 Vdc, 05 A
● Interface: 2 wires
(Aux + 24 V, Aux 0 V)
Available Continuous Current (lr) Settings on PXR Electronic Trip Units
Note
1 With Arcflash Reduction Maintenance System
#(1)Protection Type #(2)Available Configured Options
PXR ETU LSI LSIG LSI 1 LSIG 1




Relays



Relays
Modbus


Relays

ZSI

Relays


CAM
Relays
Modbus
ZSI

Relays

ZSI
CAM
Relays
Modbus

CAM
Relays
Modbus
ZSI
CAM
PXR 20 E 2   N R MZ C WX  
 34 5  R MZ C WX  
PXR 20D D 234 5   M   W  D Y
PXR 25 P 234 5   M   W  D Y
Catalog Number Selection and Maximum Setting (ln)
Option Setting
1600
1600 A
2000
2000 A
2500
2500 A
PXR 20 1 700 A 1000 A 1600 A
2 800 A 1100 A 1700 A
3 900 A 1200 A 1800 A
4 1000 A 1250 A 1900 A
5 1100 A 1400 A 2000 A
6 1200 A 1600 A 2100 A
7 1250 A 1700 A 2200 A
8 1400 A 1800 A 2300 A
9 1500 A 1900 A 2400 A
10 = ln 1600 A 2000 A 2500 A
PXR 20D, PXR 25 Programmable from minimum to maximum values in 10 A increments
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-83
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
22

TerminalsFrame Size 6
Terminals for Frame 6 are available as single terminals only, unless otherwise specified
To configure both line and load of a 3-pole breaker, order quantity 6 terminals
Terminal Types
Note: Pictures are for reference only
Terminals
Note: Wire capacity is based on standard imperial wire sizes; metric sizes provided in table
are a direct conversion to demonstrate maximum capacity, not to denote metric wire sizes
Notes
1 Add M at end for metric hardware
2 Only available for 3-pole breaker; order quantity 1 per breaker side, or quantity 2 per breaker
3 Kit includes one conductor and hardware; order quantity 6 for both sides of a 3-pole breaker
4 Included with 100% rated breaker
PDG6X1TA1600 PDG6X3TA2000 PDG6X1T1600 PDG6X1T2000RC
PDG6X1T2500RC
PDF6X1T2000RC
Maximum
Breaker
Amperes
Terminal
Body Type
Wire
Type
Wire
Class
Number of
Conductors
per Phase
AWG / kcmil
Range per
Conductor
Metric (mm2)
Range per
Conductor
3-Pole
Catalog Number 1 Hardware Included
Aluminum Terminal Options
1600 Aluminum Cu/Al B, C 4 500–1000 253–507 PDG6X1TA1600 Imperial
2000 Aluminum Cu/Al B, C 6 2–600 336 –304 PDG6X3TA2000 2 Imperial bus connection
Copper Terminal Options
1600 Copper Cu B, C 4 1–600 424–304 PDG6X1T1600 Imperial
Rear Connectors 3
2000 Copper PDG6X1T2000RC Imperial
2000 Copper PDF6X1T2000RC 4 Imperial
2500 Copper PDG6X1T2500RC Imperial
V4-T2-84 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
22

Accessories
Internal Accessory ConfigurationsFrame Size 6
All Frame 6 accessories are installed in an internal pocket to the right of the breaker handle
Internal Accessory
Indicating AccessoriesFrame Size 6
Indicating Accessories 12
Factory Installed Indicating Accessories
Notes
1 All PDG6 indicating accessories come with 29 in/075 m pigtails
2 All PDG6 indicating accessories are installed in the accessory pocket to the right of the breaker handle
Accessory
Slot 1 Options
Accessory
Slot 2 Options
None None
2 Form C 2 Form C
Lower Accessory
Slot 1 Options
Lower Accessory
Slot 2 Options
Lower Accessory
Slot 3 Options
None None None
Shunt trip Shunt trip UVR
Alarm switch UVR Alarm switch
 Alarm switch
Alarm Switch Auxiliary Switch
1 Form C PDG6X1BC
2 Form C PDG6X2BC PDG6X2AC
4 Form C  PDG6X4AC
Auxiliary
None 2 Form C 4 Form C
Alarm switch None NN A1 A7
1 Form C BC C1 C9
2 Form C B1 CY CZ
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-85
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
22

Tripping AccessoriesFrame Size 6
Shunt Trips
Undervoltage Releases (UVRs)
Voltage Pigtail (29 in / 075 m)
Factory Installed
Catalog Number (Digit 17–18)
48–60 Vdc PDG6XST60DCS SK
110–125 Vdc PDG6XST125DCS SL
220–250 Vdc PDG6XST250DCS SM
24 Vac/ Vdc PDG6XST24ACDCS SN
48–60 Vac PDG6XST60ACS ST
110–240 Vac PDG6XST240ACS SA or SB
380–440 Vac PDG6XST440ACS SC
480–600 Vac PDG6XST600ACS SD or SE
Voltage Pigtail (29 in / 075 m)
Factory Installed
Catalog Number (Digit 17–18)
12 Vdc PDG6XUV12DCU UH
24 Vdc PDG6XUV24DCU UG
48–60 Vdc PDG6XUV60DCU UJ or UK
125 Vdc PDG6XUV125DCU UL
250 Vdc PDG6XUV250DCU UM
12 Vac PDG6XUV12ACU UU
24 Vac PDG6XUV24ACU UF
48–60 Vac PDG6XUV60ACU UT
110–127 Vac PDG6XUV120ACU UA
208–240 Vac PDG6XUV240ACU UB
380–500 Vac PDG6XUV480ACU UC or UV
V4-T2-86 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
22

Handle MechanismsSize 6
Variable Depth Rotary Handle Mechanism
Flex Shaft Handle Mechanism
External AccessoriesFrame Size 6
External Accessories
Dimensions and WeightsFrame Size 6
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Approximate Shipping Weight in lb (kg)
Notes
1 Handle mechanism shaft sold separately
2 Provision only For use with Type F Kirk keylock (sold separately)
Bolt projection in withdrawn position is 100 in (254 mm)
3 Breaker must be ordered with walking beam interlock ready modification from plant
(factory suffix “WB”)
4 Requires two breakers
5 Modification code for Walking Beam denotes modification to the breaker; accessory
must be ordered separate
Description
NEMA 1/3R/12/4/4X
Catalog Number
Factory Installed
Digits 19–20
Standard lockable handle and mechanism 1 PDG6XHMDS DA
Emergency lockable handle and mechanism 1 PDG6XHMDE D1
12 in (305 mm) handle mechanism shaft PDG56XHMS305
Cable Length (ft)
Metal Handle,
NEMA 1/3R/12
Catalog Number
High Performance Handle,
NEMA 1/3R/12
Catalog Number
Metal Handle,
NEMA 4/4X
Catalog Number
High Performance Handle,
NEMA 4/4X
Catalog Number
4 ft PDG6XFS04 PDG6XFS04HP PDG6XFS04X PDG6XFS04HPX
5 ft PDG6XFS05 PDG6XFS05HP PDG6XFS05X PDG6XFS05HPX
6 ft PDG6XFS06 PDG6XFS06HP PDG6XFS06X PDG6XFS06HPX
Description Fit Type Catalog Number
Factory
Installed
Digits 19–20
Padlockable hasp Right PDG6XPLKR L6
Padlockable hasp, OFF only Right PDG6XPLKROFF L3
Kirk key interlock kit 2 Right PDG6XKLKPRF L9
Walking beam interlock 34 Three-pole PDG6XWBI3P WB 5
Electrical operator 48 Vdc EOP6T21K MJ
120 Vac EOP6T08K MA
240 Vac EOP6T11K MB
Neutral CTs for
ground fault (PXR)
Bus bar type PDG6XNCTB2500
Number of Poles Width Height Depth
2 155 (3937) 16 (4064) 975 (2477)
3 155 (3937) 16 (4064) 975 (2477)
4 20 (5080) 16 (4064) 975 (2477)
Breaker Type 2-Pole 3-Pole 4-Pole
PDG6 1600 and 2000 A 102 (463) 102 (463) 135 (612)
PDG6 2500 A 135 (612) 135 (612) 182 (826)
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-87
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
22

Motor Circuit Protectors (3–600 A)
Motor Circuit Protectors
Product Description
Motor circuit protectors (MCPs)
are instantaneous-only
devices available in ratings
from 3 A to 600 A Power
Defense MCPs are available
in Frame Sizes 1, 2 and 3, and
are designated by the trip unit
digits in the catalog number
(Digits 11–13), always use
M as Digit 11 Digit 12
designates the calibration
(S = Standard, H = High,
L = Low), and always use
A as Digit 13 to indicate an
adjustable instantaneous
setting
Application Description
MCPs are designed to be
used in combination with
motor starters Power
Defense MCPs are typically
used in combination with
motor starters, usually NEMA
sizes 0 through 6 Each MCP
device is calibrated at a
minimum for six trip settings
to provide flexibility in its
application Typical motor full
load currents and NEMA
starter sizes are provided for
each device and setting, only
as a guide for selecting
MCPs; actual motor
characteristics and design
parameters must be used
to determine the adequate
device and setting to be
used in the application
Features and Benefits
MCPs are of
a modular design, with fieldinstallable accessories and
terminals Accessories and
terminals for MCPs are
common with the accessories
used for the equivalent frame
size molded case circuit
breaker Accessories may be
field or factory installed For
factory installation, follow the
same catalog numbering
guidelines provided for the
respective equivalent circuit
breaker frame
Standards and Certifications
MCPs are UL Recognized
Components (UL File E7819)
and comply with the
applicable requirements of
the UL 489 standard Eaton
MCPs are also UL Listed in
combination with Eaton
motor starters under various
UL file number; reference
UL’s website for additional
information
MCPs are also designed to
comply with CSA Standard
C222 No 5, IEC 60947-2
(Annex O), and GB 140482
As such, they carry the
following markings:
● UL
● CSA
● IEC (CE)
● CB (CCC)
V4-T2-88 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
22

Frame Size 1 Product Selection
PDG1 MCPs cover a
continuous current range
of 3 A through 100 A, with
trip calibration settings from
9 A through 1100 A All
devices are a 3-pole
configuration and have a
single interrupting capacity
as an IEC 60947-2 (Annex O)
instantaneous trip circuit
breaker
PDG1 MCPs include six trip
settings, corresponding to
3x through 11x of the
continuous amperage rating
of the device, and each
corresponding to 13x the
minimum FLA value shown in
the table below
Where a 13x setting is
required for an intermediate
FLA value, alternate CAM
settings and/or MCP ratings
should be used
A High Calibration MCP for
the 100 A device is also
available for special
applications where the
ampere rating of the
disconnecting means cannot
be less than 115% of the
motor full load ampere rating,
and includes settings
corresponding to 5x to 15x of
the continuous ampere rating
of the device
All catalog numbers shown
include standard line and load
steel terminals (Digit 14 = J)
For aluminum terminals, use
T in Digit 14 of the catalog
number
Terminal catalog numbers
listed in the table are for one
side of the MCP; order 2 sets
for line and load if ordering
separate
Ratings
Maximum Application Voltage
(UL and CSA)
● 600Y/347 Vac
● 480 Vac
● 250 Vdc
Note: For DC applications, actual
trip levels are approximately 40%
higher than values shown
IEC Instantaneous Circuit
Breaker (ICB) Interrupting
Capacity (kA)
PDG1 Motor Circuit ProtectorsStandard Calibration
Icu Ics
240 Vac 5 5
415 Vac 5 5
690 Vac 3 15
Continuous
Amperes
CAM
Setting
MCP Trip
Setting
(Mult)
MCP Trip
Setting
(Amps)
Typical NEMA
Starter Size
Typical Motor
Full Load Current Amperes
Terminal Kit Catalog Numbers
MCP Catalog Number
Included
(Dig 14 = J)
Optional
(Dig 14 = T)
PDG13M0003MSAJ 3 A 3x 9 0 069–091 PDG1X3T125
(Steel)
PDG1X3TA125
(Aluminum) B 5x 15 11–13
C 7x 21 16–17
D 9x 27 20–22
E 10x 30 23–25
F 11x 33 26–28
PDG13M0007MSAJ 7 A 3x 21 0 15–20 PDG1X3T125
(Steel)
PDG1X3TA125
(Aluminum) B 5x 35 26–31
C 7x 49 37–39
D 9x 63 48–52
E 10x 70 53–57
F 11x 77 58–61
PDG13M0015MSAJ 15 A 3x 45 0 34–45 PDG1X3T125
(Steel)
PDG1X3TA125
(Aluminum) B 5x 75 57–68
C 7x 105 80–91
D 9x 135 104–114
E 10x 150 115–126
F 11x 165 127–130
PDG13M0030MSAJ 30 A 3x 90 1 39–91 PDG1X3T125
(Steel)
PDG1X3TA125
(Aluminum) B 5x 150 115–137
C 7x 210 161–183
D 9x 270 207–229
E 10x 300 230–252
F 11x 330 253–261
PDG13M0050MSAJ 50 A 3x 150 2 115–152 PDG1X3T125
(Steel)
PDG1X3TA125
(Aluminum) B 5x 250 192–229
C 7x 350 269–306
D 9x 450 346–383
E 10x 500 384–421
F 11x 550 422–435
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-89
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
22

PDG1 Motor Circuit ProtectorsStandard Calibration, continued
PDG1 Motor Circuit ProtectorsHigh Calibration
Note
1 Settings above 85 A are for special applications NEC Article 430110(a) requires the ampere rating
of the disconnecting means to be not less than 115% of the motor full load ampere rating
Continuous
Amperes
CAM
Setting
MCP Trip
Setting
(Mult)
MCP Trip
Setting
(Amps)
Typical NEMA
Starter Size
Typical Motor
Full Load Current Amperes
Terminal Kit Catalog Numbers
MCP Catalog Number
Included
(Dig 14 = J)
Optional
(Dig 14 = T)
PDG13M0070MSAJ 70 A 3x 210 2 161–306 PDG1X3T125
(Steel)
PDG1X3TA125
(Aluminum) B 5x 350 269–322
C 7x 490 376–429
D 9x 630 484–537
E 10x 700 538–591
F 11x 770 592–609
PDG13M0100MSAJ 100 A 3x 300 3 23–306 PDG1X3T125
(Steel)
PDG1X3TA125
(Aluminum) B 5x 500 384–460
C 7x 700 538–614
D 9x 900 692–768
E 10x 1000 769–845
F 11x 1100 846–870
Continuous
Amperes
CAM
Setting
MCP Trip
Setting
(Mult)
MCP Trip
Setting
(Amps)
Typical NEMA
Starter Size
Typical Motor
Full Load Current Amperes
Terminal Kit Catalog Numbers
MCP Catalog Number
Included
(Dig 14 = J)
Optional
(Dig 14 = T)
PDG13M0100MHAJ 100 A 5x 500 3 384–460 PDG1X3T125
(Steel)
PDG1X3TA125
(Aluminum) B 75x 750 576–652
C 10x 1000 769–845
D 125x 1250 1
E 1375x 1375 1
F 15x 1500 1
V4-T2-90 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
22

Frame Size 2 Product Selection
PDG2 MCPs cover a
continuous current range of
3 A through 150 A, with trip
calibration settings from 9 A
through 2500 A All devices
are a 3-pole configuration and
have a single interrupting
capacity as an IEC 60947-2
(Annex O) instantaneous
circuit breaker
PDG2 MCPs include eight trip
settings, corresponding to
3x through 10x of the
continuous amperage rating
of the device, and each
corresponding to 13x the
minimum FLA value shown
in the table below
Where a 13x setting is
required for an intermediate
FLA value, alternate dial
settings and/or MCP ratings
should be used
A High Calibration MCP for
the 150 A device is also
available for special
applications where the
ampere rating of the
disconnecting means cannot
be less than 115% of the
motor full load ampere rating
Additionally, four Low
Calibration devices are
available for low magnetic
protection special
applications
All catalog numbers shown
include standard line and load
terminals (Digit 14 = J) For
optional terminals, use T, W
or other options in Digit 14 as
described in the Frame Size 2
circuit breaker section of the
catalog
Terminal catalog numbers
listed in the table are for one
side of the MCP; order 2 sets
for line and load if ordering
separate
Ratings
Maximum Application Voltage
(UL and CSA)
● 600 Vac
● 250 Vdc
Note: For DC applications, actual
trip levels are approximately 40%
higher than values shown
IEC Instantaneous Circuit
Breaker (ICB) Interrupting
Capacity (kA)
PDG2 Motor Circuit ProtectorsStandard Calibration
Icu Ics
240 Vac 5 5
415 Vac 5 5
690 Vac 3 15
Continuous
Amperes
CAM
Setting
MCP Trip
Setting
(Mult)
MCP Trip
Setting
(Amps)
Typical NEMA
Starter Size
Typical Motor
Full Load
Current Amperes
Terminal Kit Catalog Numbers
MCP Catalog Number
Included
(Dig 14 = J)
Optional
(Dig 14 = T)
Optional
(Dig 14 = W)
PDG23M0003MSAJ 3 A 30 9 0 069–091 PDG2X3T100
(Steel)
PDG2X3TA50
(Aluminum)
PDG2X3T100
(Steel)
(Same as J) B 40 12 092–10
C 50 15 11–12
D 60 18 13–15
E 70 21 16–17
F 80 24 18–19
G 90 27 20–22
H 100 30 23–25
PDG23M0007MSAJ 7 A 30 21 0 150–2 PDG2X3T100
(Steel)
PDG2X3TA50
(Aluminum)
PDG2X3T100
(Steel)
(Same as J) B 40 28 210–25
C 50 35 26–31
D 60 42 32–36
E 70 49 37–39
F 80 56 43–47
G 90 63 48–52
H 100 70 53–57
PDG23M0015MSAJ 15 A 30 45 0 340–45 PDG2X3T100
(Steel)
PDG2X3TA50
(Aluminum)
PDG2X3T100
(Steel)
(Same as J) B 40 60 460–56
C 50 75 57–68
D 60 90 69–79
E 70 105 80–91
F 80 120 92–103
G 90 135 104–114
H 100 150 115–126
PDG23M0030MSAJ 30 A 30 90 1 690–91 PDG2X3T100
(Steel)
PDG2X3TA50
(Aluminum)
PDG2X3T100
(Steel)
(Same as J) B 40 120 920–114
C 50 150 115–137
D 60 180 138–160
E 70 210 161–183
F 80 240 184–206
G 90 270 207–229
H 100 300 230–252
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-91
    "
General Electric Canada Inc.

BR EXCITER PWR MOD

4006L4002BAG001"
    "LUTZE电源模块 CPSB1-120-24R  CPSB1-120-24E: POWER SUPPLY,
PFC, SINGLE-PHASE: 5A, DC 24V,"
    "LUTZE电源模块 CPSB1-120-24R  CPSB1-120-24E: POWER SUPPLY,
PFC, SINGLE-PHASE: 5A, DC 24V,"
    "NABTESCO
TYPE : 2WDD35DN-4"
    FMS-CSDAB-80/1-S+FME100-230-E,
    VIA1003C11F0000伺服电机
     FME100-230-E FMS-CSDA-80\1-S
    " Viavi / Aeroflex ARINC 429 databus analyzer - Part Number: DT-400H
"
    AvtechTyee ARINC 714 SELCAL Ramp Tester - Part Number: CTS-700 (1000005-001 / -002)
    "248579
Part No.: DA6-IU-2K-C"
    0857-00176 1 AROX TD ELECTRONIC BOARD IM7 WITH CLOCK - 2952SCHEMIMT
    0857-00001 2 AROX HOT PLATE 440V, 60Hz, 3000W 300X300MM - 40000022
    0857-00009 3 AROX 7 POS. SWITCH 440VAC 3 PHASE 60 Hz - 40001005
    0857-00095 4 AROX THERMOSTAT 50 TO 300 °C - 40000905
    0857-00094 5 AROX 2. POS SWITCH 250V 16A 3 PHASE 50 HZ - 40001010
     18 motor 055UDA600BBEGA063110
    1 5704 motor 055UDA300BAEGA063140
    2565 Unidrive M700-064-00470A10 (22kW, 47A HD
    5965 82400000016000 KI-Keypad LCD
    2548 M700-034-00025A10 (0,7 5kW ,2,5A HD)
    5965 8240000001 6000 KI-Keypad LCD
    5963 82400000017900 SI Ethernet
    5964 82400000017800 SI - I/O Module
    5953 82400000016500 SI-Applications Plus
    REIGER EHS-D3/15-003
    PCB (microprocessor ECC) for tumble dryer   P/no: 2952SCHEMIM7
    Square hot plate for cooking range  P/no: 40000022 (3kw/440v)
     7 position switch for cooking range   P/no: 40001005
     Working thermostat for oven/griddle P/no: 40000905
     On/off switch for oven, cooker & griddle   P/no: 40001010
    "LEICA
576217 - Stylus Ex
tension 40 mm -M5 -Ø
11 mm"
    "LEICA
576218 - Stylus ex
tension 100 mm -M5 -Ø
11 mm"
    "LEICA
576213 - Stylus Ex
tension 100mm -M5
fibre -Ø 20mm"
    "LEICA 576219 - Scribe St ylus
- r=0.1 mm - M2"
    "LEICA
576214 - Stylus Ex
tension 200 mm -M5 -Ø
20 mm"
    CD AUTOMATION C2300-62SZ002021
    "P/N: 706000   727847-01
REPAIR KIT
Brand: Parker"
    DRV DS303A7A01LXA002XN DC CONTACTOR
    552-0112 STAR SERVOVALVE
    552-0085 STAR SERVOVALVE
    "品牌：CT

型号：115UDB300BACAA 伺服电机"
    ORION PEL-THERMO ETD232-SA-A-UL  ORION ETD232-SA-A-G2
    "M215-38SW-S-30

"
    "美国品牌MARCY

891-001-00014比重称"
    "PART: AC2626K4 DESC: PROBE TEMP 4"" GENERAL PURP
CUST: AC2626K4 ROHS NA REACH UNAFFECTED May-2011
MFG: Analog Devices Inc. / AC2626K4"
    "AGM2E-160-M-4a-B3 Gamak
AGM2E-160-M-4a-B3"
    "品牌GE
SBM SWITH，行程开关，16SBMB5A40S5S1P1，2个"
    584-AC2626K4
    RKN 20021
    CR420JFA0229   GE
    HPVR-20B40-RF-O-2R7-A Axial piston pump Displacement: 42.9 cc/rev Pressure: 275 bar continuous Rotation: Clockwise rotation Seals: Buna Port options: BSP ports Shaft: Straight keyed Control option: Remote compensator
    R909609519 PIASTRA COLLEGAMENTO 23122 3200
    006XDP3C03N3G002 XDP3C03N3G002 DISTR.PROPORZ.
    E94AZMP0824 
    I5MADU0000000S 
    I5CA5P020000A0000S -
    E94AZPP0364 -
    I5CA5P02000VA0000S 
    I5DAE215F10V10000S 
    "1433-14
Decade
Resistor 1 -
100 kΩ
0.01%"
    史陶比尔STAUBLI传感器F29491251
    GE 磁体限位开关 CR115A22AC  数量5个
    "LEICA
Cod. 576219 - Scri be
Stylus - r=0.1 mm - M2"
    "LEICA
Cod. 576215 - Styl us
Extens. 400 mm -M5
fibre -Ø 20mm"
    "XDP3C03N3GS12

25 L/MIN 24 VDC"
    ESD42L060R31V6
    "STARTER,ELECTRIC MOTOR:

NEMA SIZE:5;

POLE:3;

CONTACT RATING:600 VAC 270 A;

COIL VOLTAGE:200 TO 208 V;

ENCLOSURE:OPEN;

STANDARD/SPECIFICATION:BIS IS 3141;

ADDITIONAL DATA:

TYPE: MAGNETIC MAGNETIC TYPE.

 

GENERAL ELECTRIC (GE)

P/N# 262A9288-005

 

GENERAL ELECTRIC (GE)

CR306G0**LTH"
    18380  Marcy Pulp Density Scale (container sold separately)
    4AM4042-4TT10-0FA0 SIEMENS SITAS TRANS 1P 0.25KVA 230VP +-5% 1.09AS
    K5C2 Valve,Control - K5C2 (supersedes K5C2-SBK)
    F48W67B81 
    "LUTZE电源模块 CPSB1-120-24R  CPSB1-120-24E: POWER SUPPLY,
PFC, SINGLE-PHASE: 5A, DC 24V,"
    东芝I/O模块  CA20-MOO-MM  SERAL NO:1004009Y
    机械密封/ESD42L060R31V6/S1C+1.4529/EKATO二套
    MERSEN CEX 71-1250 2.1 C201601279/1/2
    "品牌GE
SBM SWITH，行程开关，16SBMB5A40S5S1P1，2个"
    GPC CR115A22AC CR115A GE
     LAM 810-017008-001
    "INGERSOLL-RAND

5C2 K5C2-SBK"
    ARON (BREVINI) XDP3C03N3G002
    KEB  7605007-40YC
    电流互感器AKR 5 C420L 4-20MA  LEM
    KALTLEIMPUMPE GOLD GLUE PUMP 32X109956207
    "K5C2 Ingersoll Rand
*New Model # K5C2"
    ABB 电源模块 型号：560PSU01 R0002，数量
    KARL SUSS HR-50 与  SI SCRIBER
    ARL4460-S318553/光谱仪石英杯
    applicom的PCU2000ETH通讯卡
    HMD 24 V DC，23-LB-R 型，DELTA™
    48ASS3M20
    "48ASS3M20 Siemens
OVERLOAD RELAY 100-210AMP 3PHASE CL20 MAN
RESET"
    3UB81234JW2 48ATJ3S00 100-300 AMP,
    "Assembly---Not in
original Packaging   810-017008-001"
    DT50 BLUETOOTH GATEWAY
    KGG ROBOTS HZXD20065 DWBR0810-147B 17E2115 LSE5000
    GE电容：
    CPC480D40*24
    CPR6S480DY40*12
    GE-PF 4台
    LAETUS  IBOX LLS 540  V3
    pci版本的applicom的PCU2000ETH
    Laetus - LLS570-35 - Laser Scanner
    applicom   PCU2000ETH 
    CTI OB 8F cryo pump
     motor - 95UMB300CACAA
MERSEN CEX 71-1250 2.1 C201601279/1/2    CEX-0004 CEX 71 1250A 2.1 Ts 600Vdc
    CTI CRYOGENICS 8116071G001-3ph，其它8116142G001 8116143G001 8116027
    Lenze GKS07-3M VBR 112C32
    ORION PEL THERMO ETD232-SA-A，007027
    艾默生CT电机驱动特卖motor 115UDB300BACAA
    减速器齿轮头（圆头） BRIVINI/GP009280
    HT28500-631
    18380  Marcy Pulp Density Scale (container sold separately)
     LAM 810-017008-001
    3UB81234JW2 48ATJ3S00 100-300 AMP,
    :NJG3R400 BREAKER VL 400A LI 3P 35KA
    45263A GREEN FLUOROPOLYMER PARTA
    93831A PART B FOR
    Siemens NJG3R400 NJG3R400,
    MICROPHONE STATION\JOTRON\P-1178\钻井对讲机   Power supplyFrom central, 24VDC (+/- floating)Microphone capsuleDynamicTerminationTerminal blocks (inside)Compass safe distance防爆等级：Ex IIB T GbTemperature:-25°C to +55°CHumidity:100%Protection:IP56提供防爆证书   2套
    EV1000-4T0015G EMERSON变频器EV1000系列    1.5KW   380V  重载
    VAL-TEX BC212
"PLEIGER - Double-acting electro-hydr.
actuator
EHS-D3/15-0003ET"    "EHS-D3/15-0003ET
Double-acting electro-hydr. actuator
EHS-D/15-3G-H/OC"
    REXROTH A4VG140EP4D1/32R NAF02F021DP  R9022155995
    IOP32 
    SD32T3    
    SD07R 
    MA15/D/2/SI  
    FER CEX-0004 CEX 71 1250A 2.1 TS
ROTARY ACTUATOR    S-100-U-S080  
    B-059-U-S080-JSO 
    DSP-42SG-1S   
    VLG9/2+4PS/5-3 
    VLG9/2+4PS/5-1 
    NTE-212-CoNS-0000
    "Manufacturer: Knorr-Bremse
Condition: genuine new
Part number: 0481039268"
    Air caster B30NC001
    XVM-403-TONS-0000
    EP202-P00-ENR0
    STI-24IO
    XTMDS-015
    XUFTS-015
    MITSUBISHI NT-3020-BYH-R20 ROUTER BIT
     MITSUBISHI NT-3020-BYH-R16 ROUTER BIT
    MITSUBISHI NT-3020-BYH-R12 ROUTER BIT
    成型机上的外链板，2EF1243-112和2EF1243-120
    品牌：ABB      型号：560PSU01 R0002 电源
    CI854AK01
    "GE谢线机水箱
pWL 5000 wT"
    压力传感器 A-10   0-40MPa  4-20mA  30VDC  两线制  威卡 个 1
    压力传感器 A-10   0-1MPa  4-20mA  30VDC  两线制  威卡 个 1
    振动探头  330103-00-12-10-02-00  6根
    振动探头  330103-00-06-10-02-00   6个
    PCE835-001-T 3AC 380/400/480V
    Prosoft MVI56E-SIE 1块
    504C5NRSS4 CAL#666
    XVM-8022-TONS-0000
    HovaCAL 211MF
    6AV2123-2DB03-0AX0
    6AV2123-2GB03-0AX0
    6AV2123-2JB03-0AX0
    6AV2124-2DC01-0AX0
    6AV2124-0GC01-0AX0
    6AV2124-0JC01-0AX0
    6AV2124-0MC01-0AX0
 MTS TEMPOSONIC     "MTS MTS ER- M-0375M- D
34-1- A01"
    "MTS MTS ER- M-0600M- D
34-1- A11"
    MTS MTS Type 254 210
    MTS MTS 403 508
HIRAI DENKEIKI Co.,Ltd    ECT-40S-201X1-2000/5A   MCT-40R-W15/1A 40VA
    35030479 13C 0015  U S PAT 3225159
     SAAB Tank Control    9150072-501
    PCE835-001-T 3AC 380/400/480V
    rexroth  R902155995
    HovaCAL便携式校准气体发生器    （HovaCAL 211MF）
    VAT 12040-FE44-1007
    H+L 250 00292710 SVEZ05SSK090 333U40
    震动器，GOLDEN TURBINE GT10，数量20台
本特利瓦振传感器    9200-06-05-10-00
胀差传感嚣    330851-02-000-030-10-00-05
胀差传感嚣延长线    330854-080-24-00
位移传感嚣    330703-00-070-10-02-00
轴向位移延长线    330730-040-00-00
轴振延长线    330130-080-00-00
轴振前置变送器    330180-90-00
    气动比例调节阀总成8043-GS3   定位器型号8049IPC  品牌：SCHUBERT&SALEZR，含定位器和执行器，DC24V,4-20mA,配304不锈钢法
    DIENES 245AD07B01001
    ECT-40S-201X1
    MCT-40R-W
    气动比例调节阀总成8043-GS3   定位器型号8049IPC  品牌：SCHUBERT&SALEZR，含定位器和执行器，DC24V,4-20mA,配304不锈钢法
    “AEG” RELAY 26-40 AMP. BW55K 139642
"
Emerson"    FM-3DN            
     GGK1-125/70-460×1360/阿托斯
    HSGK01-160/90E-2501-250×783/阿托斯
    G125/70-200/阿托斯
    HSGK01-150/85E-3111-1010×450/阿托斯
    HSGL01-40/20E-1101-80×305/阿托斯
    HSGL01-80/40E-2511-160×507/阿托斯
    HSGL01-63/32E-2501-100×395/阿托斯
    HSGK01-90/50E-1411-150×462/阿托斯
    DCMOTORFGVH112LL-4-R-F-B-C
    HIWIN S10C475-1 120
    接近开关 JLXW6-22B 只 4
    接近开关 JLXW6-22A 只 2
    BEHA BELT RS02 use for nylon mandrel welding  size:6.05 to 25.4mm
    EMERSON  EZ1082-08-00-005 反向安装    6个
    EMERSON  EZ 1900-055  4个
    EMERSON  EZ 1900-095  4个
    EMERSON  EZ 1000-FCAL  6个
    EMERSON  A6500-UM    3个
    EMERSON  A6500-CC  1个
    EMERSON  A6500-FR  1个
    FAN MOTOR N 25-40/729 240V 60HZ 75W 0.47A 1300RPM
    TEIJIN SEIKi驱动器VIGOSERVO ARS30-10 ARS60-15 ARS15   15B140-bA0电机
    M220-23-S-42-06
    E4SM-3201-34-XDBS9-D024
    115U3D300CACAA
    SR18-CG-RGX-R02-K
    maxon motor gmbh 310007 + 358385
    309-314 AM
    "VERSA Valve, 3-Way, SST, 24VDC
MODEL: E4SM-3201-34-XDBS9-D024"
    AB S - M G 1 S 1 5 / 3 0 - G 1 - E 1 Q1 Q1 P G G
    MG 9 7 S 2 / 6 5 - G 6 0 Q1 Q1 P G G
    50044027  Ex-Flanged Heater   DHF22B03GG-9-T6   M.E.S.C.No. 6795530423
    50044028  Ex-Flanged Heater  DHF22B03GG-2,4-T6  M.E.S.C.No. 6795530403
    GE Panametrics M2LW-00-000-0
    PARKER  DRM-1030B-115  00052600279
    MELEGARI L FIGLI   M0710429  11062589
    变频电机风扇电机 风扇型号：G-315A,功率：0.55KW,电压：380V,电流：1.5A,转速：1400r/min  品牌：Ventilators
    DANAHER MOTION 53025-05A
    高压保险(18KV保险 PH2-20 25CLPT-5 美国伊顿-卡特拉.汉莫
    必克 压力表 订货号：SPX J04010078 配PRESSURE INDICATION APV-1000；斯必克均质机APV-1000原装压力表)
    HEATTERM  SR25
    #J04010078 PRESSURE GAUGE
    Parker / Compumotor DM-1030B-115 Dynaserv Direct-Drive Servo
    V18KV  PH2-20 25CLPT-5 
    "
PARKER

706000

727847-01

REPAIR KIT"
    GENERAL ELECTRIC " CIRCUIT BREAKER  M.C.C.B  100A. DH160 3P-3D.  713232
    速度传感器|锤式破碎机PCM1000型 部件号：TCR12531220|德国福伊特公司速度传感器\TCR.12531220\福伊特
    Heatpac CBM Heater/ PN: 176456082
NOV    M364001129
NOV    86812-2
NOV    86812-1
nov    86811-2
nov    86811-1
CANRIG    R01-3016-010
CANRIG    R01-3006-010
CANRIG    R01-3002-010
NOV    NOV P/N：93545-25N；BALL VALVE， MANIFOLD MOUNT
NOV    M364000821-01
NOV    156657
NOV    零件号156656，适用于149487液缸280/220
    53500-225
NOV    10676666-01
NOV    P854000099-HXXEN
NOV/PEPPERL+FUCHS    SENSOR,PROXIMITY；NOV P/N：87961；P+F P/N：106693，type：NJ40-U4-N
捷杰西    备件号：110056
捷杰西    备件号：110061-326
    ACS550-01-03A3-4
    ACS355-03E-07A3-4
    CIMR-HB4A0060，30KW，60A
    ACS-880-3-25A==ACS880-01-025A-3
    ATV610D15N4
    速度传感器\TCR.12531220\福伊特
    负压传感器\GPD10
    压力传感器\GPD10G\珂尔玛\国产
    "Air caster B30NC001, with a working pressure of 1
bar the optimal capacity is 500 kg with an air
consumption of ca. 200­400 Nl/min.Nr.
2004015,16/ 2009199­204"
    Honeywell SYS57 KEY KIT CNTRL CD EXTRACT / ENG 05701-A-0550
    NDC测厚仪扫描头电机  105/14527-01SA
     lamps  GF203-0.7-160-60
BARTEC    VPR047   VA300+M 100V line Amplifier
    VPR066  VA300+M Amplifier (70v Line) Gen II
    "RRV,MAJOR REPAIR KIT,3""-8K Major Repair Kit for
3"" Reset Relief
Valve (8,000 psi)
Schedule B : 8481400000"
    NTE-212-CoNS-0000
    GE Panametrics MISP2-2W-T10-1000
    GE Panametrics MISP2-2W-T00-0000
    GE Panametrics M2LR-00-010-0
    GE Panametrics M2LW-00-010-0
    GED 9T58K0085 CORE AND COIL SM PWR
    Klockner Moeller NZM6-63 3-Pole 600V 63A Circuit Breaker
    motor 190U3D400JBFCB215320SREL with an FC absolute
美国 simpson    数显透气性仪 0042105-M-ASM   1个
    砂强度测试仪 0042104-M-ASM  1个
    砂制样锤 0042100-M 1个
    制样管填充附件 0042100A-M 1个
    锤座 0042100C  1个
    铸型强度计 592-801-102 1个
    编码器,,EATON,38150-1000 数量3
    CMF310A2Y0Y0B2C1A5Y1A0Y ABB FIELD MOUNT PROCESS CONTROLLER
    Autosigma 3000
    "Pepperl
MNI20N-0H02K241N-00500"
    40FP32AF                           
    JD63F400
    3UB81234JW2
    M11091 Super Silent 20-A 110V/60Hz
    ELECTRO CRAFT E240  0240-06-018
simpson    砂制样锤 0042100-M  23公斤
    0042100A-M 1.2公斤
    0042100C   51公斤
    0042104-M-ASM   30公斤
    0042105-M-ASM    22公斤
    铸型强度计 592-801-102 0.2公斤
    1SCA135540R1001 1SCA135540R1001 ABB ENCLOSED SWITCH DISCONNECTOR, 20A, 380-415V, RED/YELLOW, PLASTIC, 2XM20, IP67
    1SCA135540R1001GE
    System 57 Calibration Plug p/n 05701-0550 05701-A-0550
    VOLEO 402 743 24V 504
    heiden ac 电源  型号：he-ac-s1000
    控制系统配件MTL浪涌保护器 电源模块8914-PS-AC  数量1个
    控制系统配件MTL浪涌保护器 电源模块8507-BI-DP   数量1个
    AIR COMPRESSOR TMC 26-8 EANA F015921
    SET SCREW NT2305 
    FAN NT5297
SYS TRONICS    DDC-201R  
SYS TRONICS    DDC-201D 
SYS TRONICS    SS-3303
    GE General Eastern MMR31-B-2-A-1-G


PDG2 Motor Circuit ProtectorsStandard Calibration, continued
PDG2 Motor Circuit ProtectorsHigh Calibration
Note
1 Settings above 130 A are for special applications NEC Article 430110(a) requires the ampere rating
of the disconnecting means to be not less than 115% of the motor full load ampere rating
Continuous
Amperes
CAM
Setting
MCP Trip
Setting
(Mult)
MCP Trip
Setting
(Amps)
Typical NEMA
Starter Size
Typical Motor
Full Load
Current Amperes
Terminal Kit Catalog Numbers
MCP Catalog Number
Included
(Dig 14 = J)
Optional
(Dig 14 = T)
Optional
(Dig 14 = W)
PDG23M0050MSAJ 50 A 30 150 2 1150–152 PDG2X3T100
(Steel)
PDG2X3TA50
(Aluminum)
PDG2X3T100
(Steel)
(Same as J) B 40 200 1530–191
C 50 250 192–229
D 60 300 230–268
E 70 350 269–306
F 80 400 307–345
G 90 450 346–383
H 100 500 384–421
PDG23M0100MSAJ 100 A 30 300 3 2300–306 PDG2X3T100
(Steel)
PDG2X3TA100
(Aluminum)
PDG2X3T100
(Steel)
(Same as J) B 40 400 3070–383
C 50 500 384–460
D 60 600 461–537
E 70 700 538–614
F 80 800 615–691
G 90 900 692–768
H 100 1000 769–845
PDG23M0150MSAJ 150 A 30 450 4 3460–46 PDG2X3TA225
(Aluminum)
PDG2X3TA150
(Aluminum)
PDG2X3T150
(St Steel) B 40 600 4610–575
C 50 750 576–691
D 60 900 692–806
E 70 1050 807–922
F 80 1200 923–1037
G 90 1350 1038–1152
H 100 1500 1153–1267
Continuous
Amperes
CAM
Setting
MCP Trip
Setting
(Mult)
MCP Trip
Setting
(Amps)
Typical NEMA
Starter Size
Typical Motor
Full Load
Current Amperes
Terminal Kit Catalog Numbers
MCP Catalog Number
Included
(Dig 14 = J)
Optional
(Dig 14 = T)
Optional
(Dig 14 = W)
PDG23M0150MHAJ 150 A 50 750 4 570–750 PDG2X3TA225
(Aluminum)
PDG2X3TA150
(Aluminum)
PDG2X3T150
(St Steel) B 67 1000 760–950
C 83 1250 960–1140
D 100 1500 1150–1307
E 117 1750 1
F 133 2000 1
G 150 2250 1
H 167 2500 1
V4-T2-92 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
22

PDG2 Motor Circuit ProtectorsSpecial Low Calibration
Continuous
Amperes
CAM
Setting
MCP Trip
Setting
(Mult)
MCP Trip
Setting
(Amps)
Terminal Kit Catalog Numbers
MCP Catalog Number
Included
(Dig 14 = J)
Optional
(Dig 14 = T)
Optional
(Dig 14 = W)
PDG23M0025MLAJ 25 A 16 40 PDG2X3T100
(Steel)
PDG2X3TA50
(Aluminum)
PDG2X3T100
(Steel)
(Same as J) B 17 43
C 18 46
D 20 49
E 21 52
F 22 55
G 23 58
H 24 60
PDG23M0050MLAJ 50 A 16 80 PDG2X3T100
(Steel)
PDG2X3TA50
(Aluminum)
PDG2X3T100
(Steel)
(Same as J) B 17 87
C 19 93
D 20 98
E 21 103
F 22 109
G 23 115
H 24 120
PDG23M0070MLAJ 70 A 16 115 PDG2X3T100
(Steel)
PDG2X3TA100
(Aluminum)
PDG2X3T100
(Steel)
(Same as J) B 17 122
C 19 130
D 20 139
E 21 145
F 22 153
G 23 160
H 24 170
PDG23M0100MLAJ 100 A 16 160 PDG2X3T100
(Steel)
PDG2X3TA100
(Aluminum)
PDG2X3T100
(Steel)
(Same as J) B 17 174
C 19 185
D 20 196
E 21 207
F 22 218
G 23 229
H 24 240
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-93
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
22

400 A Frame Size 3 Product Selection
PDG3 400 A Frame MCPs
cover a continuous current
range of 70 A through 400 A,
with trip calibration settings
from 350 A through 4500 A
All devices are a
3-pole configuration in a 400 A
frame and have a single
interrupting capacity as an
IEC 60947-2 (Annex O)
instantaneous circuit breaker
PDG3 MCPs include nine trip
settings, corresponding to
5x through 10x of the
continuous amperage rating
of the device and each
corresponding to 13x the
minimum FLA value shown
in the table below
Where a 13x setting is
required for an intermediate
FLA value, alternate dial
settings and/or MCP ratings
should be used
A High Calibration MCP
for the 400 A frame device
is also available for special
applications where the
ampere rating of the
disconnecting means cannot
be less than 115% of the
motor full load ampere rating
All catalog numbers shown
include standard aluminum
line and load terminals
(Digit 14 = J) For optional
terminals, use T (aluminum),
W (copper) or other options in
Digit 14 as described in the
Frame Size 3 circuit breaker
section of the catalog
Terminal catalog numbers
listed in the table are for one
side of the MCP; order 2 sets
for line and load if ordering
separate
Ratings
Maximum Application Voltage
(UL and CSA)
● 600 Vac
● 250 Vdc
Note: For DC applications, actual
trip levels are approximately 40%
higher than values shown
IEC Instantaneous Circuit
Breaker (ICB) Interrupting
Capacity (kA)
PDG3 400 A Frame Motor Circuit ProtectorsStandard Calibration
Icu Ics
240 Vac 100 100
415 Vac 70 53
690 Vac 15 75
250 Vdc 22 22
Continuous
Amperes
CAM
Setting
MCP Trip
Setting
(Mult)
MCP Trip
Setting
(Amps)
Typical NEMA
Starter Size
Typical Motor
Full Load
Current Amperes
Terminal Kit Catalog Numbers
MCP Catalog Number
Included
(Dig 14 = J)
Optional
(Dig 14 = T)
Optional
(Dig 14 = W)
PDG33M0070MSAJ 70 A 50 350 4 270–307 PDG3X3TA300
(Aluminum)
PDG3X3TA402
(Aluminum)
PDG3X3T300
(Copper) B 57 400 308–338
C 63 440 339–369
D 69 480 5 370–403
E 75 525 404–438
F 81 570 439–469
G 87 610 470–507
H 94 660 508–538
I 100 700 539–572
PDG33M0100MSAJ 100 A 50 500 5 385–434 PDG3X3TA300
(Aluminum)
PDG3X3TA402
(Aluminum)
PDG3X3T300
(Copper) B 57 565 435–480
C 63 626 481–530
D 69 690 531–576
E 75 750 577–623
F 81 810 624–673
G 88 875 674–719
H 94 935 720–769
I 100 1000 770–816
PDG33M0125MSAJ 125 A 50 625 5 481–538 PDG3X3TA300
(Aluminum)
PDG3X3TA402
(Aluminum)
PDG3X3T300
(Copper) B 56 700 539–599
C 62 780 600–661
D 69 860 662–723
E 75 940 724–784
F 82 1020 785–838
G 87 1090 839–899
H 94 1170 900–961
I 100 1250 962–1020
V4-T2-94 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
22

PDG3 400 A Frame Motor Circuit ProtectorsStandard Calibration, continued
Continuous
Amperes
CAM
Setting
MCP Trip
Setting
(Mult)
MCP Trip
Setting
(Amps)
Typical NEMA
Starter Size
Typical Motor
Full Load
Current Amperes
Terminal Kit Catalog Numbers
MCP Catalog Number
Included
(Dig 14 = J)
Optional
(Dig 14 = T)
Optional
(Dig 14 = W)
PDG33M0150MSAJ 150 A 50 750 5 577–646 PDG3X3TA300
(Aluminum)
PDG3X3TA402
(Aluminum)
PDG3X3T300
(Copper) B 56 840 647–719
C 62 935 720–792
D 69 1030 793–865
E 75 1125 866–938
F 81 1220 939–1011
G 88 1315 1012–1084
H 94 1410 1085–1153
I 100 1500 1154–1224
PDG33M0175MSAJ 175 A 50 875 5 674–753 PDG3X3TA300
(Aluminum)
PDG3X3TA402
(Aluminum)
PDG3X3T300
(Copper) B 56 980 754–838
C 62 1090 839–923
D 69 1200 924–1007
E 75 1310 1008–1092
F 81 1420 1093–1176
G 87 1530 1177–1261
H 94 1640 1262–1346
I 100 1750 1347–1428
PDG33M0200MSAJ 200 A 50 1000 5 770–865 PDG3X3TA300
(Aluminum)
PDG3X3TA402
(Aluminum)
PDG3X3T300
(Copper) B 56 1125 866–961
C 63 1250 962–1057
D 69 1375 1058–1153
E 75 1500 1154–1249
F 81 1625 1250–1346
G 88 1750 1347–1442
H 94 1875 1443–1538
I 100 2000 1539–1633
PDG33M0225MSAJ 225 A 50 1125 5 866–973 PDG3X3TA300
(Aluminum)
PDG3X3TA402
(Aluminum)
PDG3X3T300
(Copper) B 56 1265 974–1084
C 63 1410 1085–1188
D 69 1545 1189–1299
E 75 1690 1300–1407
F 81 1830 1408–1515
G 88 1970 1516–1623
H 94 2110 1624–1730
I 100 2250 1731–1836
PDG33M0250MSAJ 250 A 50 1250 5 962–1080 PDG3X3TA350
(Aluminum)
PDG3X3TA402
(Aluminum)
PDG3X3T350
(Copper) B 56 1405 1081–1199
C 62 1560 1200–1323
D 69 1720 1324–1442
E 75 1875 1443–1561
F 81 2030 1562–1680
G 87 2185 1681–1799
H 94 2340 1800–1923
I 100 2500 1924–2040
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-95
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
22

PDG3 400 A Frame Motor Circuit ProtectorsStandard Calibration, continued
PDG3 400 A Frame Motor Circuit ProtectorsHigh Calibration
Continuous
Amperes
CAM
Setting
MCP Trip
Setting
(Mult)
MCP Trip
Setting
(Amps)
Typical NEMA
Starter Size
Typical Motor
Full Load
Current Amperes
Terminal Kit Catalog Numbers
MCP Catalog Number
Included
(Dig 14 = J)
Optional
(Dig 14 = T)
Optional
(Dig 14 = W)
PDG33M0300MSAJ 300 A 50 1500 5 1154–1299 PDG3X3TA350
(Aluminum)
PDG3X3TA402
(Aluminum)
PDG3X3T350
(Copper) B 56 1690 1300–1442
C 63 1875 1443–1584
D 69 2060 1585–1730
E 75 2250 1731–1876
F 81 2440 1877–2019
G 88 2625 2020–2161
H 94 2810 2162–2307
I 100 3000 2308–2449
PDG33M0350MSAJ 350 A 50 1750 5 1347–1515 PDG3X3TA350
(Aluminum)
PDG3X3TA402
(Aluminum)
PDG3X3T350
(Copper) B 56 1970 1516–1684
C 63 2190 1685–1853
D 69 2410 1854–2019
E 75 2625 2020–2188
F 81 2845 2189–2357
G 88 3065 2358–2526
H 94 3285 2527–2692
I 100 3500 2693–2857
PDG33M0400MSAJ 400 A 50 2000 5 1539–1730 PDG3X3T400
(Aluminum)
PDG3X3TA402
(Aluminum)
PDG3X3T400
(Copper) B 56 2250 1731–1923
C 63 2500 1924–2115
D 69 2750 2116–2307
E 75 3000 2308–2499
F 81 3250 2500–2692
G 88 3500 2693–2884
H 94 3750 2885–3076
I 100 4000 3077–3269
Continuous
Amperes
CAM
Setting
MCP Trip
Setting
(Mult)
MCP Trip
Setting
(Amps)
Typical NEMA
Starter Size
Typical Motor
Full Load
Current Amperes
Terminal Kit Catalog Numbers
MCP Catalog Number
Included
(Dig 14 = J)
Optional
(Dig 14 = T)
Optional
(Dig 14 = W)
PDG33M0400MHAJ 400 A 56 2250 5 1731–1945 PDG3X3T400
(Aluminum)
PDG3X3TA402
(Aluminum)
PDG3X3T400
(Copper) B 63 2530 1946–2161
C 70 2810 2162–2376
D 77 3090 2377–2595
E 84 3375 2596–2811
F 91 3655 2812–3026
G 98 3935 3027–3241
H 105 4215 3242–3461
I 113 4500 3462–3681
V4-T2-96 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
22

600 A Frame Size 3 Product Selection
PDG3 600 A MCPs cover a
continuous current range of
250 A through 600 A, with
trip calibration settings from
1250 A through 6000 A All
devices are a 3-pole
configuration in a 600 A frame
and have a single interrupting
capacity as an IEC 60947-2
(Annex O) instantaneous
circuit breaker
PDG3 MCPs include nine trip
settings, corresponding to
5x through 10x of the
continuous amperage rating
of the device, and each
corresponding to 13x the
minimum FLA value shown in
the table below Where a 13x
setting is required for an
intermediate FLA value
alternate dial settings and/or
MCP ratings should be used
All catalog numbers shown
include standard line and load
terminals (Digit 14 = J) For
optional terminals, use T
(aluminum) W (copper) or
other options in Digit 14 as
described in the Frame Size 3
circuit breaker section of the
catalog
Terminal catalog numbers
listed in the table are for one
side of the MCP; order 2 sets
for line and load if ordering
separate
Ratings
Maximum Application Voltage
(UL and CSA)
● 600 Vac
● 250 Vdc
Note: For DC applications, actual
trip levels are approximately 40%
higher than values shown
IEC Instantaneous Circuit
Breaker (ICB) Interrupting
Capacity (kA)
PDG3 600 A Frame Motor Circuit ProtectorsStandard Calibration
Icu Ics
240 Vac 100 100
415 Vac 70 53
690 Vac 25 13
250 Vdc 42 42
Continuous
Amperes
CAM
Setting
MCP Trip
Setting
(Mult)
MCP Trip
Setting
(Amps)
Typical NEMA
Starter Size
Typical Motor
Full Load
Current Amperes
Terminal Kit Catalog Numbers
MCP Catalog Number
Included
(Dig 14 = J)
Optional
(Dig 14 = T)
Optional
(Dig 14 = W)
PDG33MH250MSAJ 250 A 50 1250 6 962–1080 PDG3X3TA401H
(Aluminum)
PDG3X3TA400H
(Aluminum)
PDG3X3T401H
(Copper) B 56 1405 1081–1199
C 62 1560 1200–1322
D 69 1720 1323–1441
E 75 1875 1442–1561
F 81 2030 1562–1680
G 87 2185 1681–1799
H 94 2340 1800–1922
I 100 2500 1923–2040
PDG33MH300MSAJ 300 A 50 1500 6 1154–1299 PDG3X3TA401H
(Aluminum)
PDG3X3TA400H
(Aluminum)
PDG3X3T401H
(Copper) B 56 1690 1300–1441
C 63 1875 1442–1584
D 69 2060 1585–1730
E 75 2250 1731–1876
F 81 2440 1877–2018
G 88 2625 2019–2161
H 94 2810 2162–2307
I 100 3000 2308–2449
PDG33MH350MSAJ 350 A 50 1750 6 1346–1514 PDG3X3TA401H
(Aluminum)
PDG3X3TA400H
(Aluminum)
PDG3X3T401H
(Copper) B 56 1970 1515–1684
C 63 2190 1685–1853
D 69 2410 1854–2018
E 75 2625 2019–2187
F 81 2845 2188–2357
G 88 3065 2358–2526
H 94 3285 2527–2691
I 100 3500 2692–2857
PDG33MH400MSAJ 400 A 50 2000 6 1538–1730 PDG3X3TA401H
(Aluminum)
PDG3X3TA400H
(Aluminum)
PDG3X3T401H
(Copper) B 56 2250 1731–1922
C 63 2500 1923–2114
D 69 2750 2115–2307
E 75 3000 2308–2499
F 81 3250 2500–2691
G 88 3500 2692–2884
H 94 3750 2885–3076
I 100 4000 3077–3269
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-97
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
22

PDG3 600 A Frame Motor Circuit ProtectorsStandard Calibration, continued
Note: 800 and 1200 A, 600 Vac maximum motor circuit protectors are available as Series C HMCP product
Additional Information
Terminals
Available terminal
configuration for MCPs follow
the same guidelines as
presented for each circuit
breaker frame Additional
terminals, including control
wire, StrandAble and other
options are presented in each
circuit
breaker frame size section
Accessories
MCPs and MCCBs for each
frame use a common set of
accessories Available
accessories are presented in
each corresponding Power
Defense circuit breaker frame
section (ie, PDG1
accessories are found in the
Frame Size 1 section, PDG2
accessories in the Frame Size
2 section and PDG3 in the
Frame Size 3 section)
Weights and Dimensions
MCPs have the same
dimensions and weight as the
3-pole version of the
respective circuit breaker,
shown in each frame section
Continuous
Amperes
CAM
Setting
MCP Trip
Setting
(Mult)
MCP Trip
Setting
(Amps)
Typical NEMA
Starter Size
Typical Motor
Full Load
Current Amperes
Terminal Kit Catalog Numbers
MCP Catalog Number
Included
(Dig 14 = J)
Optional
(Dig 14 = T)
Optional
(Dig 14 = W)
PDG33M0450MSAJ 450 A 50 2250 6 1731–1945 PDG3X3TA630
(Aluminum)
 PDG3X3T630
(Copper) B 56 2530 1946–2161
C 62 2810 2162–2376
D 69 3090 2377–2595
E 75 3375 2596–2814
F 81 3660 2815–3030
G 88 3940 3031–3245
H 94 4220 3246–3461
I 100 4500 3462–3681
PDG33M0500MSAJ 500 A 50 2500 6 1923–2161 PDG3X3TA630
(Aluminum)
 PDG3X3T630
(Copper) B 56 2810 2162–2403
C 63 3125 2404–2645
D 69 3440 2646–2884
E 75 3750 2885–3137
F 82 4080 3138–3364
G 88 4375 3365–3591
H 93 4670 3592–3845
I 100 5000 3846–4082
PDG33M0600MSAJ 600 A 50 3000 6 2308–2595 PDG3X3TA630
(Aluminum)
 PDG3X3T630
(Copper) B 56 3375 2596–2891
C 63 3760 2892–3168
D 69 4120 3169–3461
E 75 4500 3462–3753
F 81 4880 3754–4037
G 88 5250 4038–4330
H 94 5630 4331–4614
I 100 6000 4615–5077
V4-T2-98 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
22

Motor Protection  (15–600 A)
Motor Protection
Product Description
motor
protection
(MPCBs) use Power Xpert
Release (PXR) electronic trip
units to provide branch
protection and motor
protection in a combined
device, eliminating the need
for a separate overload relay
Motor protection PXR units
build upon the features
available in standard PXR trip
units and add motor
protection application specific
functionality and features
MPCBs are available in Power
Defense Frame Sizes 2 and 3,
and share accessories and
catalog numbering
convention with the
respective molded case
circuit breaker frames
Application Description
MPCBs meet requirements
for motor branch protection,
including disconnecting
means, branch circuit shortcircuit protection and
overload protection MPCBs
can be used with a contactor
to eliminate the need for
overload relay and still create
manual motor control Typical
branch motor starter
applications are protected by
three components consisting
of: breaker, contactor and
overload relay, or fuse,
contactor and overload relay
The MPCB applicationspecific protection eliminates
the need for motor overload
relay and reduces the
traditional three-component
starter assembly down to
two elementsthe MPCB
and the contactor
Features and Benefits
PXR motor protection
electronic trip units provide
motor protection basic and
advanced functionality in PXR
10 and PXR 25, respectively
Features include phase
unbalance protection, phase
loss protection, over/under
voltage protection, cold/hot
start (thermal memory)
protection, programmable
high load alarms,
programmable relays for
multiple functions to include
pre-detection trip relay, Class
5/10/15/20/30 protection,
energy metering,
communications, cause-oftrip indication, events logging,
breaker health monitoring,
harmonics, ground fault alarm
and protection, and more
ZSI allows the MPCB to
interface with upstream
feeder or branch circuit
breakers for coordination
and reduction of arc flash
for some applications
Standards and Certifications
MPCBs provide:
● UL 489 branch circuit
protection
● UL 508 and CSA C222
No 14 motor protection,
and meet IEC 60947-2 and
50947-4 requirements
MPCBs
meet:
● UL 489
● CSA
● C222 No 5-02
● IEC 60947-2
● GB 140482-2008
Catalog Number / Product
Selection
MPCBFrame Size 2 (15–200 A)
Frame Size 2 covers a range of 15 A through 200 A using PXR 10 and PXR 25
electronic trip units In is available in 3-pole configurations
Interrupting Ratings
Catalog Designator F G K M N P
UL/CSA kA rms kA rms kA rms kA rms kA rms kA rms
240 Vac 35 65 85 100 150 200
480 Vac 25 35 50 65 85 100
600 Vac 14 18 22 25 25 25
250 Vdc      
IEC lcu lcs lcu lcs lcu lcs lcu lcs lcu lcs lcu lcs
240 Vac 35 35 55 55 85 85 100 100 150 100 200 150
380–415 Vac 25 25 36 36 50 50 70 53 70 70 100 70
440 Vac 25 20 30 225 35 35 50 40 70 50 100 65
480 Vac 20 20 25 20 35 225 50 30 65 40 65 40
525 Vac 18 13 20 13 25 13 25 13 25 13 25 13
660–690 Vac  8 4 10 5 10 5 10 5 10 5
250 Vdc      
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-99


MPCBFrame Size 3 (45–600 A)
Frame Size 3 covers a range of 45 A through 600 A using PXR 10 and PXR 25 electronic trip units
In is available in 3-pole configurations Frame 3 has two specific constructions, one each for 400 A and 600 A
The 600 A construction provides a unique capability to be used at 400 A and below in applications requiring
higher fixed instantaneous levels This is accomplished by using a letter H in the 7th digit of the catalog number
Interrupting Ratings
MPCB with Power Xpert (PXR) Electronic Trip Units (ETU)
This information is presented as a tool to develop catalog numbers
for selecting  and trip units
Frame Size 2 MPCB with PXR ETUGlobally Rated
Note
1 See “Power Xpert Release (PXR) Trip Unit Options” table on Page V4-T2-101 for # (Available Configured Options)
Catalog Designator F G K M N P
UL/CSA kA rms kA rms kA rms kA rms kA rms kA rms
240 Vac 35 65 85 100 150 200
480 Vac 25 35 50 65 85 100
600 Vac 14 18 25 35 50 65
125/250 Vdc      
IEC lcu lcs lcu lcs lcu lcs lcu lcs lcu lcs lcu lcs
240 Vac 35 35 55 55 85 85 100 100 150 100 200 150
380–415 Vac 25 25 36 36 50 50 70 53 70 70 100 70
440 Vac 25 20 30 225 35 35 50 40 70 50 100 50
480 Vac 20 20 25 20 35 225 50 30 65 40 85 40
525 Vac 18 5 20 75 25 10 30 15 35 25 40 25
660–690 Vac  8 4 10 5 15 75 20 10 20 10
125/250 Vdc      
Frame
Size
2 = 2
Pole
Options
3 = 3-pole
Interrupting
Ratings
F = 25 kA at 480 V
G = 35 kA at 480 V
K = 50 kA at 480 V
M = 65 kA at 480 V
N = 85 kA at 480 V
P = 100 kA at 480 V
F = 14 kA at 600 V
G = 18 kA at 600 V
K = 22 kA at 600 V
M = 25 kA at 600 V
N = 25 kA at 600 V
P = 25 kA at 600 V
Trip Unit
Type Options
B8N = PXR 10 MLSI
P8# = PXR 25 MLSI 1
P9# = PXR 25 MLSIG 1
Standard Terminal
Options
N = No terminals
J = Line and load terminals
K = Line only terminals
L = Load only terminals
Continuous
Current Ratings
0060 = 60 A
0100 = 100 A
0150 = 150 A
0200 = 200 A
Product Series
PD = Power Defense
PD G 2 3 M 0200 P8M J
Certifications/
Standards
G = UL/CSA/IEC/CCC
F = UL/CSA/IEC/CCC
(100% UL Rated)
2 = 2 3 = 3-pole
4 = 4-pole
F = 25 kA at 480 V
G = 35 kA at 480 V
K = 50 kA at 480 V
M = 65 kA at 480 V
N = 85 kA at 480 V
P = 100 kA at 480 V
F = 14 kA at 600 V
G = 18 kA at 600 V
K = 22 kA at 600 V
M = 25 kA at 600 V
N = 25 kA at 600 V
P = 25 kA at 600 V
B8N = PXR 10 MLSI
P8# = PXR 25 MLSI 1
P9# = PXR 25 MLSIG 1
J = Line and load terminals
W = Optional line and
load terminals
0060 = 60 A
0100 = 100 A
0150 = 150 A
0200 = 200 A
Frame Size 2 MPCB with PXR ETUGlobally Rated (100% UL Rated)
V4-T2-100 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E

Frame Size 3 MPCB with PXR ETUGlobally Rated
Note
1 See “Power Xpert Release (PXR) Trip Unit Options” table on the next page for # (Available Configured Options)
Certifications/
Standards
G = UL/CSA/IEC/CCC
Frame
Size
3 = 3
Pole
Options
3 = 3-pole
Interrupting
Ratings
F = 25 kA at 480 V
G = 35 kA at 480 V
K = 50 kA at 480 V
M = 65 kA at 480 V
N = 85 kA at 480 V
P = 100 kA at 480 V
F = 14 kA at 600 V
G = 18 kA at 600 V
K = 25 kA at 600 V
M = 35 kA at 600 V
N = 50 kA at 600 V
P = 65 kA at 600 V
Trip Unit
Type Options
B8N = PXR 10 MLSI
P8# = PXR 25 MLSI 1
P9# = PXR 25 MLSIG 1
Standard Terminal
Options
N = No terminals
J = Line and load terminals
K = Line only terminals
L = Load only terminals
Continuous
Current Ratings
0125 = 125 A
0250 = 250 A
0400 = 400 A
0600 = 600 A
H250 = 250 A High Override
(600 A Frame)
H400 = 400 A High Override
(600 A Frame)
Product Series
PD = Power Defense
PD G 3 3 M 0200 P8M J
F = UL/CSA/IEC/CCC
(100% UL Rated)
3 = 3 3 = 3-pole F = 25 kA at 480 V
G = 35 kA at 480 V
K = 50 kA at 480 V
M = 65 kA at 480 V
F = 14 kA at 600 V
G = 18 kA at 600 V
K = 25 kA at 600 V
M = 35 kA at 600 V
B8N = PXR 10 MLSI
P8# = PXR 25 MLSI 1
P9# = PXR 25 MLSIG 1
N = No terminals
J = Line and load terminals
K = Line only terminals
L = Load only terminals
0125 = 125 A
0250 = 250 A
0400 = 400 A
0600 = 600 A
H250 = 250 A High Override
(600 A Frame)
H400 = 400 A High Override
(600 A Frame)
Frame Size 3 MPCB with PXR ETUGlobally Rated (100% UL Rated)
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-101

Power Xpert Release (PXR) Trip Unit Options
Descriptions of PXR Configured Options
Relays2 Form A contacts
(rated for 240 Vac, 1 A)
● Interface: 3 wires (ALM1,
ALM2, ALM Common)
● Programmable to indicate
breaker conditions
● Field installable for PD-2
Note: PD-2 includes 1 relay
when used in conjunction with
Modbus RTU
ModbusModbus RTU
directly from the breaker
● Interface: 3 wires (MODBA,
MODBB, MODBG)
● No additional modules
required
● Field installable for PD-2
ZSIZone Selective
Interlocking output
● Interface: 2 wires
(Zout, Zcomm)
● Includes ability to turn
ON and OFF, and
indicate signals
CAMCAM Link connection
(requires a CAM module per
breaker)
● Interface: 5 wires (refer to
CAM IL for details)
● Communications Adapter
Modules available for
Modbus TCP and PROFIBUS
Auxiliary Power
● Connection included with
all PXR 25 trip units
● Required for
communications, relays,
and metering accuracy
● 24 Vdc, 05 A
● Interface: 2 wires
Aux +24 V, Aux 0 V)
Available Settings and Features on PXR Motor Protection Electronic Trip Units
#(1)Protection Type #(2)Available Configured Options
PXR ETU LSI LSIG




Relays
Modbus


Relays
Modbus
ZSI

Relays
Modbus

CAM
Relays
Modbus
ZSI
CAM
PXR 10 B 8  N
PXR 25 P 8 9  MWD Y
Full Load Amperes (le) Current Settings Full Load Amperes (le) Current Settings
PD-2 PD-3
Option Setting

PXR 10Dial 2
PXR 10Phase Unbalance
Settings Programmable by PXPM
● Pickup Level:
5 to 35% of load
● Trip Time:
1 to 300 seconds
● Action taken: MPCB will
trip at selected protection
settings
PXR 25Programmable
Trip Class
● Trip Class:
5–30 in increments of 01
Phase Unbalance
● Pickup Level:
5 to 35% of load
● Trip Time:
1 to 300 seconds
● Action taken: MPCB will
trip at selected protection
settings
Phase Loss
● Pickup Level:
Fixed at 75% of load
● Trip Time:
1 to 240 seconds

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-103

V4-T2-104 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E

Sola HS14F7.5BS
Frame Size 1 (15–125 A)V4-T2-22
Frame Size 2 (15–225 A)V4-T2-29
Frame Size 3 (45–600 A)V4-T2-42
Frame Size 4 (300–800 A) V4-T2-57
Frame Size 5 (320–1200 A)V4-T2-70
Frame Size 6 (700–2500 A)V4-T2-79
Motor Circuit Protectors (3–600 A)V4-T2-87
Motor Protection  (15–600 A) V4-T2-98
High Instantaneous Circuit
Breakers for Selective Coordination
High Instantaneous Power Defense
Frame 3 (H250–H400)
High Instantaneous Power Defense
Frame 5 (400 A) V4-T2-105
Mechanical Current-Limiting
Circuit Breaker Module V4-T2-107
Current-Limiting Circuit Breaker
Fused Current-Limiting Module V4-T2-109
Terminals, Lugs and Connectors V4-T2-111
Communications and Software V4-T2-134
Special Applications V4-T2-136
Special Modification Ordering and PricingV4-T2-141
High Instantaneous
for Selective Coordination
High Instantaneous Frame 3 (H250–H400)
Product Description
Eaton’s Power Defense
Frame 3 molded case
 are available
with standard and high
instantaneous constructions
for the nominal amperages
of 250–400 The high
instantaneous construction
offers a wider range of
instantaneous adjustability
and can be adjusted up to
7200 A for higher current
levels of selective
coordination
Standards and Certifications
● UL
● CSA
● IEC (CE)
● CB (CCC)
Product Selection
PXR Electronic Trip Unit
Frame 3

from 250 A to 400 A can
be configured with high
instantaneous construction
with all PXR electronic trip
unit options To configure,
use H as the 7th digit in the
14-digit complete catalog
number For additional
selection details and product
information, refer to the
Frame 3
section within this catalog
Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit
Frame 3
high-magnetic molded
case  from
250 A to 400 A can be
configured by purchasing
600 A frame and highmagnetic (250 A–400 A)
trip unit separately For a
complete list of available
thermal-magnetic trip unit
options, see the selection
tables to the right
Product Selection 600 A Frame
Product Selection High-Magnetic TMTU
Product Selection High-Magnetic Electronic TU
1 For four-pole trip units, neutral protection is specified using the 9th digit
of the catalog number Available options: 0 = 0%, 4 = 100%, 6 = 60%
(example: PDG3XTFA0H20 = 0% protected neutral)
2 The last three digits of the catalog number specify the trip unit type, protection
and features See PXR Trip Unit Options table on V4-T2-48 for reference
600 A Frame Only Catalog Number
Three-Pole Four-Pole
PDG33F0600FNNN PDG34F0600FNNN
PDG33G0600FNNN PDG34G0600FNNN
PDG33K0600FNNN PDG34K0600FNNN
PDG33M0600FNNN PDG34M0600FNNN
PDG33N0600FNNN PDG34N0600FNNN
PDG33P0600FNNN PDG34P0600FNNN
High-Magnetic Trip Unit Catalog Number
Three-Pole Four-Pole 1
PDG3XTFA3H250 PDG3XTFA4H250
PDG3XTFA3H300 PDG3XTFA4H300
PDG3XTFA3H350 PDG3XTFA4H350
PDG3XTFA3H400 PDG3XTFA4H400
High-Magnetic Trip Unit Catalog Number 2
Three-Pole Four-Pole
PDG3XPXR0H250### PDG3XPXR0H250###
PDG3XPXR0H300### PDG3XPXR0H300###
PDG3XPXR0H350### PDG3XPXR0H350###
PDG3XPXR0H400### PDG3XPXR0H400###
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-105
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
22

Instantaneous Settings PXR Electronic Trip Unit
Magnetic Adjustments Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit
High Instantaneous Frame 5 (1200 A)
Product Description
Eaton’s Power Defense
Frame 5 molded case
 with highinstantaneous withstand
are specifically designed
for critical operations and
selective coordination
requirements The highinstantaneous withstand
PDJ5 frame is available at
400 A and includes Eaton’s
state-of-the art PXR
electronic trip unit This
design enables the breaker
to withstand up to 90 times
rated current before opening
under short-circuit conditions
Application Description
The PDJ5 circuit breaker
incorporates a higher level
of instantaneous pickup,
thus allowing for higher
current levels of selective
coordination Standard

typically are furnished with a
magnetic pickup or electronic
instantaneous adjustment set
at ten times (10x) maximum
the continuous trip rating
For details on ratings and
adjustment capability of the
PDJ5 , please
consult the ratings table
at the end of this catalog
section These higher levels
of electronic instantaneous
values in turn allow the
system designer to obtain
selective coordination at
fault current levels up to
these higher ratings
Greater values of selective
coordination are available
based on manufacturer
tested combinations using
the PDJ5 as line-side breaker
and standard breakers as
load-side devices Refer to
IA01200002E to determine
the maximum fault levels
that selective coordination
achieves
When the line-side and
load-side molded case
circuit breaker trip ratings
are chosen to coordinate
in the overload range, they
also can be selectively
coordinated in the fault range
up to the values listed in
the table at the end of this
section or IA01200002E For
overcurrents protected by
 on the loadside of the PDJ5, only the
effected load-side circuit
breaker will open, while
the line-side circuit breaker
remains closed, thus
providing continuity of
power to the other critical
loads supplied by the PDJ5

Innovative Technology and
Reliable Performance
The PDJ5 is based on the
Frame 5
circuit breaker and shares
the same footprint and
accessories Complete
with PXR electronic trip unit
technology, the PDJ5 circuit
breaker can be configured
with PXR 20D or PXR 25
trip units with standard
LSI functionality or ALSI
to include Eaton’s Arcflash
Reduction Maintenance
System
Standards and Certifications
● UL 489
● CSA, C222 No 5-02
H250 H400
Minimum 2x (In) 2x (In)
Maximum 28x (In) 18x (In)
Instantaneous override7200 A
H250–H400
Minimum 5x (Ir
)
Maximum 28x (Ir
)
Magnetic threshold6000 A
V4-T2-106 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
22

Product Selection
PDJ5
Available Catalog Numbers400 A Rating
Power Xpert Release Trip Unit OptionsPDJ5 (Digits 11–13)
PDJ5 PXR 20D and PXR 25 Protection Settings
Short-Circuit Current Ratings (kA rms) AC 50–60 Hz
Note
1 36x (In) = Instantaneous Override value of 14,400 A
PXR 20D ETU PXR 25 ETU
PDJ53MH400D2DN PDJ53MH400P2DN
PDJ53MH400D2MN PDJ53MH400P2DN
PDJ53MH400D2WN PDJ53MH400P2WN
PDJ53MH400D2YN PDJ53MH400P2YN
PDJ53MH400D4DN PDJ53MH400P4DN
PDJ53MH400D4MN PDJ53MH400P4MN
PDJ53MH400D4WN PDJ53MH400P4WN
PDJ53MH400D4YN PDJ53MH400P4YN
Protection Type Available Configured Options
PXR ETU LSI
LSI with
Arcflash Reduction
Maintenance System Relays Modbus
Relays Modbus
ZSI
Relays Modbus
CAM
Relays Modbus
ZSI CAM
PXR 20D D 2 4 M W D Y
PXR 20D P 2 4 M W D Y
Frame 400 A
Setting Pickup (Ir) Time at 6x (Ir) Short Delay Pickup (Isd) Short Delay Time (tsd) Instantaneous Pickup
Minimum 150 A 05 s 15x (Ir
) 0050 s 2x (In)
Maximum 400 A 140 s 80x (Ir
) 0500 s 36x (In) 1
Step 10 A 010 s 010 001 s 010
Additional Setting OFF
Description PDJ5
Maximum rated current (amperes) 400 A
UL/CSA
240 V 100
480 V 65
600 V 35
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-107
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
22

Mechanical Current-Limiting Circuit Breaker Module


Frame Size 1 (15–125 A) V4-T2-22
Frame Size 2 (15–225 A) V4-T2-29
Frame Size 3 (45–600 A) V4-T2-42
Frame Size 4 (300–800 A)V4-T2-57
Frame Size 5 (320–1200 A) V4-T2-70
Frame Size 6 (700–2500 A) V4-T2-79
Motor Circuit Protectors (3–600 A) V4-T2-87
Motor Protection  (15–600 A) V4-T2-98
High Instantaneous Circuit
Breakers for Selective Coordination V4-T2-104
Mechanical Current-Limiting
Circuit Breaker Module
Current-Limiting Circuit Breaker
Fused Current-Limiting Module
Catalog Number / Product Selection V4-T2-108
Terminals, Lugs and ConnectorsV4-T2-111
Communications and SoftwareV4-T2-134
Special ApplicationsV4-T2-136
Special Modification Ordering and Pricing V4-T2-141
Mechanical Current-Limiting Circuit Breaker Module
Product Overview
Power demand continues to
grow in new and existing
facilities To meet increased
demand, larger utility supplies,
spot networks and large
facility transformers are
installed The increased
capacity of the electrical
source results in increased
fault currents in excess of
100 kA short-circuit protection
Eaton manufactures non-fused
current-limiting modules with
interrupting capacities up to
200 kA at 600 Vac or 70 kA at
690 Vac Unlike fused current
limiters with a one-time
use, a current-limiting module
provides an automatic reset of
the module after a short-circuit
event Resetting the molded
case circuit breaker is the
only action required to restore
critical power to the system;
there is no time wasted
with sourcing the correct
replacement fuses or
module to bring the system
back
Product Description
The current-limiting breaker
modules use a unique contact
design to enhance the
system protection, similar
to that of the circuit breaker
When high short-circuit
current is flowing through the
contacts of these modules,
the design results in very high
interrupting capacities and
improved current-limiting
characteristics
Application Description
High-performance breakers
are most commonly applied
when very high fault levels
are available and with
applications where the
current-limiting capability is
used upstream of the final
load to limit current Typical
loads include lighting, power
distribution and motor control
applications
Features and Benefits
Superior system protection:
● Auto reset improves
system uptime and
eliminates the need for
finding replacement parts
● No fuses to replace,
reducing the overall cost of
ownership and the waste
created by fuses
● Overloads, by using
inverse time current
tripping characteristics of
the molded case circuit
breaker
● Low-level short circuits,
by using instantaneous
and/or short time delay
tripping characteristics of
the molded case circuit
breaker
● High-level short circuits,
by using ultra-high-speed,
blow-apart contacts of the
current-limiting module in
series with the circuit
breaker contacts
● Let-through currents, by
improved opening speed of
the contacts, the resultant
rapid rise of arc voltage
introduces impedance into
the system
Standards and Certifications
● UL 489
● CSA C222
V4-T2-108 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
22

Catalog Number / Product Selection
Interrupting Ratings (Three-Pole)
Mechanical Current-Limiting Module
Terminals
Dimensions and Weights
Approximate dimensions in inches (mm)
Note
1 600Y/347 V
 Type Product Amperes
480 Vac
(UL)
600 Vac
(UL)
415 Vac (IEC) 690 Vac (IEC)
ICU ICS ICU ICS
PDG13(P) thermal-magnetic Breaker only 15–125 100 35 1 100 100 - -
With limiter 15–100 150 100 1 150 150 - -
PDG23(P) thermal-magnetic Breaker only 15–225 100 35 100 70 10 5
With limiter 40–200 200 200    
PDG23(P) PXR electronic Breaker only 15–225 100 35 100 70 10 5
With limiter       
Certifications/
Standards
G = UL/CSA Frame
Size
2 = 2
Accessory Designation
X = Accessory
Maximum
Amperage
035 = 15–35 A
200 = 40–200 A
Standard Terminal
Options
K = Line only terminals
L = Load only terminals
Accessory Type
MCL = Mechanical
current limiter
Product Series
PD = Power Defense
PD G 2 X MCL 035 K
Terminal
Body Type
Wire
Type
Wire
Class
Number of
Conductors per Phase
AWG/kcmil
Range per Conductor
Metric (mm2)
Range per Conductor
Three-Pole
Catalog Number
Digit 12 Designation
Line Only Load Only
Aluminum Cu/Al B, C 1 #8–350 10–185 TA250FJ K L
Height Width Depth Weight in lb (kg)
606 (153) 413 (1049) 339 (861) 850 (386)
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-109
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
22

Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment


Frame Size 1 (15–125 A) V4-T2-22
Frame Size 2 (15–225 A) V4-T2-29
Frame Size 3 (45–600 A) V4-T2-42
Frame Size 4 (300–800 A)V4-T2-57
Frame Size 5 (320–1200 A) V4-T2-70
Frame Size 6 (700–2500 A) V4-T2-79
Motor Circuit Protectors (3–600 A) V4-T2-87
Motor Protection  (15–600 A) V4-T2-98
High Instantaneous Circuit
Breakers for Selective Coordination V4-T2-104
Mechanical Current-Limiting
Circuit Breaker ModuleV4-T2-107
Current-Limiting Circuit Breaker
Fused Current-Limiting Module
Type LFD Current Limiter AttachmentV4-T2-111
Terminals, Lugs and ConnectorsV4-T2-111
Communications and SoftwareV4-T2-134
Special ApplicationsV4-T2-136
Special Modification Ordering and Pricing V4-T2-141
Current-Limiting Circuit Breaker
Fused Current-Limiting Module
Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment
Product Overview
Eaton’s type ELC current
limiter attachment for the
PDG2 motor circuit protector
(MCP) is designed to provide
increased interrupting
capacity The combination
may be used for the
application up to 200 kA
symmetrical at 600 Vac,
making the MCP suitable for
use in network distribution
systems or other applications
where unusually high fault
currents are available The
current limiter connects to
the load end of the MCP and
is provided with terminals
suitable for copper or
aluminum conductors
(see table at the right)
Product Description
ELC type current limiters are
coordinated with the MCP so
that normal fault currents are
interrupted automatically by
the MCP without any damage
to the limiter Only the rare
high fault is opened by the
current limiter attachment
Faults that are interrupted by
the current limiter also
magnetically trip the MCP,
opening all three poles,
preventing single-phase
operation
Each of the three poles of
the ELC current limiter are
equipped with an indicator
that extends when a fault is
interrupted by the current
limiter attachment
Product Selection
ELC Current Limiter Attachment
Technical Data and Specifications
Type ELC Current Limiter Terminal Wire Sizes 1
Notes
1 Terminal wire connectors are UL listed for standard stranded wire sizes as defined in
UL 486A or UL 486B
2 Optional on special order for copper cable only
All HMCP 800 A and 1200 A come without terminals For terminals, see Page V4-T2-355
MCP Rating
(Amperes)
Catalog
Number
3 ELC3003R
7 ELC3007R
15 ELC3015R
30 ELC3030R
50 ELC3050R
100 ELC3100R
150 ELC3150R
Type ELC Current
Limiter Maximum Amperes
Wire Range
AWG
Metric
(mm2)
Standard Aluminum Terminals
50 14–2 25–35
100 1–4/0 50–95
150 1–4/0 50–95
Non-Standard Terminals (Steel)
50 14–2 2 25–35
100  
150  
Type ELC Current
Limiter Attachment
V4-T2-110 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
22

Type LFD Current Limiter Attachment
Product Overview
The LFD current limiter is an
accessory that bolts to the
load end of a Power Defense
Frame 2 thermal-magnetic or
PXR electronic circuit
breaker, providing 200 kA
interrupting capacity at up to
600 Vac LFD current limiters
for thermal-magnetic circuit
breakers are UL listed under
File E47239
Standards and Certifications
● UL 489
● CSA C222
Product Selection
Type LFD Current Limiter
Circuit Breaker
Rating Amperes
Catalog
Number
15–70 LFD3070R
80–160 LFD3150R
Type LFD Current
Limiter
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-111
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
22

Terminals, Lugs and Connectors


Frame Size 1 (15–125 A) V4-T2-22
Frame Size 2 (15–225 A) V4-T2-29
Frame Size 3 (45–600 A) V4-T2-42
Frame Size 4 (300–800 A)V4-T2-57
Frame Size 5 (320–1200 A) V4-T2-70
Frame Size 6 (700–2500 A) V4-T2-79
Motor Circuit Protectors (3–600 A) V4-T2-87
Motor Protection  (15–600 A) V4-T2-98
High Instantaneous Circuit
Breakers for Selective Coordination V4-T2-104
Mechanical Current-Limiting
Circuit Breaker ModuleV4-T2-107
Current-Limiting Circuit Breaker
Fused Current-Limiting ModuleV4-T2-109
Terminals, Lugs and Connectors
Product Selection V4-T2-115
Application of
 in 400–415 Hz SystemsV4-T2-138
Communications and SoftwareV4-T2-134
Special ApplicationsV4-T2-136
Special Modification Ordering and Pricing V4-T2-141
Terminals, Lugs and Connectors
Product Description
Standard Terminals
Eaton’s Power Defense

(MCCB) can be configured
with line and load terminals
factory installed or shipped
separately for field
installation Each terminal
provides wire connecting
capabilities for specific
ranges of continuous current
ratings and wire types Wire
connecting terminals are
typically secured to the
breaker using slotted or hex
head screws and use various
hardware types for securing
connection to the wire
For proper terminal-breaker
or terminal-wire torque
requirements, please consult
the detailed selection tables
in this catalog or the specific
markings on the terminal
Application Description
Terminal Ratings
Cu/Al, Cu, or Al
Each terminal is marked with
information specific to the
wire material type that it is
rated for use with In most
electrical applications, the
conductor material is
comprised of copper or
aluminum bus bar or stranded
wire Each is considered
effective material for
conducting electricity a
nd both have different
advantages Copper has
higher conductivity as well
as superior tensile strength,
which is considered an
advantage in the event of a
high current fault Aluminum
is a lighter material with
greater pliability and is also
generally more cost-effective
Each terminal is labeled to
indicate which material it is
rated for use with as outlined
on Page V4-T2-111
Application Description
Terminal Ratings
75 °C vs 90 °C
Terminal Rating
Terminals are marked to
indicate the maximum wire
temperature rating that is
approved for use In relation
to molded case circuit
breaker application, the
temperature rating is typically
90 °C or 75 °C Although the
terminal is marked with
applicable wire temperature
rating, it is important to note
UL 489, the standard to
which MCCBs adhere, only
recognizes 60 °C and 75 °C
wire for testing purposes
and rated use If 90 °C wire
is used to connect to an
MCCB, the wire must be
applied at its 75 °C rated
ampacity
As an example, 90 °C wire
is often required for use in
100% continuous current
rated MCCB applications
When this is the case, the
90 °C wire must be applied
at its 75 °C rated ampacity,
which often results in the
wire being selected one
size larger than typical An
example of the terminal
markings and corresponding
designations is on
Page V4-T2-111
Standards and Certifications
All terminals comply with
UL Standards 486A and 486B
and CSA Standard C222
No 65M
Terminal Marking
Example 1
Example: AL9CURated for use with
aluminum and copper and is 90 °C rated
Note
1 If the terminal is not marked to indicate
maximum wire temperature rating,
it should be assumed that 75 °C is the
maximum wire rating
Legend
AL  Aluminum conductors
CU  Copper conductors
9  90 °C wire
7  75 °C wire
V4-T2-112 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
22

Cable Sizing/Selection
When sizing and selecting
cable for use with a molded
case circuit breaker, the
temperature rating of both
the breaker terminals and
the electrical equipment
connectors must be
considered to ensure proper
size and insulation rating can
be chosen The equipment
labeling or installation
guidelines must be reviewed
to determine the proper
cable size and insulation
required, regardless of the
ratings listed on the terminal
For general selection
guidelines, NEC Article 310
(NEC 2017) outlines the
use of “Conductors for
General Wiring” and can be
a resource for determining
appropriate cable size based
on the temperature rating,
wire type and amperage
requirement
Special Application Terminals
Multi-Wire Terminals
The use of load-side multi-wire
terminals provides an
alternative to power
distribution blocks by
distributing the electrical load
directly from the circuit breaker
to multiple downstream
devices These terminals can
be installed in the field or
specified for factory
installation Kits typically
include terminal shields,
mounting hardware, insulators
and tin-plated connectors
Multi-wire terminals connect
directly to the circuit breaker
and eliminate the need for
additional short-circuit
combination ratings, as
required by separate power
distribution blocks Direct
connection to the breaker
also saves space in the panel
and eliminates wiring Multiwire terminals are UL listed
for use on the load side of
the circuit breaker
StrandAble Terminals
Standard molded case circuit
breaker terminals are listed
for Class B and C rigid wire by
default in accordance with UL
489 & 486 standards Eaton’s
StrandAble terminals allow
for direct connection to the
circuit breaker with nearly any
class of rigid or fine strand
wire This eliminates the
need for any additional
fittings and ensures UL
compliance with all
components connected to
the breaker Rated for use
with the eight most common
wire classes, StrandAble
terminals offer a breaker
integrated solution that can
eliminate time and save cost
in an electrical assembly
Rear Fed Terminals
Rear fed terminals allow the
ability to connect cable from
the back of the breaker
instead of the top or bottom
This allows for easier
connection when the breaker
is more accessible from the
back A kit of three terminals
typically includes terminal
shields or interphase barriers
End Cap/Screw Terminal Kits
An end cap kit slides onto the
line or load side of the circuit
breaker and acts as a
threaded adapter for the
conductor to accept a ring
terminal (compression lug)
or other bolt-on connector
The kit is designed to meet
any requirements for
clearance and is capped to
provide finger protection
once installed Each kit
includes a threaded base
and the required hardware
for securing the connector
Note: As standard, Power
Defense frame sizes 4, 5 and 6
include imperial threaded
conductors (optional metric
threading) No additional
components are required to
connect a compression lug or
other bolted connection to
these frames
Control Wire Terminals
Control wire terminals and
control wire kits are offered
to provide means to tap off
control power from the circuit
breaker using the male end of
a quick disconnect Varying
for each frame size, the tabs
can be ordered separately for
field installation or factory
installed onto the terminal
StrandAble Standard
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-113
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
22

Catalog Numbering System Overview
Breakers
breakers are
configured using a 20-digit
catalog number that can be
divided into two sections:
• Base breaker catalog
number = digits 1–14
• Factory modifications =
digits 15–20
Product may be ordered
using the base breaker
catalog number (14 digits)
only However, if factory
modifications are required,
including installation of
accessories, the full breaker
catalog number plus factory
modifications (20 digits) for
a configured breaker must
be used
Note that most of the
accessories and terminals for

 are field
installable
When field installing
accessories, the best practice
to follow is to order a base
breaker with the 14-digit
catalog number and order the
accessories or special
terminals separate for field
installation
Base Breaker Catalog Number (14 digits with standard terminal configuration)
The catalog number has fixed positions for each breaker characteristic The fixed format allows a
customer to determine the performance characteristics of the product by parsing the catalog
number The format of the breaker catalog number is as follows:
Terminal Catalog Number (if ordered separately)
Each terminal catalog number has consistent nomenclature that can be used for deciphering
specific terminal characteristic The consistent format allows the customer to determine the
applicable breaker frame, quantity included in each kit and base terminal type
Catalog Number PD G 3 3 F 0400 TFA J
Digits (1, 2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7–10) (11–13) (14)
Meaning Power
Defense
Certifications
and Standards
Frame Size Poles Interrupting
rating
Continuous
current rating
Trip unit type Terminals
Catalog Number PD G 3 X 3 TA400
Digits (1, 2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7–end)
Meaning Power
Defense
Certifications
and Standards
Frame Size Denotes
accessory
Quantity included
in kit
Base terminal (marked on
each component)
V4-T2-114 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
22

Specifying Terminals on a Breaker (Digits 14 / 19–20)
The 14th digit of each base
breaker catalog number
indicates the terminal
configuration For breakers
that require terminals on the
line side only, load side only,
or use the same terminals for
line and load side, the 14th
digit can be used to specify
the terminal requirement
For breakers that require
special terminal
configurations, such as
different terminals on line and
load side, a configured 20-
digit catalog number must be
utilized When different
terminals are required on
each side, the Power
Defense catalog number
structure will maintain
consistency
In cases where a 20-digit
catalog number is required,
digit 14 will always be utilized
to specify the line side
terminal requirement Digits
19–20 will be utilized to
specify the load side
configuration This can be
accomplished by using the
letter “Z” in digit 19 and
specifying the load terminal
using digit 20
Example: 20-Digit Catalog NumberFrames 1–4 with Different Line and Load Terminals
The example above illustrates a Frame 2 circuit breaker configured with different terminals
on the line and load side Digit 14 (K) indicates standard terminals, PDG2X3TA225, on the line side
Digits 19–20 (ZG) indicate special multi-wire terminals, PDG2X3TA2256W, on the load side
Specifying Terminals on a Breaker (Frames 5 and 6)
frames 5 and
6 are most commonly
ordered without terminals
installed at the factory These
frames include tapped
conductors that can be
specified for imperial or
metric threading This allows
for increased flexibility when
making field connections to
the breaker conductors
For frames 5 and 6, standard
14-digit catalog numbers will
not include terminals The
14th digit of the catalog
number will indicate imperial
or metric threaded
conductors
If factory-installed terminals
are required for frames 5 or 6,
they can be specified using a
complete 20-digit catalog
number In these cases, the
14th digit will indicate the
conductor threading and
digits 19–20 will specify the
terminal type
Example: 20-Digit Catalog NumberFrames 5 and 6 with Factory-Installed Terminals
The example above illustrates a frame 5 circuit breaker configured with factoryinstalled terminals Digit 14 (M) indicates metric threaded conductors on the line and load side
Digits 19–20 (ZJ) indicate terminal, PDG5X1TA1200, installed on the line and load side
PD G 2 3 F 0225 TFF K NN NN ZG
(1, 2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7–10) (11–13) (14) (15–16) (17–18) (19–20)
Power
Defense
Certifications
and Standards
Frame Size Poles Interrupting
rating
Continuous
current rating
Trip unit type Line side
terminals
Indicating
accessory
Tripping
accessory
Load side
terminals
PD G 5 3 M 1200 P5D M NN NN ZJ
(1, 2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7–10) (11–13) (14) (15–16) (17–18) (19–20)
Power
Defense
Certifications
and Standards
Frame Size Poles Interrupting
rating
Continuous
current rating
Trip unit type Threading type Indicating
accessory
Tripping
accessory
Terminals
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-115
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
22

Product Selection
TerminalsFrame Size 1 (15–125 A)
Standard Terminals
Alternate Terminals
Multi-Wire Terminals
Catalog Number
2-pole PDG1X2T125 Breaker Catalog
Number Digit 14
Designation
Line and Load J
3-pole PDG1X3T125 Line Only K
4-pole PDG1X4T125 Load Only (Digit 14/19–20) L/ZL
Breaker Max Amps 125 A Terminal Body Type Steel Wire Torque (in-lb) See listed chart
Standard Amp Range 15–125 A Wire Type Cu/Al Wire Torque (Nm) See listed chart
# Conductors per Phase 1 Wire Temperature Rating 75 °C Wire Hardware Type SlottedImperial
Wire Range AWG #14–3/0 Wire Classes B, C Terminal Torque (in-lb)
Wire Range Metric (mm2) 208–85 Included Parts  Terminal Hardware Type SlottedImperial
Catalog Number
2-pole PDG1X2TA125 Breaker Catalog
Number Digit 14
Designation
Line and Load T
3-pole PDG1X3TA125 Line Only U
4-pole PDG1X4TA125 Load Only (Digit 14/19–20) V/ZL
Breaker Max Amps 125 A Terminal Body Type Aluminum Wire Torque (in-lb) See listed chart
Standard Amp Range 15–125 A Wire Type Cu/Al Wire Torque (Nm) See listed chart
# Conductors per Phase 1 Wire Temperature Rating 75 °C Wire Hardware Type SlottedImperial
Wire Range AWG #14–1/0 Wire Classes B, C Terminal Torque (in-lb)
Wire Range Metric (mm2) 208–535 Included Parts  Terminal Hardware Type SlottedImperial
Catalog Number
2-pole  Breaker Catalog
Number Digit 14
Designation
Line and Load
3-pole PDG1X3TA1253W Line Only
4-pole PDG1X4TA1253W Load Only (Digit 14/19–20) H/ZH
Breaker Max Amps 125 A Terminal Body Type Aluminum Wire Torque (in-lb) 70
Standard Amp Range 15–125 A Wire Type Cu/Al Wire Torque (Nm) 79
# Conductors per Phase 3 Wire Temperature Rating 90 °C Wire Hardware Type Hex (5/32 in) Imperial
Wire Range AWG #14–2 Wire Classes B, C Terminal Torque (in-lb) 35
Wire Range Metric (mm2) 208–336 Included Parts Terminal Shield Terminal Hardware Type Hex (5/32 in) Imperial
Catalog Number
2-pole  Breaker Catalog
Number Digit 14
Designation
Line and Load
3-pole PDG1X3TA1256W Line Only
4-pole PDG1X4TA1256W Load Only (Digit 14/19–20) G/ZG
Breaker Max Amps 125 A Terminal Body Type Aluminum Wire Torque (in-lb) 25
Standard Amp Range 15–125 A Wire Type Cu/Al Wire Torque (Nm) 282
# Conductors per Phase 6 Wire Temperature Rating 90 °C Wire Hardware Type Hex (3/32 in) Imperial
Wire Range AWG #14–6 Wire Classes B, C Terminal Torque (in-lb) 35
Wire Range Metric (mm2) 208–133 Included Parts Terminal Shield Terminal Hardware Type Hex (5/32 in) Imperial
V4-T2-116 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
22

TerminalsFrame Size 1 (15–125 A), continued
End Cap Kit/Screw Terminals
Control Wire Tabs
Terminal Shields and Barriers
Frame Size 1 Wire Torque (if chart is referenced)
Catalog Number
2-pole  Breaker Catalog
Number Digit 14
Designation
Line and Load S
3-pole PDG1X3TS125 Line Only D
4-pole PDG1X4TS125 Load Only (Digit 14/19–20) E/ZE
Breaker Max Amps 125 A Terminal Body Type  Wire Torque (in-lb) 34–38
Breaker Frame 15–125 A Wire Type  Wire Torque (Nm) 4–44
# Conductors per Phase  Wire Temperature Rating  Wire Hardware Type
Wire Range AWG  Wire Classes  Terminal Torque (in-lb) 34–38
Wire Range Metric (mm2)  Included Parts End Cap/Hardware Terminal Screw Size Hex Cap (10/32 x 0875)
Catalog Number GCWTK For Use With …
Breaker Max Amps 125 A PDG1X3TA125,
PDG1X3T125 Breaker Frame 15–125 A
Quick Connect Tab Size 1/4-in
Package Qty 12
Catalog Number
2-pole
3-pole PDG1XTC3P
4-pole PDG1XTC4P
Breaker Max Amps 125 A
Breaker Frame 15–125 A
Included Parts Terminal
Shield,
Terminal Shield
Cover, Barriers

Catalog Number PDG1XIB3P
Breaker Max Amps 125 A
Breaker Frame 15–125 A
Included Parts Qty 2 Barriers
For Sizes … Torque (in-lb) For Sizes … Torque (Nm)
14–10 AWG 35 25–6 mm² 395 Nm
8 AWG 40 10 mm² 452 Nm
6–4 AWG 45 16–25 mm² 508 Nm
3–1/0 AWG 50 25–50 mm² 565 Nm
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-117
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
22

TerminalsFrame Size 2 (15–225 A)
Standard Terminals
Alternate Terminals
Catalog Number
2-pole PDG2X2T100 Breaker Catalog
Number Digit 14
Designation
Line and Load J
3-pole PDG2X3T100 Line Only K
4-pole PDG2X4T100 Load Only (Digit 14/19–20) L/ZL
Breaker Max Amps 100 A Terminal Body Type Steel Wire Torque (in-lb) See listed chart
Standard Amp Range 15–100 A Wire Type Cu/Al Wire Torque (Nm) See listed chart
# Conductors per Phase 1 Wire Temperature Rating 75 °C Wire Hardware Type SlottedImperial
Wire Range AWG #14–1/0 Wire Classes B, C Terminal Torque (in-lb) 20
Wire Range Metric (mm2) 208–535 Included Parts  Terminal Hardware Type SlottedImperial
Catalog Number
2-pole PDG2X2TA225 Breaker Catalog
Number Digit 14
Designation
Line and Load J
3-pole PDG2X3TA225 Line Only K
4-pole PDG2X4TA225 Load Only (Digit 14/19–20) L/ZL
Breaker Max Amps 225 A Terminal Body Type Aluminum Wire Torque (in-lb) 120
Standard Amp Range 110–225 A Wire Type Cu/Al Wire Torque (Nm) 1355
# Conductors per Phase 1 Wire Temperature Rating 75 °C Wire Hardware Type Hex (3/16 in) Imperial
Wire Range AWG #4–4/0 Wire Classes B, C Terminal Torque (in-lb) N/A
Wire Range Metric (mm2) 212–107 Included Parts  Terminal Hardware Type Clip-in Mount
Catalog Number
2-pole PDG2X2TA50 Breaker Catalog
Number Digit 14
Designation
Line and Load T
3-pole PDG2X3TA50 Line Only U
4-pole PDG2X4TA50 Load Only (Digit 14/19–20) V/ZV
Breaker Max Amps 50 A Terminal Body Type Aluminum Wire Torque (in-lb) See listed chart
Amp Range 15–50 A Wire Type Cu/Al Wire Torque (Nm) See listed chart
# Conductors per Phase 1 Wire Temperature Rating 90 °C Wire Hardware Type SlottedImperial
Wire Range AWG #14–4 Wire Classes B, C Terminal Torque (in-lb) 20
Wire Range Metric (mm2) 208–212 Included Parts  Terminal Hardware Type SlottedImperial
Catalog Number
2-pole PDG2X2TA100 Breaker Catalog
Number Digit 14
Designation
Line and Load T
3-pole PDG2X3TA100 Line Only U
4-pole PDG2X4TA100 Load Only (Digit 14/19–20) V/ZV
Breaker Max Amps 100 A Terminal Body Type Aluminum Wire Torque (in-lb) See listed chart
Amp Range 60–100 A Wire Type Cu/Al Wire Torque (Nm) See listed chart
# Conductors per Phase 1 Wire Temperature Rating 75 °C Wire Hardware Type SlottedImperial
Wire Range AWG #14–1/0 Wire Classes B, C Terminal Torque (in-lb) 20
Wire Range Metric (mm2) 208–535 Included Parts  Terminal Hardware Type SlottedImperial
Catalog Number
2-pole PDG2X2TA150 Breaker Catalog
Number Digit 14
Designation
Line and Load T
3-pole PDG2X3TA150 Line Only U
4-pole PDG2X4TA150 Load Only (Digit 14/19–20) V/ZV
Breaker Max Amps 150 A Terminal Body Type Aluminum Wire Torque (in-lb) 120
Amp Range 60–150 A Wire Type Cu/Al Wire Torque (Nm) 1355
# Conductors per Phase 1 Wire Temperature Rating 75 °C Wire Hardware Type Hex (3/16 in) Imperial
Wire Range AWG #14–4/0 Wire Classes B, C Terminal Torque (in-lb) N/A
Wire Range Metric (mm2) 208–107 Included Parts  Terminal Hardware Type Clip-in Mount
Catalog Number
2-pole PDG2X2TA225K Breaker Catalog
Number Digit 14
Designation
Line and Load T
3-pole PDG2X3TA225K Line Only U
4-pole PDG2X4TA225K Load Only (Digit 14/19–20) V/ZV
Breaker Max Amps 225 A Terminal Body Type Aluminum Wire Torque (in-lb) 275
Amp Range 60–225 A Wire Type Cu/Al Wire Torque (Nm) 3107
# Conductors per Phase 1 Wire Temperature Rating 90 °C Wire Hardware Type Hex (5/16 in) Imperial
Wire Range AWG #6–300 kcmil Wire Classes B, C Terminal Torque (in-lb) 100
Wire Range Metric (mm2) 133–152 Included Parts Terminal Shield Terminal Hardware Type Hex (5/32 in) Imperial
V4-T2-118 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
22

TerminalsFrame Size 2 (15–225 A), continued
Non-standard Terminals
Multi-Wire Terminals
Rear Fed Terminals
Catalog Number
2-pole PDG2X2T150 Breaker Catalog
Number Digit 14
Designation
Line and Load W
3-pole PDG2X3T150 Line Only Y
4-pole PDG2X4T150 Load Only (Digit 14/19–20) Z/ZZ
Breaker Max Amps 150 A Terminal Body Type Stainless Steel Wire Torque (in-lb) See listed chart
Amp Range 60–150 A Wire Type Cu Wire Torque (Nm) See listed chart
# Conductors per Phase 1 Wire Temperature Rating 75 °C Wire Hardware Type SlottedImperial
Wire Range AWG #4–4/0 Wire Classes B, C Terminal Torque (in-lb) 20
Wire Range Metric (mm2) 212–107 Included Parts  Terminal Hardware Type SlottedImperial
Catalog Number
2-pole PDG2X2T225 Breaker Catalog
Number Digit 14
Designation
Line and Load W
3-pole PDG2X3T225 Line Only Y
4-pole PDG2X4T225 Load Only (Digit 14/19–20) Z/ZZ
Breaker Max Amps 225 A Terminal Body Type Copper Wire Torque (in-lb) 120
Amp Range 60–225 A Wire Type Cu Wire Torque (Nm) 1355
# Conductors per Phase 1 Wire Temperature Rating 75 °C Wire Hardware Type Hex (3/16 in) Imperial
Wire Range AWG #4–4/0 Wire Classes B, C Terminal Torque (in-lb) N/A
Wire Range Metric (mm2) 212–107 Included Parts  Terminal Hardware Type Clip–in Mount
Catalog Number
2-pole  Breaker Catalog
Number Digit 14
Designation
Line and Load
3-pole PDG2X3TA2256W Line Only
4-pole  Load Only (Digit 14/19–20) G/ZG
Breaker Max Amps 225 A Terminal Body Type Aluminum Wire Torque (in-lb) 25
Amp Range 15–225 A Wire Type Cu/Al Wire Torque (Nm) 282
# Conductors per Phase 6 Wire Temperature Rating 90 °C Wire Hardware Type Hex (3/32 in) Imperial
Wire Range AWG #14–6 Wire Classes B, C Terminal Torque (in-lb) 35
Wire Range Metric (mm2) 208–133 Included Parts  Terminal Hardware Type Hex (5/32 in) Imperial
Catalog Number
2-pole  Breaker Catalog
Number Digit 14
Designation
Line and Load
3-pole PDG2X3TA2253W Line Only
4-pole  Load Only (Digit 14/19–20) H/ZH
Breaker Max Amps 225 A Terminal Body Type Aluminum Wire Torque (in-lb) 70
Amp Range 15–225 A Wire Type Cu/Al Wire Torque (Nm) 79
# Conductors per Phase 3 Wire Temperature Rating 90 °C Wire Hardware Type Hex (5/32 in) Imperial
Wire Range AWG #14–2 Wire Classes B, C Terminal Torque (in-lb) 35
Wire Range Metric (mm2) 208–336 Included Parts  Terminal Hardware Type Hex (5/32 in) Imperial
Catalog Number
2-pole PDG2X2TA150RF Breaker Catalog
Number Digit 14
Designation
Line and Load
3-pole PDG2X3TA150RF Line Only
4-pole PDG2X4TA150RF Load Only (Digit 14/19–20)
Breaker Max Amps 225 A Terminal Body Type Aluminum Wire Torque (in-lb) 120
Amp Range 15–150 A Wire Type Cu/Al Wire Torque (Nm) 1355
# Conductors per Phase 1 Wire Temperature Rating 75 °C Wire Hardware Type Hex (3/16 in) Imperial
Wire Range AWG #14–4/0 Wire Classes B, C Terminal Torque (in-lb) 60
Wire Range Metric (mm2) 208–107 Included Parts Terminal Shield Terminal Hardware Type Hex (5/32 in) Imperial
Catalog Number
2-pole PDG2X2TA225RF Breaker Catalog
Number Digit 14
Designation
Line and Load
3-pole PDG2X3TA225RF Line Only
4-pole PDG2X4TA225RF Load Only (Digit 14/19–20)
Breaker Max Amps 225 A Terminal Body Type Aluminum Wire Torque (in-lb) 275
Amp Range 60–225 A Wire Type Cu/Al Wire Torque (Nm) 3107
# Conductors per Phase 1 Wire Temperature Rating 75 °C Wire Hardware Type Hex (3/16 in) Imperial
Wire Range AWG #6–300 kcmil Wire Classes B, C Terminal Torque (in-lb) 60
Wire Range Metric (mm2) 133–152 Included Parts Terminal Shield Terminal Hardware Type Hex (5/32 in) Imperial
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-119
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
22

TerminalsFrame Size 2 (15–225 A), continued
Box Terminals
End Cap Kit/Screw Terminals
Control Wire Tabs
Terminal Shields and Barriers
Frame Size 2 Wire Torque (if chart is referenced)
Catalog Number
2-pole  Breaker Catalog
Number Digit 14
Designation
Line and Load
3-pole PDG2X3T20 Line Only
4-pole  Load Only (Digit 14/19–20)
Breaker Max Amps 20 A Terminal Body Type Steel Wire Torque (in-lb) 20
Amp Range 15–20 A Wire Type Cu/Al Wire Torque (Nm) 226
# Conductors per Phase 1 Wire Temperature Rating 75 °C Wire Hardware Type SlottedImperial
Wire Range AWG #14–10 Wire Classes B, C Terminal Torque (in-lb) 20
Wire Range Metric (mm2) 208–526 Included Parts  Terminal Hardware Type SlottedImperial
Catalog Number
2-pole – Breaker Catalog
Number Digit 14
Designation
Line and Load S
3-pole PDG2X3TS225 Line Only D
4-pole PDG2X4TS225 Load Only (Digit 14/19–20) E/ZE
Breaker Max Amps 225 A Terminal Body Type  Wire Torque (in-lb) 34–38
Breaker Frame 15–225 A Wire Type  Wire Torque (Nm) 4–44
# Conductors per Phase  Wire Temperature Rating  Wire Hardware Type
Wire Range AWG  Wire Classes  Terminal Torque (in-lb) 34–38
Wire Range Metric (mm2)  Included Parts End Cap/Hardware  Hex Cap (10/32 x 075)
Catalog Number FCWTK For Use With …
Breaker Max Amps 150 A PDG2X3T100,
PDG2X3T150 Breaker Frame 15–150 A
Quick Connect Tab Size 1/4-in
Package Qty 12
Catalog Number FCWTK225 For Use With …
Breaker Max Amps 225 A PDG2X3T225
Breaker Frame 175–225 A
Quick Connect Tab Size 1/4-in
Package Qty 12
Catalog Number
2-pole PDG2XTC2P
3-pole PDG2XTC3P
4-pole PDG2XTC4P
Breaker Max Amps 225 A
Breaker Frame 15–225 A
Included Parts Terminal Shield & Hardware
Catalog Number
2-pole PDG2XIB
3-pole PDG2XIB3P
4-pole PDG2XIB4P
Breaker Max Amps 225 A
Breaker Frame 15–225 A
Included Parts Interphase Barriers
For Sizes … Torque (in-lb) For Sizes … Torque (Nm)
14–10 AWG 35 25–6 mm² 395 Nm
8 AWG 40 10 mm² 452 Nm
6–4 AWG 45 16–25 mm² 508 Nm
3–1/0 AWG 50 25–50 mm² 565 Nm
V4-T2-120 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
22

TerminalsFrame Size 3 (45–600 A)
Standard Terminals
Catalog Number
2-pole PDG3X2TA300 Breaker Catalog
Number Digit 14
Designation
Line and Load J
3-pole PDG3X3TA300 Line Only K
4-pole PDG3X4TA300 Load Only (Digit 14/19–20) L/ZL
Breaker Max Amps 300 A Terminal Body Type Aluminum Wire Torque (in-lb) 275
Breaker Frame 400 A Wire Type Cu/Al Wire Torque (Nm) 31
Standard Amp Range 100–225 A Wire Temperature Rating 90 °C Wire Hardware Type Hex (5/16 in)
# Conductors per Phase 1    
Wire Range AWG #3–350 kcmil Wire Classes B, C Terminal Torque (ft-lb) 6–8
Wire Range Metric (mm2) 267–177 Included Parts  Terminal Hardware Type Hex (7/32 in) Imperial
Catalog Number
2-pole PDG3X2TA350 Breaker Catalog
Number Digit 14
Designation
Line and Load J
3-pole PDG3X3TA350 Line Only K
4-pole PDG3X4TA350 Load Only (Digit 14/19–20) L/ZL
Breaker Max Amps 350 A Terminal Body Type Aluminum Wire Torque (in-lb) 375
Breaker Frame 400 A Wire Type Cu/Al Wire Torque (Nm) 4237
Standard Amp Range 250–350 A Wire Temperature Rating 90 °C Wire Hardware Type Hex (3/8 in)
# Conductors per Phase 1    
Wire Range AWG 250–500 kcmil Wire Classes B, C Terminal Torque (ft-lb) 6–8
Wire Range Metric (mm2) 127–253 Included Parts  Terminal Hardware Type Hex (7/32 in) Imperial
Catalog Number
2-pole PDG3X2TA400 Breaker Catalog
Number Digit 14
Designation
Line and Load J
3-pole PDG3X3TA400 Line Only K
4-pole PDG3X4TA400 Load Only (Digit 14/19–20) L/ZL
Breaker Max Amps 400 A Terminal Body Type Aluminum Wire Torque (in-lb) 275
Breaker Frame 400 A Wire Type Cu/Al Wire Torque (Nm) 31
Standard Amp Range 400 A    
# Conductors per Phase 2 Wire Temperature Rating 90 °C Wire Hardware Type Hex (5/16 in)
Wire Range AWG 3/0–250 kcmil Wire Classes B, C Terminal Torque (ft-lb) 6–8
Wire Range Metric (mm2) 85–127 Included Parts Terminal Shield Terminal Hardware Type Hex (7/32 in) Imperial
Catalog Number
2-pole PDG3X2TA401H Breaker Catalog
Number Digit 14
Designation
Line and Load J
3-pole PDG3X3TA401H Line Only K
4-pole PDG3X4TA401H Load Only (Digit 14/19–20) L/ZL
Breaker Max Amps 400 A Terminal Body Type Aluminum Wire Torque (in-lb) 550
Breaker Frame 600 A Wire Type Cu/Al Wire Torque (Nm) 6214
Standard Amp Range H250–H400 A    
# Conductors per Phase 1 Wire Temperature Rating 90 °C Wire Hardware Type Hex (5/16 in)
Wire Range AWG 500–750 kcmil Wire Classes B, C Terminal Torque (in-lb) 200
Wire Range Metric (mm2) 253–380 Included Parts Terminal Shield Terminal Hardware Type Hex (5/16 in) Imperial
Catalog Number
2-pole PDG3X2TA630 Breaker Catalog
Number Digit 14
Designation
Line and Load J
3-pole PDG3X3TA630 Line Only K
4-pole PDG3X4TA630 Load Only (Digit 14/19–20) L/ZL
Breaker Max Amps 600 A Terminal Body Type Aluminum Wire Torque (in-lb) 375
Breaker Frame 600 A Wire Type Cu/Al Wire Torque (Nm) 4237
Standard Amp Range 450–600 A    
# Conductors per Phase 2 Wire Temperature Rating 90 °C Wire Hardware Type Hex (5/16 in)
Wire Range AWG #2–500 kcmil Wire Classes B, C Terminal Torque (in-lb) 200
Wire Range Metric (mm2) 336–253 Included Parts Terminal Shield Terminal Hardware Type Hex (7/32 in) Imperial
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-121
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
22

TerminalsFrame Size 3 (45–600 A), continued
Optional Terminals
Optional Copper Terminals
Catalog Number
2-pole PDG3X2TA402 Breaker Catalog
Number Digit 14
Designation
Line and Load T
3-pole PDG3X3TA402 Line Only U
4-pole PDG3X4TA402 Load Only (Digit 14/19–20) V/ZV
Breaker Max Amps 400 A Terminal Body Type Aluminum Wire Torque (in-lb) 375
Breaker Frame 400 A Wire Type Cu/Al Wire Torque (Nm) 4237
# Conductors per Phase 1 Wire Temperature Rating 90 °C Wire Hardware Type Hex (3/8 in)
Wire Range AWG 500–750 kcmil Wire Classes B, C Terminal Torque (ft-lb) 6–8
Wire Range Metric (mm2) 253–380 Included Parts Terminal Shield Terminal Hardware Type Hex (7/32 in) Imperial
Catalog Number
2-pole PDG3X2TA401 Breaker Catalog
Number Digit 14
Designation
Line and Load
3-pole PDG3X3TA401 Line Only
4-pole PDG3X4TA401 Load Only (Digit 14/19–20)
Breaker Max Amps 400 A Terminal Body Type Aluminum Wire Torque (in-lb) (2) 275 or (1) 375
Breaker Frame 400 A Wire Type Cu/Al Wire Torque (Nm) (2) 310 or (1) 4237
# Conductors per Phase 2 Wire Temperature Rating 90 °C Wire Hardware Type Hex (5/16 in)
Wire Range AWG (2) 2/0–250 kcmil;
(1) 2/0–500 kcmil
Wire Classes B, C Terminal Torque (ft-lb) 6–8
Wire Range Metric (mm2) (1) 674–127;
(1) 674–253
Included Parts Terminal Shield Terminal Hardware Type Hex (7/32 in) Imperial
Catalog Number
2-pole PDG3X2TA400H Breaker Catalog
Number Digit 14
Designation
Line and Load T
3-pole PDG3X3TA400H Line Only U
4-pole PDG3X4TA400H Load Only (Digit 14/19–20) V/ZV
Breaker Max Amps 400 A Terminal Body Type Aluminum Wire Torque (in-lb) 375
Breaker Frame 600 A Wire Type Cu/Al Wire Torque (Nm) 4237
# Conductors per Phase 1 Wire Temperature Rating 75 °C Wire Hardware Type Hex (3/8 in)
Wire Range AWG #3–500 kcmil Wire Classes B, C Terminal Torque (in-lb) 200
Wire Range Metric (mm2) 267–253 Included Parts  Terminal Hardware Type Hex (5/16 in) Imperial
Catalog Number
2-pole PDG3X2T300 Breaker Catalog
Number Digit 14
Designation
Line and Load W
3-pole PDG3X3T300 Line Only Y
4-pole PDG3X4T300 Load Only (Digit 14/19–20) Z/ZZ
Breaker Max Amps 300 A Terminal Body Type Copper Wire Torque (in-lb) 275
Breaker Frame 400 A Wire Type Cu Wire Torque (Nm) 31
# Conductors per Phase 1 Wire Temperature Rating 75 °C Wire Hardware Type Hex (5/16 in) Imperial
Wire Range AWG #3–350 kcmil Wire Classes B, C Terminal Torque (ft-lb) 6–8
Wire Range Metric (mm2) 267–177 Included Parts  Terminal Hardware Type Hex (7/32 in) Imperial
Catalog Number
2-pole PDG3X2T350 Breaker Catalog
Number Digit 14
Designation
Line and Load W
3-pole PDG3X3T350 Line Only Y
4-pole PDG3X4T350 Load Only (Digit 14/19–20) Z/ZZ
Breaker Max Amps 350 A Terminal Body Type Copper Wire Torque (in-lb) 375
Breaker Frame 400 A Wire Type Cu Wire Torque (Nm) 4237
# Conductors per Phase 1 Wire Temperature Rating 75 °C Wire Hardware Type Hex (3/8 in) Imperial
Wire Range AWG 250–500 kcmil Wire Classes B, C Terminal Torque (ft-lb) 6–8
Wire Range Metric (mm2) 127–253 Included Parts  Terminal Hardware Type Hex (7/32 in) Imperial
V4-T2-122 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
22

TerminalsFrame Size 3 (45–600 A), continued
Optional Copper Terminals, continued
Catalog Number
2-pole PDG3X2T400 Breaker Catalog
Number Digit 14
Designation
Line and Load W
3-pole PDG3X3T400 Line Only Y
4-pole PDG3X4T400 Load Only (Digit 14/19–20) Z/ZZ
Breaker Max Amps 400 A Terminal Body Type Copper Wire Torque (in-lb) 275
Breaker Frame 400 A Wire Type Cu Wire Torque (Nm) 31
# Conductors per Phase 2 Wire Temperature Rating 75 °C Wire Hardware Type Hex (5/16 in) Imperial
Wire Range AWG 3/0–250 kcmil Wire Classes B, C Terminal Torque (ft-lb) 6–8
Wire Range Metric (mm2) 85–127 Included Parts Terminal Shield Terminal Hardware Type Hex (7/32 in) Imperial
Catalog Number
2-pole PDG3X2T402 Breaker Catalog
Number Digit 14
Designation
Line and Load
3-pole PDG3X3T402 Line Only
4-pole PDG3X4T402 Load Only (Digit 14/19–20)
Breaker Max Amps 400 A Terminal Body Type Copper Wire Torque (in-lb) 550
Breaker Frame 400 A Wire Type Cu/Al Wire Torque (Nm) 6214
# Conductors per Phase 1 Wire Temperature Rating 90 °C Wire Hardware Type Hex (3/8 in) Imperial
Wire Range AWG Al: 500–750 kcmil
Cu: 500 kcmil
Wire Classes B, C Terminal Torque (in-lb) 200
Wire Range Metric (mm2) 85–127 Included Parts Terminal Shield Terminal Hardware Type Hex (5/16 in) Imperial
Catalog Number
2-pole PDG3X2T400H Breaker Catalog
Number Digit 14
Designation
Line and Load
3-pole PDG3X3T400H Line Only
4-pole PDG3X4T400H Load Only (Digit 14/19–20)
Breaker Max Amps 400 A Terminal Body Type Copper Wire Torque (in-lb) 550
Breaker Frame 600 A Wire Type Cu Wire Torque (Nm) 6214
# Conductors per Phase 1 Wire Temperature Rating 90 °C Wire Hardware Type Hex (3/8 in) Imperial
Wire Range AWG #3–500 kcmil Wire Classes B, C Terminal Torque (in-lb) 200
Wire Range Metric (mm2) 267–253 Included Parts  Terminal Hardware Type Hex (5/16 in) Imperial
Catalog Number
2-pole PDG3X2T401H Breaker Catalog
Number Digit 14
Designation
Line and Load W
3-pole PDG3X3T401H Line Only Y
4-pole PDG3X4T401H Load Only (Digit 14/19–20) Z/ZZ
Breaker Max Amps 400 A Terminal Body Type Copper Wire Torque (in-lb) 500
Breaker Frame 600 A Wire Type Cu Wire Torque (Nm) 5649
# Conductors per Phase 1 Wire Temperature Rating 75 °C Wire Hardware Type Hex (5/16 in) Imperial
Wire Range AWG 500–750 kcmil Wire Classes B, C Terminal Torque (in-lb) 200
Wire Range Metric (mm2) 253–380 Included Parts Terminal Shield Terminal Hardware Type Hex (5/16 in) Imperial
Catalog Number
2-pole PDG3X2T630 Breaker Catalog
Number Digit 14
Designation
Line and Load W
3-pole PDG3X3T630 Line Only Y
4-pole PDG3X4T630 Load Only (Digit 14/19–20) Z/ZZ
Breaker Max Amps 630 A Terminal Body Type Copper Wire Torque (in-lb) 375
Breaker Frame 600 A Wire Type Cu Wire Torque (Nm) 4237
# Conductors per Phase 2 Wire Temperature Rating 75 °C Wire Hardware Type Hex (5/16 in) Imperial
Wire Range AWG #2–500 kcmil Wire Classes B, C Terminal Torque (in-lb) 200
Wire Range Metric (mm2) 336–253 Included Parts Terminal Shield Terminal Hardware Type Hex (5/16 in) Imperial
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-123
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
22

TerminalsFrame Size 3 (45–600 A), continued
StrandAble Terminals
Terminals with Control Wire
Catalog Number
2-pole PDG3X2TA400SW Breaker Catalog
Number Digit 14
Designation
Line and Load A
3-pole PDG3X3TA400SW Line Only B
4-pole PDG3X4TA400SW Load Only (Digit 14/19–20) C/ZC
Breaker Max Amps 400 A Terminal Body Type Aluminum Wire Torque (in-lb) 275
Breaker Frame 400 A Wire Type Cu/Al Wire Torque (Nm) 31
# Conductors per Phase 2 Wire Temperature Rating 90 °C Wire Hardware Type Hex (5/16 in) Imperial
Wire Range AWG 3/0–250 kcmil Wire Classes B, C Terminal Torque (ft-lb) 6–8
3/0–4/0 Wire Classes D, G, H, I, K, M Terminal Torque (ft-lb) 6–8
Wire Range Metric (mm2) 85–127 Included Parts Terminal Shield Terminal Hardware Type Hex (7/32 in) Imperial
Catalog Number
2-pole PDG3X2TA350SW Breaker Catalog
Number Digit 14
Designation
Line and Load
3-pole PDG3X3TA350SW Line Only
4-pole PDG3X4TA350SW Load Only (Digit 14/19–20)
Breaker Max Amps 350 A Terminal Body Type Aluminum Wire Torque (in-lb) 375
Breaker Frame 400 A Wire Type Cu/Al Wire Torque (Nm) 4237
# Conductors per Phase 1 Wire Temperature Rating 90 °C Wire Hardware Type Hex (5/16 in) Imperial
Wire Range AWG 250–500 kcmil Wire Classes B, C Terminal Torque (ft-lb) 6–8
250–350 kcmil Wire Classes D, G, H, I, K, M Terminal Torque (ft-lb) 6–8
Wire Range Metric (mm2) 127–253 Included Parts  Terminal Hardware Type Hex (5/16 in) Imperial
Catalog Number
2-pole PDG3X2TA630SW Breaker Catalog
Number Digit 14
Designation
Line and Load A
3-pole PDG3X3TA630SW Line Only B
4-pole PDG3X4TA630SW Load Only (Digit 14/19–20) C/ZC
Breaker Max Amps 630 A Terminal Body Type Aluminum Wire Torque (in-lb) 375
Breaker Frame 600 A Wire Type Cu/Al Wire Torque (Nm) 4237
# Conductors per Phase 2 Wire Temperature Rating 90 °C Wire Hardware Type Hex (5/16 in) Imperial
Wire Range AWG #2–500 kcmil Wire Classes B, C Terminal Torque (in-lb) 200
#2–350 kcmil Wire Classes D, G, H, I, K, M Terminal Torque (in-lb) 200
Wire Range Metric (mm2) 127–253 Included Parts Terminal Shield Terminal Hardware Type Hex (5/16 in) Imperial
Catalog Number
2-pole PDG3X2TA400CW Breaker Catalog
Number Digit 14
Designation
Line and Load 1
3-pole PDG3X3TA400CW Line Only 2
4-pole PDG3X4TA400CW Load Only (Digit 14/19–20) 3/Z3
Breaker Max Amps 400 A Terminal Body Type Aluminum Wire Torque (in-lb) 275
Breaker Frame 400 A Wire Type Cu/Al Wire Torque (Nm) 31
# Conductors per Phase 2 Wire Temperature Rating 90 °C Wire Hardware Type Hex (5/16 in)
Wire Range AWG 3/0–250 kcmil Wire Classes B, C Terminal Torque (ft-lb) 6–8
Wire Range Metric (mm2) 85–127 Included Parts Terminal Shield Terminal Hardware Type Hex (7/32 in) Imperial
Catalog Number
2-pole PDG3X2TA401CW Breaker Catalog
Number Digit 14
Designation
Line and Load 4
3-pole PDG3X3TA401CW Line Only 5
4-pole PDG3X4TA401CW Load Only (Digit 14/19–20) 6/Z6
Breaker Max Amps 400 A Terminal Body Type Aluminum Wire Torque (in-lb) (2) 275 or (1) 375
Breaker Frame 400 A Wire Type Cu/Al Wire Torque (Nm) (2) 310 or (1) 4237
# Conductors per Phase 2 Wire Temperature Rating 90 °C Wire Hardware Type Hex (5/16 in)
Wire Range AWG (2) 2/0–250
kcmil
Wire Classes B, C Terminal Torque (ft-lb) 6–8
(1) 2/0–500
kcmil
Wire Classes B, C Terminal Torque (ft-lb) 6–8
Wire Range Metric (mm2) (2) 674–127 Included Parts Terminal Shield Terminal Hardware Type Hex (7/32 in) Imperial
(1) 674–253 Included Parts Terminal Shield Terminal Hardware Type Hex (7/32 in) Imperial
V4-T2-124 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
22

TerminalsFrame Size 3 (45–600 A), continued
Aluminum Terminals with Control Wire, continued
Copper Terminals with Control Wire
Multi-Wire Terminals
Catalog Number
2-pole PDG3X2TA630CW Breaker Catalog
Number Digit 14
Designation
Line and Load 1
3-pole PDG3X3TA630CW Line Only 2
4-pole PDG3X4TA630CW Load Only (Digit 14/19–20) 3/Z3
Breaker Max Amps 630 A Terminal Body Type Aluminum Wire Torque (in-lb) 375
Breaker Frame 600 A Wire Type Cu/Al Wire Torque (Nm) 4237
# Conductors per Phase 2 Wire Temperature Rating 90 °C Wire Hardware Type Hex (5/16 in)
Wire Range AWG #2–500 kcmil Wire Classes B, C Terminal Torque (in-lb) 200
Wire Range Metric (mm2) 336–253 Included Parts Terminal Shield Terminal Hardware Type Hex (5/16 in) Imperial
Catalog Number
2-pole PDG3X2T400CW Breaker Catalog
Number Digit 14
Designation
Line and Load 7
3-pole PDG3X3T400CW Line Only 8
4-pole PDG3X4T400CW Load Only (Digit 14/19–20) 9/Z9
Breaker Max Amps 400 A Terminal Body Type Copper Wire Torque (in-lb) 275
Breaker Frame 400 A Wire Type Cu Wire Torque (Nm) 31
# Conductors per Phase 2 Wire Temperature Rating 75 °C Wire Hardware Type Hex (5/16 in) Imperial
Wire Range AWG 3/0–250 kcmil Wire Classes B, C Terminal Torque (ft-lb) 6–8
Wire Range Metric (mm2) 85–127 Included Parts Terminal Shield Terminal Hardware Type Hex (7/32 in) Imperial
Catalog Number
2-pole PDG3X2T630CW Breaker Catalog
Number Digit 14
Designation
Line and Load 7
3-pole PDG3X3T630CW Line Only 8
4-pole PDG3X4T630CW Load Only (Digit 14/19–20) 9/Z9
Breaker Max Amps 630 A Terminal Body Type Copper Wire Torque (in-lb) 375
Breaker Frame 600 A Wire Type Cu Wire Torque (Nm) 4237
# Conductors per Phase 2 Wire Temperature Rating 75 °C Wire Hardware Type Hex (5/16 in) Imperial
Wire Range AWG #2–500 kcmil Wire Classes B, C Terminal Torque (in-lb) 200
Wire Range Metric (mm2) 336–253 Included Parts Terminal Shield Terminal Hardware Type Hex (5/16 in) Imperial
Catalog Number
2-pole PDG3X2TA4003W Breaker Catalog
Number Digit 14
Designation
Line and Load
3-pole PDG3X3TA4003W Line Only
4-pole PDG3X4TA4003W Load Only (Digit 14/19–20) H/ZH
Breaker Max Amps 400 A Terminal Body Type Aluminum Wire Torque (in-lb) 120
Breaker Frame 400 A Wire Type Cu/Al Wire Torque (Nm) 1355
# Conductors per Phase 3 Wire Temperature Rating 90 °C Wire Hardware Type Hex (3/16 in) Imperial
Wire Range AWG #12–2/0 Wire Classes B, C Terminal Torque (in-lb) 35
Wire Range Metric (mm2) 331–674 Included Parts Terminal Shield Terminal Hardware Type Hex (5/32 in) Imperial
Catalog Number
2-pole PDG3X2TA4006W Breaker Catalog
Number Digit 14
Designation
Line and Load
3-pole PDG3X3TA4006W Line Only
4-pole PDG3X4TA4006W Load Only (Digit 14/19–20) G/ZG
Breaker Max Amps 400 A Terminal Body Type Aluminum Wire Torque (in-lb) 25
Breaker Frame 400 A Wire Type Cu/Al Wire Torque (Nm) 282
# Conductors per Phase 6 Wire Temperature Rating 90 °C Wire Hardware Type Hex (3/32 in) Imperial
Wire Range AWG #14–3 Wire Classes B, C Terminal Torque (in-lb) 35
Wire Range Metric (mm2) 208–267 Included Parts Terminal Shield Terminal Hardware Type Hex (5/32 in) Imperial
Catalog Number
2-pole PDG3X2TA6006W Breaker Catalog
Number Digit 14
Designation
Line and Load
3-pole PDG3X3TA6006W Line Only
4-pole PDG3X4TA6006W Load Only (Digit 14/19–20) G/ZG
Breaker Max Amps 600 A Terminal Body Type Aluminum Wire Torque (in-lb) See listed chart
Breaker Frame 600 A Wire Type Cu/Al Wire Torque (Nm) See listed chart
# Conductors per Phase 6 Wire Temperature Rating 90 °C Wire Hardware Type Slotted Imperial
Wire Range AWG #14–1/0 Wire Classes B, C Terminal Torque (in-lb) 200
Wire Range Metric (mm2) 208–535 Included Parts Terminal Shield Terminal Hardware Type Hex (5/16 in) Imperial
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-125
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
22

TerminalsFrame Size 3 (45–600 A), continued
StrandAble Multi–Wire Terminals
Rear-Fed Terminals
Catalog Number
2-pole PDG3X2TA6006WSW Breaker Catalog
Number Digit 14
Designation
Line and Load
3-pole PDG3X3TA6006WSW Line Only
4-pole PDG3X4TA6006WSW Load Only (Digit 14/19–20)
Breaker Max Amps 600 A Terminal Body Type Aluminum Wire Torque (in-lb) See listed chart
Breaker Frame 600 A Wire Type Cu/Al Wire Torque (Nm) See listed chart
# Conductors per Phase 6 Wire Temperature Rating 90 °C Wire Hardware Type Slotted Imperial
Wire Range AWG #12–2/0 Wire Classes B, C Terminal Torque (ft-lb) 200
#8–1/0 Wire Classes D, G, H, I, K, M  
Wire Range Metric (mm2)  Included Parts Terminal Shield Terminal Hardware Type Hex (5/16 in) Imperial
Catalog Number
2-pole PDG3X2TA400RF Breaker Catalog
Number Digit 14
Designation
Line and Load
3-pole PDG3X3TA400RF Line Only
4-pole PDG3X4TA400RF Load Only (Digit 14/19–20)
Breaker Max Amps 400 A Terminal Body Type Aluminum Wire Torque (in-lb) 375
Breaker Frame 400 A Wire Type Cu/Al Wire Torque (Nm) 4236
# Conductors per Phase 1 Wire Temperature Rating 75 °C Wire Hardware Type Hex (3/8 in)
Wire Range AWG 250–500 kcmil Wire Classes B, C Terminal Torque (ft-lb) 6–8
Wire Range Metric (mm2) 127–253 Included Parts Interphase Barriers Terminal Hardware Type Hex (7/32 in) Imperial
Catalog Number
2-pole PDG3X2TA400HRF Breaker Catalog
Number Digit 14
Designation
Line and Load
3-pole PDG3X3TA400HRF Line Only
4-pole PDG3X4TA400HRF Load Only (Digit 14/19–20)
Breaker Max Amps 400 A Terminal Body Type Aluminum Wire Torque (in-lb) 375
Breaker Frame 600 A Wire Type Cu/Al Wire Torque (Nm) 4236
# Conductors per Phase 1 Wire Temperature Rating 75 °C Wire Hardware Type Hex (3/8 in)
Wire Range AWG #2–500 kcmil Wire Classes B, C Terminal Torque (in-lb) 200
Wire Range Metric (mm2) 336–253 Included Parts Interphase Barriers Terminal Hardware Type Hex (5/16 in) Imperial
Catalog Number
2-pole PDG3X2TA630RF Breaker Catalog
Number Digit 14
Designation
Line and Load
3-pole PDG3X3TA630RF Line Only
4-pole PDG3X4TA630RF Load Only (Digit 14/19–20)
Breaker Max Amps 600 A Terminal Body Type Aluminum Wire Torque (in-lb) 375
Breaker Frame 600 A Wire Type Cu/Al Wire Torque (Nm) 4236
# Conductors per Phase 2 Wire Temperature Rating 75 °C Wire Hardware Type Hex (5/16 in) Imperial
Wire Range AWG #2–500 kcmil Wire Classes B, C Terminal Torque (in-lb) 200
Wire Range Metric (mm2) 336–253 Included Parts Interphase Barriers Terminal Hardware Type Hex (1/2 in) Imperial
V4-T2-126 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
22

TerminalsFrame Size 3 (45–600 A), continued
End Cap Kit/Screw Terminals
Control Wire Tabs
Terminal Shields and Barriers
Frame Size 3 Wire Torque (if chart is referenced)
Catalog Number
2-pole  Breaker Catalog
Number Digit 14
Designation
Line and Load S
3-pole PDG3X3TS400 Line Only D
4-pole PDG3X4TS400 Load Only (Digit 14/19–20) E/ZE
Breaker Max Amps 400 A Terminal Body Type  Wire Torque (in-lb) 120–144
Breaker Frame 400 A Wire Type  Wire Torque (Nm) 14–16
# Conductors per Phase  Wire Temperature Rating  Wire Hardware Type
Wire Range AWG  Wire Classes  Terminal Torque (in-lb) 120–144
Wire Range Metric (mm2)  Included Parts End Cap/Hardware Terminal Screw Size Hex Cap (M8–125 x 25)
Catalog Number
2-pole  Breaker Catalog
Number Digit 14
Designation
Line and Load S
3-pole PDG3X3TS600 Line Only D
4-pole PDG3X4TS600 Load Only (Digit 14/19–20) E/ZE
Breaker Max Amps 600 A Terminal Body Type  Wire Torque (in-lb) 354
Breaker Frame 600 A Wire Type  Wire Torque (Nm) 40
# Conductors per Phase  Wire Temperature Rating  Wire Hardware Type
Wire Range AWG  Wire Classes  Terminal Torque (in-lb) 354
Wire Range Metric (mm2)  Included Parts End Cap/Hardware Terminal Screw Size Hex Cap (M12 x 30)
Catalog Number KCWTK For Use With …
Breaker Max Amps 400 A PDG3X3TA300, PDG3X3T300,
PDG3X3TA350, PDG3X3T350 Breaker Frame 100–400 A
Quick Connect Tab Size 1/4-in
Package Qty 12
Catalog Number
2-pole
3-pole PDG3XTC3P
4-pole PDG3XTC4P
Breaker Max Amps 600 A
Breaker Frame 70–600 A
Included Parts Terminal Shield
& Hardware

Catalog Number
2-pole PDG3XIB
3-pole PDG3XIB3P
4-pole PDG3XIB4P
Breaker Max Amps 600 A
Breaker Frame 70–600 A
Included Parts Interphase
Barriers

For Sizes … Torque (in-lb) For Sizes … Torque (Nm)
14–10 35 in-lb 25–6 395 Nm
8 40 in-lb 10 451 Nm
6–4 45 in-lb 16–25 508 Nm
2–1/0 50 in-lb 35–50 565 Nm
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-127
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
22

TerminalsFrame Size 4 (300–800 A)
Standard Terminals
Alternate Terminals
Alternate Copper Terminals
Catalog Number
2-pole PDG4X1TA700 Breaker Catalog
Number Digit 14
Designation
Line and Load J
3-pole PDG4X3TA700 Line Only K
4-pole  Load Only (Digit 14/19–20) L/ZL
Breaker Max Amps 700 A Terminal Body Type Aluminum Wire Torque (in-lb) 375
Standard Amp Range 300–700 A Wire Type Cu/Al Wire Torque (Nm) 4237
# Conductors per Phase 2 Wire Temperature Rating  Wire Hardware Type Hex (3/8 in) Imperial
Wire Range AWG 1–500 kcmil Wire Classes B, C Terminal Torque (ft-lb) 30–35
Wire Range Metric (mm2) 424–253 Included Parts  Terminal Hardware Type Hex (3/4 in) Imperial
Catalog Number
2-pole PDG4X1TA800 Breaker Catalog
Number Digit 14
Designation
Line and Load J
3-pole PDG4X3TA800 Line Only K
4-pole  Load Only (Digit 14/19–20) L/ZL
Breaker Max Amps 800 A Terminal Body Type Aluminum Wire Torque (in-lb) 375
Standard Amp Range 800 A Wire Type Cu/Al Wire Torque (Nm) 4237
# Conductors per Phase 3 Wire Temperature Rating 90 °C Wire Hardware Type Hex (3/8 in) Imperial
Wire Range AWG 3/0–400 kcmil Wire Classes B,C Terminal Torque (ft-lb) 30–35
Wire Range Metric (mm2) 85–203 Included Parts  Terminal Hardware Type Hex (3/4 in) Imperial
Catalog Number
2-pole PDG4X1TA801 Breaker Catalog
Number Digit 14
Designation
Line and Load T
3-pole PDG4X3TA801 Line Only U
4-pole  Load Only (Digit 14/19–20) V/ZV
Breaker Max Amps 800 A Terminal Body Type Aluminum Wire Torque (in-lb) 500
Amp Range 300–800 A Wire Type Cu/Al Wire Torque (Nm) 5649
# Conductors per Phase 2 Wire Temperature Rating  Wire Hardware Type Hex (3/8 in) Imperial
Wire Range AWG 500–750 kcmil Wire Classes B,C Terminal Torque (ft-lb) 30–35
Wire Range Metric (mm2) 253–380 Included Parts  Terminal Hardware Type Hex (3/4 in) Imperial
Catalog Number
2-pole PDG4X1T600 Breaker Catalog
Number Digit 14
Designation
Line and Load W
3-pole PDG4X3T600 Line Only Y
4-pole  Load Only (Digit 14/19–20) Z/ZZ
Breaker Max Amps 600 A Terminal Body Type Copper Wire Torque (in-lb) 300
Amp Range 300–600 A Wire Type Cu Wire Torque (Nm) 339
# Conductors per Phase 2 Wire Temperature Rating  Wire Hardware Type Hex (3/8 in) Imperial
Wire Range AWG 2/0–500 kcmil Wire Classes B,C Terminal Torque (ft-lb) 30–35
Wire Range Metric (mm2) 674–238 Included Parts  Terminal Hardware Type Hex (3/4 in) Imperial
Catalog Number
2-pole PDG4X1T800 Breaker Catalog
Number Digit 14
Designation
Line and Load W
3-pole PDG4X3T800 Line Only Y
4-pole  Load Only (Digit 14/19–20) Z/ZZ
Breaker Max Amps 800 A Terminal Body Type Copper Wire Torque (in-lb) 275
Amp Range 700–800 A Wire Type Cu Wire Torque (Nm) 3107
# Conductors per Phase 3 Wire Temperature Rating  Wire Hardware Type Hex (3/8 in) Imperial
Wire Range AWG 3/0–300 kcmil Wire Classes B,C Terminal Torque (ft-lb) 30–35
Wire Range Metric (mm2) 85–152 Included Parts  Terminal Hardware Type Hex (3/4 in) Imperial
V4-T2-128 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
22

TerminalsFrame Size 4 (300–800 A), continued
StrandAble Terminals
Control Wire Terminals
Catalog Number
2-pole  Breaker Catalog
Number Digit 14
Designation
Line and Load A
3-pole PDG4X3TA800SW Line Only B
4-pole  Load Only (Digit 14/19–20) C/ZC
Breaker Max Amps 800 A Terminal Body Type Aluminum Wire Torque (in-lb)
Amp Range 300–800 A Wire Type Cu/Al Wire Torque (Nm)
# Conductors per Phase 3 Wire Temperature Rating 90 °C Wire Hardware Type Hex (5/16 in) Imperial
Wire Range AWG 3/0–400 kcmil Wire Classes B, C Terminal Torque (ft-lb)
3/0–300 kcmil Wire Classes D, G, H, I, K, M  
Wire Range Metric (mm2) 85–203 Included Parts  Terminal Hardware Type Hex (3/4 in) Imperial
Catalog Number
2-pole PDG4X1TA700CW Breaker Catalog
Number Digit 14
Designation
Line and Load 1
3-pole PDG4X3TA700CW Line Only 2
4-pole  Load Only (Digit 14/19–20) 3/Z3
Breaker Max Amps 700 A Terminal Body Type Aluminum Wire Torque (in-lb) 375
Amp Range 300–700 A Wire Type Cu/Al Wire Torque (Nm) 4237
# Conductors per Phase 2 Wire Temperature Rating  Wire Hardware Type Hex (3/8 in) Imperial
Wire Range AWG #1–500 kcmil Wire Classes B,C Terminal Torque (ft-lb) 30–35
Wire Range Metric (mm2) 424–253 Control Tab Size 1/4-in Terminal Hardware Type Hex (3/4 in) Imperial
Catalog Number
2-pole PDG4X1TA800CW Breaker Catalog
Number Digit 14
Designation
Line and Load 1
3-pole PDG4X3TA800CW Line Only 2
4-pole  Load Only (Digit 14/19–20) 3/Z3
Breaker Max Amps 800 A Terminal Body Type Aluminum Wire Torque (in-lb) 375
Amp Range 300–800 A Wire Type Cu/Al Wire Torque (Nm) 4237
# Conductors per Phase 3 Wire Temperature Rating 90 °C Wire Hardware Type Hex (3/8 in) Imperial
Wire Range AWG 3/0–400 kcmil Wire Classes B,C Terminal Torque (ft-lb) 30–35
Wire Range Metric (mm2) 85–203 Control Tab Size 1/4-in Terminal Hardware Type Hex (3/4 in) Imperial
Catalog Number
2-pole PDG4X1TA801CW Breaker Catalog
Number Digit 14
Designation
Line and Load 4
3-pole PDG4X3TA801CW Line Only 5
4-pole  Load Only (Digit 14/19–20) 6/Z6
Breaker Max Amps 800 A Terminal Body Type Aluminum Wire Torque (in-lb) 500
Amp Range 300–800 A Wire Type Cu/Al Wire Torque (Nm) 5649
# Conductors per Phase 2 Wire Temperature Rating  Wire Hardware Type Hex (3/8 in) Imperial
Wire Range AWG 500–750 kcmil Wire Classes B,C Terminal Torque (ft-lb) 30–35
Wire Range Metric (mm2) 253–380 Control Tab Size 1/4-in Terminal Hardware Type Hex (3/4 in) Imperial
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-129
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
22

TerminalsFrame Size 4 (300–800 A), continued
Rear Fed Terminals
End Cap Kit/Screw Terminals
Catalog Number
2-pole PDG4X1TA800RF Breaker Catalog
Number Digit 14
Designation
Line and Load
3-pole PDG4X3TA800RF Line Only
4-pole  Load Only (Digit 14/19–20)
Breaker Max Amps 800 A Terminal Body Type Aluminum Wire Torque (in-lb) 275
Amp Range 300–800 A Wire Type Cu/Al Wire Torque (Nm) 3107
# Conductors per Phase 3 Wire Temperature Rating  Wire Hardware Type Hex (5/16 in) Imperial
Wire Range AWG 3/0–300 kcmil Wire Classes B,C Terminal Torque (ft-lb) 30–35
Wire Range Metric (mm2) 85–152 Included Parts Interphase Barriers Terminal Hardware Type Hex (3/4 in) Imperial
Catalog Number
2-pole  Breaker Catalog
Number Digit 14
Designation
Line and Load S
3-pole PDG4X3TS800 Line Only D
4-pole PDG4X4TS800 Load Only (Digit 14/19–20) E/ZE
Breaker Max Amps 800 A Terminal Body Type  Wire Torque (ft-lb) 35
Breaker Frame 300–800 A Wire Type  Wire Torque (Nm) 4745
# Conductors per Phase  Wire Temperature Rating  Wire Hardware Type
Wire Range AWG  Wire Classes  Terminal Torque (ft-lb) 35
Wire Range Metric (mm2)  Included Parts End Cap/Hardware Terminal Screw Size Hex Cap (1/2–13 x 125 in)
V4-T2-130 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
22

TerminalsFrame Size 5 (320–1200 A)
Terminal Options
Catalog Number
1-pole PDG5X1TA700 Breaker Catalog
Number Digit 19/20
Designation
Line and Load ZJ
  Line Only ZK
  Load Only ZL
Breaker Max Amps 700 A Terminal Body Type Aluminum Wire Torque (in-lb) 375
Amp Range 320–700 A Wire Type Cu/Al Wire Torque (Nm) 4237
# Conductors per Phase 2 Wire Temperature Rating  Wire Hardware Type Hex (3/8 in) Imperial
Wire Range AWG 1–500 kcmil Wire Classes B, C Terminal Torque (ft-lb) 30–35
Wire Range Metric (mm2) 424–253 Included Parts  Terminal Hardware Type Hex (3/4 in) Imperial
Catalog Number
1-pole PDG5X1TA1000 Breaker Catalog
Number Digit 19/20
Designation
Line and Load ZJ
  Line Only ZK
  Load Only ZL
Breaker Max Amps 1000 A Terminal Body Type Aluminum Wire Torque (in-lb) 375
Amp Range 320–1000 A Wire Type Cu/Al Wire Torque (Nm) 4237
# Conductors per Phase 3 Wire Temperature Rating 90 °C Wire Hardware Type Hex (3/8 in) Imperial
Wire Range AWG 3/0–400 kcmil Wire Classes B, C Terminal Torque (ft-lb) 30–35
Wire Range Metric (mm2) 85–203 Included Parts  Terminal Hardware Type Hex (3/4 in) Imperial
Catalog Number
1-pole PDG5X1TA1200 Breaker Catalog
Number Digit 19/20
Designation
Line and Load ZJ
  Line Only ZK
  Load Only ZL
Breaker Max Amps 1200 A Terminal Body Type Aluminum Wire Torque (in-lb) 375
Amp Range 320–1200 A Wire Type Cu/Al Wire Torque (Nm) 4237
# Conductors per Phase 4 Wire Temperature Rating 90 °C Wire Hardware Type Hex (3/8 in) Imperial
Wire Range AWG 4/0–500 kcmil Wire Classes B, C Terminal Torque (ft-lb) 30–35
Wire Range Metric (mm2) 107–253 Included Parts  Terminal Hardware Type Hex (3/4 in) Imperial
Catalog Number
1-pole PDG5X1TA1201 Breaker Catalog
Number Digit 19/20
Designation
Line and Load ZT
  Line Only ZU
  Load Only ZV
Breaker Max Amps 1200 A Terminal Body Type Aluminum Wire Torque (in-lb) 450
Amp Range 320–1200 A Wire Type Cu/Al Wire Torque (Nm) 5084
# Conductors per Phase 3 Wire Temperature Rating 90 °C Wire Hardware Type Hex (3/8 in) Imperial
Wire Range AWG 500–750 kcmil Wire Classes B, C Terminal Torque (ft-lb) 30–35
Wire Range Metric (mm2) 107–253 Included Parts  Terminal Hardware Type Hex (3/4 in) Imperial
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-131
XMPBM   SC-160-125-FA

TerminalsFrame Size 5 (320–1200 A), continued
Copper Terminal Options
StrandAble Terminals
Control Wire Terminals
Catalog Number
1-pole PDG5X1T700 Breaker Catalog
Number Digit 19/20
Designation
Line and Load ZW
  Line Only ZY
  Load Only ZZ
Breaker Max Amps 700 A Terminal Body Type Copper Wire Torque (in-lb) 300
Amp Range 320–700 A Wire Type Cu Wire Torque (Nm) 339
# Conductors per Phase 2 Wire Temperature Rating  Wire Hardware Type Hex (3/8 in) Imperial
Wire Range AWG 2/0–500 kcmil Wire Classes B, C Terminal Torque (ft-lb) 30–35
Wire Range Metric (mm2) 674–253 Included Parts  Terminal Hardware Type Hex (3/4 in) Imperial
Catalog Number
1-pole PDG5X1T1000 Breaker Catalog
Number Digit 19/20
Designation
Line and Load ZW
  Line Only ZY
  Load Only ZZ
Breaker Max Amps 1000 A Terminal Body Type Copper Wire Torque (in-lb) 300
Amp Range 320–1000 A Wire Type Cu Wire Torque (Nm) 339
# Conductors per Phase 3 Wire Temperature Rating  Wire Hardware Type Hex (3/8 in) Imperial
Wire Range AWG 3/0–400 kcmil Wire Classes B, C Terminal Torque (ft-lb) 30–35
Wire Range Metric (mm2) 85–203 Included Parts  Terminal Hardware Type Hex (3/4 in) Imperial
Catalog Number
1-pole PDG5X1T1200 Breaker Catalog
Number Digit 19/20
Designation
Line and Load ZW
  Line Only ZY
  Load Only ZZ
Breaker Max Amps 1200 A Terminal Body Type Copper Wire Torque (in-lb) 275
Amp Range 320–1200 A Wire Type Cu Wire Torque (Nm) 3107
# Conductors per Phase 4 Wire Temperature Rating  Wire Hardware Type Hex (3/8 in) Imperial
Wire Range AWG 4/0–500 kcmil Wire Classes B, C Terminal Torque (ft-lb) 30–35
Wire Range Metric (mm2) 107–253 Included Parts  Terminal Hardware Type Hex (3/4 in) Imperial
Catalog Number
1-pole PDG5X1TA1200SW Breaker Catalog
Number Digit 19/20
Designation
Line and Load ZA
  Line Only ZB
  Load Only ZC
Breaker Max Amps 1200 A Terminal Body Type Aluminum Wire Torque (in-lb) 375
Amp Range 320–1200 A Wire Type Cu/Al Wire Torque (Nm) 4237
# Conductors per Phase 4 Wire Temperature Rating 90 °C Wire Hardware Type Hex (3/8 in) Imperial
Wire Range AWG 4/0–500 kcmil Wire Classes B, C Terminal Torque (ft-lb) 30–35
4/0–350 kcmil Wire Classes D, G, H, I, K, M
Wire Range Metric (mm2) 107–253 Included Parts  Terminal Hardware Type Hex (3/4 in) Imperial
Catalog Number
1-pole PDG5X1TA700CW Breaker Catalog
Number Digit 19/20
Designation
Line and Load Z1
  Line Only Z2
  Load Only Z3
Breaker Max Amps 700 A Terminal Body Type Aluminum Wire Torque (in-lb) 375
Amp Range 320–700 A Wire Type Cu/Al Wire Torque (Nm) 4237
# Conductors per Phase 2 Wire Temperature Rating  Wire Hardware Type Hex (3/8 in) Imperial
Wire Range AWG 1–500 kcmil Wire Classes B, C Terminal Torque (ft-lb) 30–35
Wire Range Metric (mm2) 424–253 Control Tab Size 1/4-in Terminal Hardware Type Hex (3/4 in) Imperial
Catalog Number
1-pole PDG5X1TA1000CW Breaker Catalog
Number Digit 19/20
Designation
Line and Load Z1
  Line Only Z2
  Load Only Z3
Breaker Max Amps 1000 A Terminal Body Type Aluminum Wire Torque (in-lb) 375
Amp Range 320–1000 A Wire Type Cu/Al Wire Torque (Nm) 4237
# Conductors per Phase 3 Wire Temperature Rating  Wire Hardware Type Hex (3/8 in) Imperial
Wire Range AWG 3/0–400 kcmil Wire Classes B, C Terminal Torque (ft-lb) 30–35
Wire Range Metric (mm2) 85–203 Control Tab Size 1/4-in Terminal Hardware Type Hex (3/4 in) Imperial
V4-T2-132 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
22

TerminalsFrame Size 5 (320–1200 A), continued
Control Wire Terminals, continued
Conductor Extensions
Catalog Number
1-pole PDG5X1TA1200CW Breaker Catalog
Number Digit 19/20
Designation
Line and Load Z1
  Line Only Z2
  Load Only Z3
Breaker Max Amps 1200 A Terminal Body Type Aluminum Wire Torque (in-lb) 375
Amp Range 320–1200 A Wire Type Cu/Al Wire Torque (Nm) 4237
# Conductors per Phase 4 Wire Temperature Rating  Wire Hardware Type Hex (3/8 in) Imperial
Wire Range AWG 4/0–500 kcmil Wire Classes B, C Terminal Torque (ft-lb) 30–35
Wire Range Metric (mm2) 107–253 Control Tab Size 1/4-in Terminal Hardware Type Hex (3/4 in) Imperial
Catalog Number
1-pole PDG5X1TA1201CW Breaker Catalog
Number Digit 19/20
Designation
Line and Load Z4
  Line Only Z5
  Load Only Z6
Breaker Max Amps 1200 A Terminal Body Type Aluminum Wire Torque (in-lb) 450
Amp Range 320–1200 A Wire Type Cu/Al Wire Torque (Nm) 5084
# Conductors per Phase 3 Wire Temperature Rating  Wire Hardware Type Hex (3/8 in) Imperial
Wire Range AWG 500–750 kcmil Wire Classes B, C Terminal Torque (ft-lb) 30–35
Wire Range Metric (mm2) 107–253 Control Tab Size 1/4-in Terminal Hardware Type Hex (3/4 in) Imperial
Catalog Number (Imperial)
2-pole 5104A24G01 Breaker Catalog
Number Digit 19/20
Designation
Line and Load
3-pole 5104A24G02 Line Only
4-pole 5104A24G05 Load Only
Breaker Max Amps 1200 A Terminal Body Type Aluminum Wire Torque (in-lb) See terminal/conductor
Amp Range 320–1200 A Wire Type Cu/Al Wire Torque (Nm) See terminal/conductor
# Conductors per Phase  Wire Temperature Rating  Wire Hardware Type See terminal/conductor
Wire Range AWG  Wire Classes  Terminal Torque (ft-lb) 30–35
Wire Range Metric (mm2)  Included Parts Interphase Barriers Terminal Hardware Type Hex (1/2 in) Imperial
Catalog Number (Metric)
2-pole 5104A24G03 Breaker Catalog
Number Digit 19/20
Designation
Line and Load
3-pole 5104A24G04 Line Only
4-pole 5104A24G06 Load Only
Breaker Max Amps 1200 A Terminal Body Type Aluminum Wire Torque (in-lb) See terminal/conductor
Amp Range 320–1200 A Wire Type Cu/Al Wire Torque (Nm) See terminal/conductor
# Conductors per Phase  Wire Temperature Rating  Wire Hardware Type See terminal/conductor
Wire Range AWG  Wire Classes  Terminal Torque (ft-lb) 30–35
Wire Range Metric (mm2)  Included Parts Interphase Barriers Terminal Hardware Type Hex (M12) Metric
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-133
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
22

TerminalsFrame Size 6 (700–2500 A)
Terminal Options
Copper Terminal Options
Rear Connectors
Catalog Number
1-pole PDG6X1TA1600 Breaker Catalog
Number Digit 19/20
Designation
Line and Load ZJ
  Line Only ZK
  Load Only ZL
Breaker Max Amps 1600 A Terminal Body Type Aluminum Wire Torque (in-lb) 550
Amp Range 700–1600 A Wire Type Cu/Al Wire Torque (Nm) 6214
# Conductors per Phase 4 Wire Temperature Rating 75 °C Wire Hardware Type Hex (3/8 in) Imperial
Wire Range AWG 500–1000 kcmil Wire Classes B, C Terminal Torque (ft-lb) 20
Wire Range Metric (mm2) 253–507 Included Parts  Terminal Hardware Type Hex (9/16 in) Imperial
Catalog Number
  Breaker Catalog
Number Digit 19/20
Designation
Line and Load ZJ
3-pole PDG6X3TA2000 Line Only ZK
  Load Only ZL
Breaker Max Amps 2000 A Terminal Body Type Aluminum Wire Torque (in-lb) 375
Amp Range 700–2000 A Wire Type Cu/Al Wire Torque (Nm) 6214
# Conductors per Phase 6 Wire Temperature Rating 90 °C Wire Hardware Type Hex (3/8 in) Imperial
Wire Range AWG #2–600 Wire Classes B, C Terminal Torque (ft-lb) 25
Wire Range Metric (mm2) 336–304 Included Parts Extended Connectors Terminal Hardware Type Hex (9/16 in) Imperial
Catalog Number
1-pole PDG6X1T1600 Breaker Catalog
Number Digit 19/20
Designation
Line and Load ZW
  Line Only ZY
  Load Only ZZ
Breaker Max Amps 1600 A Terminal Body Type Copper Wire Torque (in-lb) 375
Amp Range 700–1600 A Wire Type Cu Wire Torque (Nm) 4237
# Conductors per Phase 4 Wire Temperature Rating  Wire Hardware Type Hex (3/8 in) Imperial
Wire Range AWG #1–600 kcmil Wire Classes B, C Terminal Torque (ft-lb) 20
Wire Range Metric (mm2) 424–304 Included Parts  Terminal Hardware Type Hex (9/16 in) Imperial
Catalog Number
1-pole PDG6X1T2000RC Breaker Catalog
Number Digit 19/20
Designation
Line and Load
  Line Only
  Load Only
Breaker Max Amps 2000 A Terminal Body Type Copper Wire Torque (in-lb) See terminal/conductor
Amp Range 700–2000 A Wire Type Cu Wire Torque (Nm) See terminal/conductor
# Conductors per Phase  Wire Temperature Rating  Connector Tap Size 2 x 045-in Opening
Wire Range AWG  Wire Classes B, C Terminal Torque (in-lb) 120
Wire Range Metric (mm2)  Included Parts  Terminal Hardware Type Hex (5/16-in) Imperial
Catalog Number
1-pole PDF6X1T2000RC Breaker Catalog
Number Digit 19/20
Designation
Line and Load
  Line Only
  Load Only
Breaker Max Amps 2000 A Terminal Body Type Copper Wire Torque (in-lb) See terminal/conductor
Amp Range 700–2000 A Wire Type Cu Wire Torque (Nm) See terminal/conductor
# Conductors per Phase  Wire Temperature Rating  Connector Tap Size 2 x 045-in Opening
Wire Range AWG  Wire Classes B, C Terminal Torque (in-lb) 120
Wire Range Metric (mm2)  Included Parts  Terminal Hardware Type Hex (5/16 in) Imperial
Catalog Number
1-pole PDG6X1T2500RC Breaker Catalog
Number Digit 19/20
Designation
Line and Load
  Line Only
  Load Only
Breaker Max Amps 2000 A Terminal Body Type Copper Wire Torque (in-lb) See terminal/conductor
Amp Range 700–2000 A Wire Type Cu Wire Torque (Nm) See terminal/conductor
# Conductors per Phase  Wire Temperature Rating  Connector Tap Size 2 X 045-in Opening
Wire Range AWG  Wire Classes B, C Terminal Torque (in-lb) 120
Wire Range Metric (mm2)  Included Parts  Terminal Hardware Type Hex (5/16-in) Imperial
V4-T2-134 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
22

Communications and Software


Frame Size 1 (15–125 A)V4-T2-22
Frame Size 2 (15–225 A)V4-T2-29
Frame Size 3 (45–600 A)V4-T2-42
Frame Size 4 (300–800 A) V4-T2-57
Frame Size 5 (320–1200 A)V4-T2-70
Frame Size 6 (700–2500 A)V4-T2-79
Motor Circuit Protectors (3–600 A)V4-T2-87
Motor Protection  (15–600 A) V4-T2-98
High Instantaneous Circuit
Breakers for Selective CoordinationV4-T2-104
Mechanical Current-Limiting
Circuit Breaker Module V4-T2-107
Current-Limiting Circuit Breaker
Fused Current-Limiting Module V4-T2-109
Terminals, Lugs and Connectors V4-T2-111
Communications and Software
Communication Adapter Modules
Modbus RTU RS-485 V4-T2-135
Power Xpert Protection Manager V4-T2-135
Special Applications V4-T2-136
Special Modification Ordering and PricingV4-T2-141
Communications and Software
Communication Adapter Modules
Product Description
Designed for Power Defense
, the Power
Xpert Release (PXR)
communications adapter
module (CAM) expands the
communication capabilities of
the PXR 20, PXR 20D and
PXR 25 electronic trip units
When used in conjunction
with an IoT-based system,
the PXR-CAMs allow for
greater visibility into the
facility, process or machine,
thus adhering to the design
principles of Industry 40
Application Description
● Improve safety with
remote breaker control via
programmable discrete I/O
● Perform at-a-glance
troubleshooting with
front-facing LEDs that
communicate status
and alarms
● Simplify configuration and
monitoring with intuitive
HTML5 web interface
(ECAM only)
Features and Benefits
● Compact, DIN rail mounted
design with removable
terminal blocks offers space
savings, fast installation
and accessibility for
maintenance
● Dimensions:
430 in (110 mm) H
120 in (30 mm) W
430 in (110 mm) D
Supported Protocols
● Modbus TCP/IP CAM
for PXR 20, 20D, 25
Catalog number:
PXR-ECAM-MTCP
● PROFIBUS DP CAM
for PXR 20, 20D, 25
Catalog number:
PXR-PCAM
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-135
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
22

Modbus RTU RS-485
Product Description
Power Xpert Release (PXR)
trip units have optional
integral Modbus RTU
communication on the
PXR 20 Modbus RTU
comes standard on the
PXR 20D and 25
Application Description
With this industry standard
protocol, the PXR trip units
can supply real-time data
such as voltage, current,
power, health and status
to any Modbus RTU client
without any additional
external device
Field Installation
Field-installable options are
available on the PXR 20
for frames
2, 5 and 6 See catalog
numbers below:
● Field installable Modbus
RTU with Relay for PD-2:
PDG2XMODRTUREL
● Field installable Modbus
RTU for PD-5 and 6:
PDG56XMODRTU
Power Xpert Protection Manager
Product Description
Eaton’s Power Xpert
Protection Manager (PXPM)
software provides a clean,
intuitive user interface
enabling unmatched control,
testing and troubleshooting
The software is free to
download and can run all
standard features on any PC
Licenses can be purchased to
unlock premium features:
secondary injection testing
and trip/alarm waveform
Communication between
PXPM and PXR trip units is
made via USB or through
connected networks
Features and Benefits
● Set point configuration:
allows direct-to-trip unit or
offline setup, including
duplication of settings
between units
● Control mode: capture
waveforms, reset trip unit
or set the date/time
● Real-time data: provides
information regarding all
status and metered data
direction from the trip unit
● Event summaries: stores
up to 200 events, detailed
information on the most
recent (10 trip and 10
alarm) events, and time
adjustments to the realtime clock
● Reports: allows for the
formatting and printing of
real-time data of performed
secondary injection tests
Secondary Injection Testing
The secondary injection test
function utilizes a separate
circuit that injects a signal in
parallel with and representative
of the output of the current
sensor All the built-in
protection circuitry and
routines respond per the
settings in the breaker The
PXPM software can initiate
testing of long delay trip,
short delay trip, instantaneous
trip, maintenance mode and
ground (earth) fault trip via
the USB communication
The current sensor test
utilizes a separate circuit to
create a signal that is directed
though the Rogowski coil
This signal will verify
continuity and functionality
of the Rogowski coil
Trip/Alarm Waveform
PXPM’s trip/alarm waveform
feature allows PXR trip units
to capture and display the
breaker state leading up to
the last trip or alarm event,
provided that auxiliary power
is connected
Available waveform data
includes minimum and
maximum phase current,
voltage and frequency Using
this information increases
uptime by identifying issues
causing an event and
minimized breaker wear
by identifying potential
tripping issues faster,
without the need for
expensive standalone
testing equipment
Advanced Feature Licenses
Description Part Number
PXPM Advanced Testing License 10 Sessions PXPM-SW-TEST-10
PXPM Advanced Testing License 30 Sessions PXPM-SW-TEST-30
PXPM Advanced Testing License 120 Sessions PXPM-SW-TEST-120
PXPM Advanced Testing License Infinite Sessions PXPM-SW-TEST
PXPM Trip/Alarm Waveform License 10 Sessions PXPM-SW-WAVE-10
PXPM Trip/Alarm Waveform License 30 Sessions PXPM-SW-WAVE-30
PXPM Trip/Alarm Waveform License 120 Sessions PXPM-SW-WAVE-10
PXPM Trip/Alarm Waveform License Infinite Sessions PXPM-SW-WAVE
Licenses are also available  at
https://eatonmybigcommercecom/power-xpert-protection-manager/
V4-T2-136 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
22

Special Applications
Extreme Temperature
Applications
The Technical Data section of
this catalog (Pages V4-T2-12
–V4-T2-20) presents
permissible loads for each
breaker type at ambient
temperatures ranging from
40 °C through 70 °C The
tables are presented as an
aid in selecting breakers
appropriate for the application
Per industry standards,
breakers are calibrated to
perform at an ambient
temperature of 40 °C
Thermal-magnetic breakers
are temperature sensitive,
and at temperatures above
40 °C will carry less current
than their continuous current
ratingThis high temperature
condition promotes nuisance
tripping and can create
unacceptable temperature
conditions inside the breaker
and at the terminals To
prevent these issues, the
ambient temperature load
derating values presented in
the technical data section
must be followed Additionally,
special 50 °C calibrated
breakers are available
note that these do not
carry a UL Listing
Electronic breakers are
insensitive to ambient
temperature within a certain
range and are not likely to
nuisance trip However, if
the ambient temperature
significantly exceeds 40 °C
the electronic circuitry or
other internal components
could become damaged
electronic
breakers are designed with
circuitry to initiate a tripping
operation to provide selfprotection to the electronic
components in the event the
internal temperature reaches
to an unsafe level
In addition to ambient
temperature, other factors
must be taken into account in
the application of circuit
breakers in system designs
These include altitude, power
factor, cable size and type,
load types, and others
Additional details on these
can be found in Eaton’s
Consulting Application Guide
100% Rated Breakers

are designed to carry rated
current in open air at the
calibrated temperature for
an indefinite period of time
without tripping Molded case
 are typically
applied in an enclosure, therefore the National Electrical
Code (Article 22010b)
requires that all overcurrent
protection devices be loaded
to a maximum of 80% of their
continuous current rating,
unless specifically listed for
100% applications Breakers
listed for 100% applications
specifically outline, on the
nameplates, a minimum size
enclosure, the minimum
ventilation (if needed), and
the minimum conductor size
for application at 100% rating
circuit
breakers are available in
100% rated configurations,
as presented in each section
of the catalog Power
Defense breakers rated for
100% use the designator
PDF in Digits 1–3 of the
catalog number
It is important to understand
that using 100% rated
breakers is not always the
best choice for every system
design Consideration should
be given to any present or
future factors that could
affect the overall system
design, and an understanding
of NEC Article 21020a in
application of these products
50 °C Calibrated Breakers
Special non-UL listed
calibrations are available for
50 °C ambient temperatures
for breakers equipped with
thermal-magnetic trip units,
and for separate thermalmagnetic trip units Breakers
equipped with electronic trip
units can operate reliably
in ambient temperatures of
50 °C, and do not require
specific calibration
For this application on
thermal-magnetic breakers,
the trip unit digits (11–13) of
the circuit
breaker catalog number are
changed, from TFF and TFA
to VFF and VFA, respectively
Details for these are provided
within each frame section
Freeze-Tested Circuit
Breakers
circuit
breakers may be ordered with
freeze testing for applications
in extreme cold conditions
This option uses special
lubrication and mechanical
operation is verified at –40 °C
For this application, add suffix
J2 to digits 19–20 on a Power
Defense catalog number to
order
Fungus/Moisture Treated
Breakers

are suited for operation in 0%
to 95% noncondensing
humidity environments As is
the case with all electrical
equipment, application in a
condition or environment
above this humidity level
should be avoided Breakers
applied in these environments
should be protected by the
proper NEMA rated enclosure
(or of appropriate IP rating),
and maintained dry If such
operating conditions cannot
be met, special treatment
of the circuit breaker should
be considered to minimize
the possibility of operational
problems
All Eaton circuit breaker cases
are molded from a glasspolyester material, which
does not support the growth
of fungus Any parts that are
susceptible to the growth of
fungus will require special
treatment for application in
these types of conditions
For this application, add suffix
J1 to digits 19–20 on a Power
Defense catalog number to
order
High Altitude Applications
Low-voltage
must be progressively derated for voltage and current
carrying capacity at altitudes
above approximately 6000 ft
The thinner air at higher
altitudes reduces cooling
and dielectric characteristics
compared to denser air found
at lower altitudes
Derate voltage, interruption
and current-carrying capacity
for every increase of 1000 ft
over 6000 ft
Voltage and interruption
capacity: 25% derate every
1000 ft over For example, a
480 V at 65 kA circuit breaker
applied at 7000 ft elevation
would be derated to 468 V
at 63 kA
Current-carrying capacity:
apply 3 °C ambient
temperature rise every
1000 ft over
Frame/trip unit specific
temperature derating tables
can be found in the technical
data section
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-137
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
22

Reverse Fed Applications
All molded
case  shipped
complete from Eaton’s
factory are capable of being
reverse fed, with the power
source feeding the lower side
(typically considered the load
side) of the circuit breaker
UL specifies parameters for
 to be applied
in reverse-feed applications,
which are met by Power
DefenseThis
typically includes a factory
seal and no “Line” or “Load”
markings All Frame Sizes 1
and 2 (PDG1 and PDG2)
 are always
shipped in this configuration
Breakers that ship as frames
only (available in Frame Sizes
3–6), for field installation of
trip units, are marked for
standard application, with
the line side marked at the
top and the load side at the
bottom, and meet UL
requirement for standard
applications
An Eaton facility authorized to
modify MCCBs under UL File
E7819 may convert a standard
circuit breaker of this type to
a reverse-feed capable device
per UL parameters following
specific procedures
Frame Sizes 1 and 2 always
ship complete from the
factory and are always
reverse-feed capable Frame
Sizes 3, 4, 5 and 6 may ship
as complete ,
or as separate frames and trip
units if ordered separately
Motor Circuit Protector
devices are not capable of
being reverse fed
V4-T2-138 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
22

Application of  in 400–415 Hz Systems
Some specialty equipment
requires 400–415 Hz power
systems Due to the increased
resistance in these systems,
 typically
require derating Additionally,
cable and bus sizes used at
400–415 Hz are not based on
standard National Electrical
Code tables for 60 Hz
applications, and larger cross
sections are necessary
Eaton’s Power Defense

can be applied for overcurrent
protection on 400–415 Hz
systems Commonly used to
power computer installations,
400–415 Hz systems are
also employed in conjunction
with certain aircraft, military
and other specialty equipment
The following application
tables contain derating
guidelines for applying Eaton

on 400–415 Hz systems
The Continuous Current table
on the next page lists the
maximum continuous current
carrying capacity at 400 Hz
The Interrupting Capacities
table on V4-T2-140 lists the
estimated interrupting
capacities at 400–415 Hz
Due to the increased
resistance of the copper
sections resulting from the
skin effect produced by
eddy currents at 400–415 Hz,
 in many
cases require derating
The thermal derating on
these devices is based
upon 100%, three-phase
application in open air in a
maximum of 40 °C (104 °F)
with 4 feet (12 m) of the
specified cable 75 °C (167 °F)
of bus at the line and load side
Additional derating of not less
than 20% will be required if
the circuit breaker is to be
used in an enclosure
Further derating may be
required if the enclosure
contains other heat
generating devices or if the
ambient temperatures
exceed 40 °C (104 °F)
Cable and Bus Sizing
The cable and bus sizes to be
used at 400–415 Hz are not
based on standard National
Electrical Code tables for
60 Hz application Larger
cross sections are necessary
at 400–415 Hz to avoid
exceeding component
temperature limits All bus
bars specified are based upon
mounting the bars in the
vertical plane to allow
maximum air flow All bus
bars are spaced at a
minimum of 1/4-inch
(635 mm) apart Mounting
of bus bars in the horizontal
plane will necessitate
additional drafting
Edgewise orientation of
the bus may change the
maximum ratings indicated
Application Recommendations
It is recommended that
thermal indicating devices
such as “tempiplates” be
placed on the line and load
terminals or T-connectors of
the center pole These are
usually the hottest terminals
with a balanced load A
maximum temperature of
90 °C (50 °C over a maximum
ambient of 40 °C) would
verify the maximum rating for
the application Temperature
profiles taken on these
breakers can be correlated to
ensure that the hottest points
within the breaker are within
the required temperature
limits A thermal cutoff
switch can also be used to
actuate a shunt trip to open
the breaker if the thermal
limits are exceeded Consult
the Eaton Technical Resource
Center for further information
on special applications
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-139
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
22

Continuous Current of 400 Hz Breakers
Notes
1 PXR metering accuracy is ±5% in 400 Hz application
2 Rear connected Cu T-Bar
400–415 Hz Application
Breaker Frame
Maximum Continuous
Current (Amps at 60 Hz)
Maximum
Continuous (Amps)
Cable/
Bus Bar (per phase)
Terminals (Fixed Front)
Catalog Number
PDG1 15 15 1–#12 Cu PDG1X3T125
20 20 1–#12 Cu PDG1X3T125
25 25 1–#12 Cu PDG1X3T125
30 30 1–#10 Cu PDG1X3T125
35 35 1–#10 Cu PDG1X3T125
40 40 1–#8 Cu PDG1X3T125
45 45 1–#8 Cu PDG1X3T125
50 50 1–#6 Cu PDG1X3T125
60 60 1–#6 Cu PDG1X3T125
80 70 1–#4 Cu PDG1X3T125
90 80 1–#2 Cu PDG1X3T125
100 90 1–#1 Cu PDG1X3T125
110 100 1–1/0 Cu PDG1X3T125
125 110 1–1/0 Cu PDG1X3T125
PDG2 1 15 15 1–#12 Cu PDG2X3T100
20 20 1–#12 Cu PDG2X3T100
25 25 1–#12 Cu PDG2X3T100
30 30 1–#10 Cu PDG2X3T100
35 35 1–#10 Cu PDG2X3T100
40 40 1–#8 Cu PDG2X3T100
50 45 1–#6 Cu PDG2X3T100
70 65 1–#4 Cu PDG2X3T100
90 85 1–#2 Cu PDG2X3T100
100 95 1–#1 Cu PDG2X3TA150
125 115 1–1/0 Cu PDG2X3TA150
150 135 1–1/0 Cu PDG2X3TA150
PDG3 (400 A Frame) 1 125 100 1–1/0 Cu PDG3X3T300
150 125 1–1/0 Cu PDG3X3T300
170 150 1–2/0 Cu PDG3X3T300
200 160 1–3/0 Cu PDG3X3T300
225 180 1–4/0 Cu PDG3X3T300
250 200 1–250 kcmil Cu PDG3X3T300
300 225 1–350 kcmil Cu PDG3X3T300
350 275 1–500 kcmil Cu PDG3X3T350
400 300 2–3/0 Cu PDG3X3T400
PDG3 (600 A Frame) 1 250 200 1–250 kcmil Cu PDG3X3TA400H
300 250 1–350 kcmil Cu PDG3X3TA400H
350 275 1–500 kcmil Cu PDG3X3TA400H
400 300 1–500 kcmil Cu PDG3X3TA400H
500 400 2–500 kcmil Cu PDG3X3TA630
600 400 2–500 kcmil Cu PDG3X3TA630
PDG4 1 400 340 2–3/0 Cu PDG4X3T600
500 405 2–300 kcmil Cu PDG4X3T600
600 470 2–350 kcmil Cu PDG4X3T600
700 355 2–4/0 Cu PDG4X3T800
800 400 2–300 kcmil Cu PDG4X3T800
PDG5 1 1200 700 3–300 kcmil Cu PDG5X1T1000
750 3–350 kcmil Cu PDG5X1T1000
850 4–350 kcmil Cu PDG5X1T1200
PDG6 1 2000 1500 4–1/2 x 4 Cu 2
V4-T2-140 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
22

Interrupting Capacities of 400 Hz Breakers
Notes
1 The above interrupting ratings are estimates based on the design parameters and operating characteristics of each breaker as well as on the limited
amount of test data thus far available for  applied to 400-415 Hz systems
2 Not UL Listed
Estimated 400–415 Hz Interrupting Capacities 12 (rms Symmetrical Amperes)
Breaker Frame 240 V 480 V 600 V
PDG1_C 5,000 3,600
PDG1_F 7,000 5,000 3,600
PDG1_G 17,000 7,000 4,400
PDG1_H 20,000 13,000 5,000
PDG1_P 40,000 20,000 7,000
PDG2_F 3,600 2,800 2,800
PDG2_G, PDG2_M 13,000 5,000 3,600
PDG3_F, PDG3_G, PDG3_M (400 A Frame) 21,000 11,000 8,000
PDG3_G (600 A Frame) 13,000 7,000 3,600
PDG3_K (600 A Frame) 17,000 10,000 5,000
PDG3_M (600 A Frame) 20,000 13,000 7,000
PDG3_P (600 A Frame) 40,000 20,000 10,000
PDG4_K 14,000 10,000 7,000
PDG4_M 21,000 11,000 8,000
PDG5 21,000 16,000 8,000
PDG6 40,000 33,000 33,000
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-141
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
22

Special Modification Ordering and Pricing
The pricing schedule below
outlines the available Power
Defense modifications,
ordering instructions and
associated fees The fees
only cover the cost of the
installation or modification
Any additional hardware
required such as shunt trips,
auxiliary switches, terminals,
and so forth are in addition to
the fees listed below
Installation of Internal
Accessories 1
Internal accessories included
are alarm switches, auxiliary
switches, shunt trips and
undervoltage releases
Fee: 200 list price addition
per breaker
Ordering: Reference frame
catalog section for
modification suffixes
Note: Single fee per breaker
regardless of number of
internal accessories installed
Installation of External
Accessories 1
External accessories included
are lock offs, locking
provisions (Kirk Key™),
handle mechanisms, plug-in
blocks and motor operators
Fee: 200 list price additional
per accessory
Ordering: Reference
frame catalog section for
modification suffixes
Installation of Terminals 1
There is no fee for the
installation of standard or
non-standard terminals on
any frames except PD5
and PD6
Fee: 300 list price addition
per PD5/PD6 breaker
Ordering: Reference
terminals, lugs and
connectors section for
modification suffixes
Walking Beam Modification
Modify rear of breaker for
walking beam installation
Fee: 325 list price addition
per breaker Requires two
breakers
Ordering: Add suffix WB
to digits 19–20 on a Power
Defense catalog string
Freeze Tested
This option uses special
lubrication and mechanical
operation is verified at –40 ºC
Additional information can
be found in the special
applications section of
the catalog
Fee: 20% addition to total
breaker list price
Ordering: Add suffix J2 to
digits 19–20 on a Power
Defense catalog string
Note: Modification removes
UL listing per UL 489
Fungus/Moisture Treated
This option provides
additional protection against
fungus growth in application
above 95% noncondensing
humidity
Fee: 20% addition to total
breaker list price
Ordering: Add suffix J1 to
digits 19–20 on a Power
Defense catalog string
Note: Modification removes
UL listing per UL 489
Special Calibrations
Ambient temperature
calibrations other than 40 ºC
and 50 ºC or special magnetic
calibrations where applicable
Fee: 20% addition to total
breaker list price
Ordering: Contact Eaton’s
Technical Resource Center
Note: Modification removes
UL listing per UL 489
Certified Test Report
Available on demand via
Eaton Asset Manager mobile
phone application
Fee: Varies
Certificate of Compliance
or Origin
Available from Eaton’s
Technical Resource Center
Fee: No charge
Note
1 May also be field installed for reduced
cost and leadtime
V4-T2-142 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
23
Series G
Series G, 15–2500 Amperes for UL, CSA and IEC Applications

Series G
Standards and Certifications V4-T2-143
Product Selection Overview V4-T2-144
Product Selection GuideV4-T2-145
Technical Data and Specifications V4-T2-147
Dimensions and Weights V4-T2-152
EG-Frame (15–125 Amperes) V4-T2-153
JG-Frame (63–250 Amperes) V4-T2-167
LG-Frame (250–630 Amperes)V4-T2-185
NG-Frame (320–1200 Amperes) V4-T2-203
RG-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) V4-T2-212
Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) V4-T2-223
Motor Protector  (MPCB) V4-T2-227
30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) ModuleV4-T2-230
Current Limiting Circuit Breaker ModuleV4-T2-234
High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for
Selective Coordination V4-T2-239
Special Features and Accessories V4-T2-242
Motor OperatorsV4-T2-250
Plug-In Blocks V4-T2-252
Drawout CassetteV4-T2-253




Product Overview
Series G, 15–2500 Amperes for
UL, CSA and IEC Applications
Eaton Series G molded case
 provide
increased performance in
considerably less space than
standard  or
comparable fusible devices
The “G” signifies global
applications: Series G circuit
breakers are marked with UL,
CSA, CE, IEC and KEMA
K listings Other
advantages include:
● Field-fit accessories
● Common accessories
through 630 amperes
● Electronic trip units from
20 to 2500 amperes
● UL-listed and IEC-rated,
30 mA ground fault/earth
leakage modules
● Built-in ground fault
protection down to
20 amperes
The EG, JG and LG frames are
designed around space-saving
footprints The NG and RG
use the proven Eaton Series C
ND and RD designs
The Series G family includes
five frame sizes in ratings
from 15 to 2500 amperes
Series G offers a choice of
several interrupting capacities
up to 200 kA at 480 volts AC
(200 kA at 240 volts AC)
Series G molded case circuit
breakers are also available in
direct current options Please
see Specialty Breakers
Section 26 for more details
Standard calibration is 40 °C
For applications in high
ambient temperature
conditions, 50 °C factory
calibration is available on
thermal-magnetic breakers
(not UL)
The Most Logically Designed
Contact Assembly
The flexibility and outstanding
performance characteristics
of Eaton  are
made possible by the best
contact designs in circuit
breaker history Our
technology creates a highspeed “blow-open” action
using the electromechanical
forces produced by high-level
fault currents
Eaton  are
operated by a toggle-type
mechanism that is
mechanically trip-free from
the handle so that the
contacts cannot be held
closed against short circuit
currents Tripping due to
overload or short circuits is
clearly indicated by the
position on the handle This
remarkably fast and
dependable contact action is
designed to enhance safety
Thorough In-Plant Testing
The quality, dependability and
reliability of every Eaton
Circuit Breaker is ensured by
a thorough program of inplant testing Two calibration
tests are conducted on every
pole of every circuit breaker
to verify the trip mechanism,
operating mechanism,
continuity and accuracy
Current Limiting
Characteristics
 are current
limiting because of their
high repulsion contact
arrangement and use of
state-of-the-art arc
extinguishing technology
Eaton offers one of the most
complete lines of current
limiting breakers in the
industry The industrial
breakers are available in
current limiting versions with
interrupting capacities up to
200 kA at 480 V without
fuses in the same physical
size as standard and high
interrupting capacity
breakers
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-143
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
23
Series G
Operating Mechanisms
Eaton  have
a toggle handle operating
mechanism, which also
serves as a switching position
indicator The indicator shows
the positions of: ON, OFF and
TRIPPED
The toggle handle snaps into
the TRIPPED position if the
breaker is tripped by one of
its overcurrent, short circuit,
shunt or undervoltage
releases Before the circuit
breaker can be reclosed
following a trip-out, the toggle
handle must be brought
beyond the OFF position
(RESET) The circuit breaker
can then be reclosed
As an additional switching
position indicator for EG- to
RG-Frame ,
there are two windows on
the right and on the left of the
toggle handle, in which the
switching state is indicated
by means of the colors
red, green and white
corresponding to the ON,
OFF and TRIPPED positions
respectively
Positions of the Toggle
Handle Drive
Standards and Certifications
Eaton Series G circuit
breakers meet applicable UL
489 and IEC 60947-2
standards

from Eaton are designed to
conform with the following
international standards:
● Australian Standard AS
2184 and AS 3947-2
molded case circuit
breakers
● British Standards
Institution Standard
EN609472
● International
Electromechanical
Commission
Recommendations IEC
609472
● Japanese T-Mark standard
molded case circuit
breakers
● National Electrical
Manufacturers Association
Standards Publication No
AB1-1993 molded case

● South African Bureau of
Standards, Standard SANS
156, Standard Specification
for molded case circuit
breakers
● Swiss Electro-Technical
Association Standard SEV
9472, Safety Regulations
for
● Union Technique de
l’Electricite Standard NF C
63-120, low voltage
switchgear and control
gear circuit breaker
requirements
● Verband Deutscher
Elektrotechnike
(Association of German
Electrical Engineers)
Standard VDE 0660, low
voltage switchgear and
control gear, circuit
breakers
Global Third-Party
Certification
Certification marks ensure
product compliance with the
total standard via the third
party witnessing of tests
by globally recognized
independent certification
organizations
KEMA is a highly recognized,
independent international
organization that offers
certification and inspection
facilities for equipment in
many industries The KEMAK mark is the highest
certification an electrical
product can receive from
KEMA Our IEC 60947-2

are KEMA tested and
certified These breakers are
also listed in accordance with
UL 489, as well as CSA C222
No 5-02
KEMA, UL and CSA provide
ongoing follow-up testing and
inspections to ensure that
Eaton molded case circuit
breakers continue to meet
their exacting standards
ISO Certification
Eaton  are
manufactured in ISO®
certified facilities
OFF
Reset
ON Tripped
V4-T2-144 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
23
Series G
Product Selection Overview
Electronic Trip Units (Digitrip RMS Trip Units)Multi-Function Electronic Trip Units for All Applications
True rms Sensing
Digitrip RMS trip units use Eaton’s microprocessor-based intelligence to provide true rms sensing,
permitting increased accuracy and reliable system protection True rms sensing is not susceptible to
nuisance tripping when waveforms containing high harmonic currents are present
Digitrip RMS 310+
Digitrip RMS 310+ electronic
trip units are available with
Eaton Series G circuit
breakers JG, LG, NG and RG,
as well as Series C FD, KD,
LD and MDL
Digitrip 310+ trip units are
equipped with an integrated Ir
switch that allows users to
modify the continuous
current rating of the breaker
without having to replace a
rating plug This provides
further flexibility for
coordination in systems
The trip units may be used
in 50 Hz or 60 Hz applications
The Digitrip 310+ offers true
rms sensing, is front
adjustable and has an optional
local display of current and
cause of trip
Curve Shaping
When selectively coordinated
systems are called for,
Digitrip RMS 310+ will
provide a cost-effective
solution for a variety of
applications
The standard Digitrip RMS
310+ includes an adjustable
short time pickup setting
encompassing an I2t ramp
function that provides the
basic LS curve shaping
function
Digitrip 310+ trip units also
include selectable long time
delay (tLD) and pickup
settings (Ir) A rating plug is
not required
The optional Digitrip RMS
310+ LSI and LSIG provide
additional flat response short
time delay adjustments and
an instantaneous setting to
provide LSI curve shaping
capability
Digitrip RMS 310+ LSG and
LSIG units are available with
ground fault pickup and flat
response ground fault delay
Ground fault alarm options are
available with trip and no trip
functionality as a means to
notify users of a ground fault
condition with the option to
maintain the breaker
Digitrip RMS 310+ trip units
can effectively coordinate
with both sophisticated
upstream power breakers as
well as downstream thermalmagnetic breakers, making
Digitrip RMS 310+ trip units
the cost-effective reliable
choice for selectively
coordinated systems
Thermal Memory
All Digitrip RMS trip units
incorporate a long delay
Thermal memory prevents the
system from cumulative
overheating due to repeated
overcurrent events that may
occur in quick succession
Field Testing
A field test kit is available for
Digitrip RMS 310+ trip units
Arcflash Reduction
Maintenance System
Arcflash Reduction
Maintenance System is an
available feature on KD, LG,
LD, MDL, NG and RG frames
with 310+ electronic trip
units This feature increases
worker safety by providing
an accelerated instantaneous
trip unit to reduce arc flash
Additionally, LG, NG and RG
frames with the Arcflash
Reduction Maintenance
System feature include a
fully adjustable instantaneous
setting
Digitrip RMS 610 and 910
Digitrip RMS 610 and 910 trip
units are available with Eaton
R-Frame  800
through 2500 amperes
Digitrip 610 and 910 trip units
provide unparalleled system
protection with the added
convenience of a local
display
Curve Shaping
Digitrip RMS 610 and 910 trip
units are available with up to
nine curve shaping choices
achieved by adjusting up to
seven switches on the front
of the unit for optimum
system coordination
Maximum curve shaping
flexibility is provided by
dependent long and short
delay adjustments that are
long delay pickup (Ir) based,
depicted on the front of the
unit by the blue portion of the
time-current curve
Additional coordination
capability can be provided by
utilizing the short delay and
ground fault zone selective
interlocking features available
on these trip units
System Diagnostics
Digitrip RMS 610 and 910
models of trip units provide
long delay, short delay,
instantaneous, and ground
fault cause of trip LEDs on
the front of the unit Their
display shows a magnitude of
trip information, as well as
remote signal contacts, for
improved system alarming
System Monitoring
Digitrip 610 and 910 trip units
have the capability to monitor
phase currents, as well as
neutral or ground currents
This information is displayed
on a large digital display
mounted on the unit
Digitrip RMS 910 trip units
can also provide the user with
power and energy monitoring
capability Peak power
demand, present power
demand, and total energy, as
well as forward and reverse
energy can be monitored with
this unit
Digitrip RMS 910 trip units
have the additional capability
of monitoring line-to-line
voltage, as well as system
power factor Both
parameters are displayed in
the digital display window
and are supported by LEDs to
indicate which parameter is
being displayed
Harmonics Monitoring
Digitrip RMS 910 trip units
are capable of displaying
values of current harmonics
in the digital display window
Percentage of harmonic
content can be monitored for
each phase, up to the 27th
harmonic Additionally, a total
harmonic distortion value can
be calculated and displayed
Communications
Digitrip RMS 910 units have
built-in communications
options to allow all protection,
monitoring, and control
information to be transmitted
back to a central location via
the Eaton PowerNet™
system
Field Testing
Integral field testing capability
is provided on all 610 and 910
trip units No additional test
set is needed to perform both
trip and no trip field testing
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-145
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
23
Series G
Product Selection Guide
Electronic Trip Units
DigitripRMS 310+, 610 and 910
Notes
In = Rating plug rating
Ir = Long delay setting
1 310+ details are included by frame in Pages V4-T2-182 (JG), V4-T2-200 (LG), V4-T2-210 (NG), and V4-T2-221 (RG)
2 310+ trip units have selectable settings instead of a rating plug
3 310+ trip units have adjustable long delay times of 2–24 seconds, except NG 310+ for 800 A frame, for which it is 2–14 seconds
4 JG/LG: 2X–14X (In); NG: 2X–8X (In); RG: 2X–9X (In); 2500 ampere RG-Frame 2X–6X% x (In)
5 LG, NG and RG ALSI and ALSIG 310+ trip units include an independently adjustable Instantaneous (Ii
) setting
6 LS, LSG only
7 Not to exceed 1200 amperes
RMS 310+ RMS 610 RMS 910
Breaker Type
Series G frame(s) JG-, LG-, NG- and RG-Frames RG-Frame RG-Frame
Ampere rating 20–2500 A 800–2500 A 800–2500 A
Interrupting rating at 415 V 35, 70, 100 kA 70, 100 kA 70, 100 kA
Trip Unit Sensing
rms sensing Yes Yes Yes
Protection and Coordination 1
Protection Ordering options LS, LSG LSI, LSIG LI, LS, LSI, LIG, LSG, LSIG LI, LS, LSI, LIG, LSG, LSIG
Fixed rating plug (In) 2 Yes Yes Yes Yes
Overtemperature trip Yes Yes Yes Yes
Long delay Adjustable lr
 switch Yes Yes No No
Long delay setting VAR/frame VAR/frame 05–10 x (ln) 05–10 x (ln)
Long delay time I2t at 6x 10 seconds 3 10 seconds 3 2–24 seconds 2–24 seconds
Long delay thermal memory Yes Yes Yes Yes
High load alarm 105 lr 105 lr 085 x Ir 085 x Ir
Short delay Short delay setting VAR/frame 4 VAR/frame 4 200–600% S1 and S2 x (Ir
) 200–600% S1 and S2 x (Ir
)
Short delay time I2t 100 ms No 100, 300, 500 ms 100, 300, 500 ms
Short delay time flat No I–300 ms 100–500 ms 100–500 ms
Short delay time ZSI No Yes Yes Yes
Instantaneous Independent adjustable Inst setting No Yes 5 Yes Yes
Instantaneous setting No VAR/frame 200–600% M1 and M2 x (ln) 200–600% M1 and M2 x (ln)
Discriminator No No Yes 6 Yes 6
Instantaneous override Yes Yes Yes Yes
Ground fault Ground fault setting VAR/frame 7 VAR/frame 7 25–100% x (ln) 7 25–100% x (ln) 7
Ground fault delay I2t at 062x No No 100, 300, 500 ms 100, 300, 500 ms
Ground fault delay flat I–300 ms I–300 ms 100–500 ms 100–500 ms
Ground fault ZSI No Yes Yes Yes
Ground fault thermal memory No No Yes Yes
JG
RG LG/NG
V4-T2-146 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
23
Series G
DigitripRMS 310+, 610 and 910, continued
Notes
1 Using cause of trip module (catalog number TRIP-LED)
2 RG 310+ trip units include integrated cause of trip LEDs
3 Using ammeter or remote ammeter/cause of trip display (catalog number DIGIVIEW and DIGIVIEWR06)
4 Test kit available for field testing 310+ trip units (catalog number MTST230V)
RMS 310+ RMS 610 RMS 910
LS, LSG LSI, LSIG LSI, LSIG, LSIG (A) LSI (A), LSIG
System Diagnostics
Cause of trip LEDs Yes 1 2 Yes 1 2 Yes Yes
Magnitude of trip information No No Yes Yes
Remote signal contacts No No Yes Yes
System Monitoring
Digital display Yes 3 Yes 3 Yes Yes
Current Yes 3 Yes 3 Yes Yes
Voltage No No No Yes
Power and energy No No No Yes
Power qualityharmonics No No No Yes
Power factor No No No Yes
System Communications
PowerNet No No No Yes
Field Testing
Testing method Test set 4 Test set 4 Integral Integral
JG
RG LG/NG
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-147
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
23
Series G
Technical Data and Specifications
Ratings
Frames EG, JG and LG
Notes
1 125 amperes is the maximum UL and CSA rating for the EG
2 630 amperes is not a UL or CSA listed rating 600 amperes is the maximum UL and CSA listed rating for the LG
3 Breaker type C, U and X are current limiting per UL 489
4 EG breaker rated 600/347 Vac
5 Two poles in series
6 125 Vdc only for single-pole breakers
7 Not suitable for DC application Four-pole ground fault not available
EG JG LG
Maximum rated current (amperes) 125, 160 1 250 400, 630 2
Breaker type 3 B B E S S H H C E S H C U X E S H C U X
Number of poles 1 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 1 2, 3, 4 1 2, 3, 4 3, 4 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4
Breaker Capacity (kA rms) Vac 50–60 Hz
NEMA®,
UL, CSA
240 Vac 25 25 35 85 85 100 100 200 65 85 100 200 200 200 65 85 100 200 200 200
480 Vac  18 25  35  65 100 25 35 65 100 150 200 35 50 65 100 150 200
600 Vac 4   18  22  25 35 18 18 25 35 50 50 18 25 35 50 65 65
125/250 Vdc 5 10 6 10 10 35 6 35 42 6 42 42 10 22 22 42 50 50 22 22 42 42 50 50
IEC 60947-2 220–240 Vac Icu 25 25 35 85 85 100 100 200 65 85 100 200 200 200 65 85 100 200 200 200
Ics 25 25 35 43 43 50 50 200 65 85 100 200 200 200 65 85 100 200 200 200
380–415 Vac Icu  18 25  40  70 100 25 40 70 100 150 200 35 50 70 100 150 200
Ics  18 25  30  35 100 25 40 70 100 150 200 35 50 53 100 150 200
660–690 Vac Icu         12 12 14 16 18 18 12 20 25 30 35 35
Ics  6 6 7 12 14 14 6 10 13 15 18 18
125/250 Vdc 5 Icu 10 6 10 10 35 6 35 42 6 42 42 10 22 22 42 50 50 22 22 42 42 50 50
Ics 10 6 10 10 35 6 35 42 6 42 42 10 22 22 42 50 50 22 22 42 42 50 50
Ampere range 15–160 A 1 20–250 A 100–630 A 2
Trip Units
F = Fixed
A = Adjustable
T = Thermal
M = Magnetic
FT-FM
AT-FM
FT-AM
AT-AM
Electronic (Digitrip RMS 310)
FT-AM
AT-AM
Electronic (Digitrip RMS 310)
Interchangeable         ■■■■■■ ■■■■■■
Built-in ■■■■■■■■ ■■■■■■ ■■■■■■
Thermal
magnetic
Fixed thermal ■■■■■■■■ ■■■■■■ ■■■■■■
Adjustable
thermal
■■■■■■■■ ■■■■■■ ■■■■■■
Magnetic Fixed Adjustable Adjustable
Electronic
RMS 7
LS         ■■■■■■ ■■■■■■
LSI         ■■■■■■ ■■■■■■
LSG         ■■■■■■ ■■■■■■
LSIG         ■■■■■■ ■■■■■■
ALSI               ■■■■■■
ALSIG               ■■■■■■
Utilization category AAAAAAAA AAAAAA AAAAAA
V4-T2-148 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
23
Series G
Frames NG and RG
Notes
1 NG 1600 ampere frame is not UL or CSA listed
2 Not KEMA-K listed
3 IEC 60947-2 H5 Annex H is not KEMA-K tested
4 Not suitable for DC application Four-pole ground fault not available
5 RG 310+ are interchangeable with the exception of: FROM not ground fault equipped TO ground fault equipped
6 Available only on Digitrip 910 trip units
NG RG
Maximum rated current (amperes) 800, 1200 800, 1200 800, 1200 1600 1 800 1600, 2000, 2500 1600, 2000, 2500
Breaker type S H C 2 S U H C 2
Number of poles 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 3 3 3, 4 3, 4
Breaker Capacity (kA rms) AC 50–60 Hz
NEMA,
UL, CSA
240 Vac 85 100 200  200 125 200
480 Vac 50 65 100  150 65 100
600 Vac 25 35 65  65 50 65
IEC 60947-2 220–240 Vac Icu 85 100 200 85  135 200
Ics 85 100 100 85  100 100
380–415 Vac Icu 50 70 100 50  70 100
Ics 50 50 50 50  50 50
660–690 Vac Icu 20 3 25 3 35 20 3  25 3 35 3
Ics 10 13 18 10  13 18
250 Vdc Icu   
Ics   
Ampere range 400–1200 A 400–1200 A 400–1200 A 1600 A 800 A 800–2500 A 800–2500 A
Trip units Electronic
(Digitrip RMS 310+)
Electronic
(Digitrip RMS 310+ and 910)
Interchangeable      ■ 5 ■ 5
Built-in ■■■■■ ■ ■
Electronic 4 LI      ■ 6 ■ 6
LS ■■■■■ ■ ■
LSI ■■■■■ ■ ■
LIG      ■ 6 ■ 6
LSG ■■■■■ ■ ■
LSIG ■■■■■ ■ ■
ALSI ■■■■  ■ ■
ALSIG ■■■■  ■ ■
Utilization category A A A A A A A
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-149
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
23
Series G
General Specifications
All Series G Frames
Notes
1 125 amperes is the maximum UL and CSA rating for the EG
2 630 amperes is not a UL or CSA listed rating 600 amperes is the maximum UL and CSA rating for the LG
3 1200 amperes is the maximum UL and CSA rating for the NG
4 Thermal overload release set to the lower value
5 Thermal overload release set to the upper value
6 Not suitable for DC switching
EG JG LG NG RG
Maximum rated current In depending on the version 160 A 1 250 A 400, 630 A 2 800, 1200, 1600 A 3 1600, 2000, 2500 A
Rated insulation voltage U, according to IEC 60947-2
Main conducting paths 500 Vac 750 Vac 750 Vac 750 Vac 750 Vac
Auxiliary circuits 500 Vac 690 Vac 690 Vac 690 Vac 690 Vac
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp
Main conducting paths 6 kV 8 kV 8 kV 8 kV 8 kV
Auxiliary circuits 4 kV 4 kV 4 kV 4 kV 4 kV
Rated operational voltage Ue
IEC 415 Vac 690 Vac 690 Vac 690 Vac 690 Vac
NEMA 600Y/347 Vac 600 Vac 600 Vac 600 Vac 600 Vac
UL and CSA listed Yes 1 Yes Yes 2 Yes 3 Yes
Permissible ambient temperature –20 ° to 70 °C –20 ° to 70 °C –20 ° to 70 °C –20 ° to 70 °C –20 ° to 70 °C
Permissible load for various ambient temperatures
close to the circuit breaker, related to the rated current
of the circuit breaker
454545  
  for plant protection
 At 40 °C 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%
 At 50 °C 96% 92% 96% 94% 96% 91% 91% 91%
 At 55 °C 93% 87% 94% 90% 93% 86% 85% 85%
 At 60 °C 91% 83% 92% 87% 90% 82% 81% 81%
 At 70 °C 86% 73% 88% 80% 84% 70% 70% 70%
  for motor protection
 At 40 °C  100% 100%  
 At 50 °C  100% 100%  
 At 55 °C  100% 100%  
 At 60 °C  100% 100%  
 At 70 °C  90% 90%  
  for starter combinations and
 isolating
 At 40 °C 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%
 At 50 °C 100% 100% 100% 91% 91%
 At 55 °C 96% 96% 95% 85% 85%
 At 60 °C 91% 82% 90% 81% 81%
 At 70 °C 86% 88% 84%  
Rated short-circuit breaking capacity (DC) Not for circuit
breakers for motor protection (Time constant t = 10 rms)
Two conducting paths in series
For EG to LG up to 250 Vdc
42 kA max 42 kA max 42 kA max 6 6
NEMA (time constant t = 8 rms)
Two conducting paths in series 250 Vdc
42 kA max 42 kA max 42 kA max 6 6
V4-T2-150 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
23
Series G
All Series G Frames, continued
EG JG LG NG RG
Main switch characteristics according to IEC 60947-2
in combination with lockable rotary drives
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Rated short circuit breaking capacity according to
IEC 60947-2 (at AC 50/60 Hz)
For rated short circuit breaking capacity, see Page V4-T2-147
Endurance (operating cycles) 10,000 10,000 8,000 3,000 3,000
Maximum switching frequency 300 1/h 240 1/h 240 1/h 60 1/h 60 1/h
Conductor cross sections and terminal types for
main conductors
Box terminals Box terminals Box terminals Flat bar terminals Flat bar terminals Flat bar terminals
Solid or stranded 25 to 95 mm2 50 to 150 mm2 95 to 240 mm2  
Finely stranded with end sleeve 25 to 50/70 mm2 35 to 120 mm2 70 to 150 mm2  
Busbar    600 A Optional Optional
Tightening torque for box terminals 56 Nm 20 Nm 42 Nm 31 Nm 31 Nm
Tightening torque for busbar connection pieces 56 Nm 15 Nm 30 Nm 6 Nm 50 Nm 20 Nm
Conductor cross sections for auxiliary circuits with
terminal connection or terminal strip
Solid 075 to 25 mm2 075 to 25 mm2 075 to 25 mm2 Up to 2x4 mm2 Up to 2x4 mm2
Finely stranded with end sleeve 075 to 25 mm2 075 to 25 mm2 075 to 25 mm2 Up to 2x25 mm2 Up to 2x25 mm2
With brought-out cable ends  082 (AWG 18) mm2 082 (AWG 18) mm2 082 (AWG 18) mm2 082 (AWG 18) mm2
Tightening torque for fitting screws  08 to 14 Nm 08 to 14 Nm 08 to 14 Nm 08 to 14 Nm
Power loss per circuit breaker at maximum rated
current ln (the power losses of the undervoltage
releases (“r” releases) must be observed if necessary)
at three-phase symmetrical load) 400 A: 600 A:
For plant protection 40 W 45 W 65 W 120 W 87/210 W 220/270/400 W
As isolating circuit breaker 40 W 45 W 65 W 120 W 87/210 W 220/270/400 W
For starter combinations 40 W 45 W 65 W 120 W  
For motor protection  45 W 65 W 120 W  
Permissible mounting position
Arc spacing suitable for reverse-feed applications Yes (except HMCPE) Yes Yes Yes Yes
Auxiliary Switches
Rated thermal current lth 6 A 6 A 6 A 6 A 6 A
Rated making capacity 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A
AC-14 AC-14 AC-14 AC-15 AC-15
 Rated operational voltage 230/400/600 V 230/400/600 V 230/400/600 V 600 V 600 V
 Rated operational current 6/3/025 A 6/3/025 A 6/3/025 A 6A 6A
DC-13 DC-13
 Rated operational voltage 125/250 V 125/250 V 125/250 V 125/250 V 125/250 V
 Rated operational current 05/015 A 05/015 A 05/015 A 05/025 A 05/025 A
Backup fuse 6/4/4 A (4) 6/4/4 A (4) 6/4/4 A (4) 6/4/4 A (4) 6/4/4 A
Miniature circuit breaker 6/4 A 6/4 A 6/4 A 6/4 A 6/4 A
90
90
90
90
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-151
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
23
Series G
All Series G Frames, continued
EG JG LG NG RG
Releases
Undervoltage releases (“r” releases)
Response voltage:
Drop (breaker tripped) Us 35–70% 35–70% 35–70% 35–70% 35–70%
Pickup (breaker may be switched on) Us 85–110% 85–110% 85–110% 85–110% 85–110%
Power consumption in continuous operation at:
50/60 Hz 12 Vac    19 VA 29 VA
50/60 Hz 24 Vac 072 VA 39 VA 39 VA 24 VA 31 VA
50/60 Hz 48–60 Vac 115–178 VA 25–38 VA 25–38 VA 23–41 VA 34–60 VA
50/60 Hz 110–127 Vac 096–125 VA 18–24 VA 18–24 VA 34–42 VA 33–38 VA
50/60 Hz 208–240 Vac 128–168 VA 27–38 VA 27–38 VA 48–65 VA 42–72 VA
50/60 Hz 380–500 Vac 22–39 VA 34–58 VA 34–58 VA 68–120 VA 38–100 VA
50/60 Hz 525–600 Vac 34–43 VA 34–43 VA 34–43 VA  
12 Vdc    26W 34W
24 Vdc 070 W 31W 31W 36W 43W
48–60 Vdc 112–176W 20–31W 20–31W 35–55W 48–72W
110–125 Vdc 094–121W 16–22W 16–22W 29–36W 33–38W
220–250 Vdc 145–186W 31–4W 31–4W 48–63W 66–75W
Maximum opening time 50 ms 50 ms 50 ms 62 ms 62 ms
Shunt Trips
Shunt trips (“f” releases)
Response voltage:
Pickup (breaker tripped) Us 70–110% 70–110% 70–110% 70–110% 70–110%
Power consumption in (short time) at:
50/60 Hz 24 Vac 10–41 VA 87–405 VA 87–405 VA 98–475 VA 612 VA
50/60 Hz 48–60 Vac 139–210 VA 710–1105 VA 710–1105 VA 24–50 VA 403–666 VA
50/60 Hz 48–127 Vac     
50/60 Hz 110–240 Vac 83–360 VA 66–432 VA 66–432 VA 67–432 VA 396–1896 VA
50/60 Hz 380–440 Vac  127–188 VA 127–188 VA 76–110 VA 1596–2156 VA
50/60 Hz 380–600 Vac 418–1080 VA    
50/60 Hz 480–600 Vac  34–60 VA 34–60 VA 19–42 VA 230–384 VA
12–24 Vdc 29–120 W 164–631 W 164–631 W 145–610 W 396 W
48–60 Vdc 475–720 W 830–1580 W 830–1580 W 67–102 W 341–528 W
110–125 Vdc 99–121 W 112–150 W 112–150 W 121–150 W 264–350 W
220–250 Vdc  40–58W 40–58 W 46–55 W 374–475 W
Maximum load duration Interrupts automatically Interrupts automatically Interrupts automatically Interrupts automatically Interrupts automatically
Maximum opening time 50 ms 50 ms 50 ms 62 ms 62 ms
Molded Case Switch (with High Magnetic Trip)
Unfused kAIC at 480 Vac (415 Vac) 65 (70) 65 (70) 65 (70) 65 (70) 65 (70)
Self-protected, will trip above 1250 for EG125;
1600 for EG160
2500 4000/6300 12,500 20,000
V4-T2-152 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
23
Series G
Dimensions and Weights
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Series GFrame EG, JG and LG
Series GFrame NG and RG
Approximate Shipping Weight in Lbs (kg)
Series GFrame EG, JG and LG
EG JG LG
H WD H WD H WD
Single-pole 550 (1397) 100 (254) 299 (760)      
Two-pole 550 (1397) 200 (508) 299 (760) 700 (1778) 413 (1050) 357 (874)   
Three-pole 550 (1397) 300 (762) 299 (760) 700 (1778) 413 (1050) 357 (874) 1013 (2580) 548 (1400) 409 (1040)
Four-pole 550 (1397) 400 (1016) 299 (760) 700 (1778) 534 (1356) 357 (874) 1013 (2580) 722 (1830) 409 (1040)
NG RG
H WD H WD
Single-pole  
Two-pole  
Three-pole 1600 (4060) 825 (2100) 550 (1400) 1600 (4060) 1550 (3940) 975 (2290)
Four-pole 1600 (4060) 1113 (2800) 550 (1400) 1600 (4060) 2000 (5080) 975 (2290)
EG JG LG NG RG
Single-pole 085 (039)    
Two-pole 157 (071) 113 (513)   
Three-pole 228 (104) 506 (230) T/M
531 (241) ETU
1236 (561) T/M
1304 (592) ETU
468 (213) 1030 (470)
Four-pole 285 (129) 676 (307) T/M
712 (323) ETU
1627 (739) T/M
1692 (768) ETU
620 (283) 1184 (540)
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-153
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
23
Series G
EG-Frame (15–125 Amperes)

EG-Frame (15–125 Amperes)
Catalog Number Selection V4-T2-154
Product SelectionV4-T2-155
AccessoriesV4-T2-164
Technical Data and SpecificationsV4-T2-165
Dimensions and WeightsV4-T2-165
JG-Frame (63–250 Amperes)V4-T2-167
LG-Frame (250–630 Amperes) V4-T2-185
NG-Frame (320–1200 Amperes)V4-T2-203
RG-Frame (800–2500 Amperes)V4-T2-212
Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP)V4-T2-223
Motor Protector  (MPCB)V4-T2-227
30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Module V4-T2-230
Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module V4-T2-234
High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for
Selective CoordinationV4-T2-239
Special Features and AccessoriesV4-T2-242
Motor OperatorsV4-T2-250
Plug-In BlocksV4-T2-252
Drawout Cassette V4-T2-253
EG-Frame (15–125 Amperes)
Product Description
EG breaker is HACR rated
V4-T2-154 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
23
Series G
Catalog Number Selection
This information is presented only as an aid to understanding catalog numbers
It is not to be used to build catalog numbers for  or trip units
Series GEG-Frame (15–125 Amperes)
Notes
1 Cannot be UL rated
2 Available only as 125 and 160 A sizes
Terminations/Hardware
Terminals Mounting Hardware
M = Metric end caps
E = Imperial end caps
G = Line/load standard
B = Bolt-on
Metric
Imperial
Metric

Frame
E
Performance
600Y/347 480 415 240
B  18 18 25
E 18 25 25 35
S 22 35 40 85
H 25 65 70 100
C 35 100 100 200
K Molded case switch 2
Standard/Application
G = IEC/CE/UL/CSA
Amperes
016 1
015
020
025
030
032 1
035
040
045
050
060
063 1
070
080
090
100
110
125
160 1
Number of Poles
1 = One
2 = Two
3 = Three
4 = Fourneutral 0% protected
7 = Fourneutral 100% protected Trip Unit
FF = Fixed fixed
AF = Adjustable thermal fixed magnetic
KS = Molded case switch
E G H 3 015 FF G
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-155
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
23
Series G
Product Selection
Complete Breaker (Includes Frame, Trip Unit, Standard Terminals
and Mounting Hardware) IC Rating at 415/480 Volts
EG-Frame18/18
Notes
1 16, 32, 63 and 160 A are not UL listed ratings
2 Adjustable thermal are not UL listed
3 Change the fourth digit to 7 for 100% neutral protection Neutral is on the LH side
Maximum
Continuous
Amps at 40 °C 1
Single-Pole Two-Pole Three-Pole Four-Pole 3
Fixed Thermal,
Fixed Magnetic
Fixed Thermal,
Fixed Magnetic
Fixed Thermal,
Fixed Magnetic
Adjustable 2
Thermal,
Fixed Magnetic
Fixed Thermal,
Fixed Magnetic
Adjustable 2
Thermal,
Fixed Magnetic
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
15 EGB1015FFG EGB2015FFG EGB3015FFG  EGB4015FFG
16 EGB1016FFG EGB2016FFG EGB3016FFG  EGB4016FFG
20 EGB1020FFG EGB2020FFG EGB3020FFG  EGB4020FFG EGB4020AFG
25 EGB1025FFG EGB2025FFG EGB3025FFG EGB3025AFG EGB4025FFG EGB4025AFG
30 EGB1030FFG EGB2030FFG EGB3030FFG  EGB4030FFG
32 EGB1032FFG EGB2032FFG EGB3032FFG EGB3032AFG EGB4032FFG EGB4032AFG
35 EGB1035FFG EGB2035FFG EGB3035FFG  EGB4035FFG
40 EGB1040FFG EGB2040FFG EGB3040FFG EGB3040AFG EGB4040FFG EGB4040AFG
45 EGB1045FFG EGB2045FFG EGB3045FFG  EGB4045FFG
50 EGB1050FFG EGB2050FFG EGB3050FFG EGB3050AFG EGB4050FFG EGB4050AFG
60 EGB1060FFG EGB2060FFG EGB3060FFG  EGB4060FFG
63 EGB1063FFG EGB2063FFG EGB3063FFG EGB3063AFG EGB4063FFG EGB4063AFG
70 EGB1070FFG EGB2070FFG EGB3070FFG  EGB4070FFG
80 EGB1080FFG EGB2080FFG EGB3080FFG EGB3080AFG EGB4080FFG EGB4080AFG
90 EGB1090FFG EGB2090FFG EGB3090FFG  EGB4090FFG
100 EGB1100FFG EGB2100FFG EGB3100FFG EGB3100AFG EGB4100FFG EGB4100AFG
110 EGB1110FFG EGB2110FFG EGB3110FFG  EGB4110FFG
125 EGB1125FFG EGB2125FFG EGB3125FFG EGB3125AFG EGB4125FFG EGB4125AFG
160   EGB3160FFG EGB3160AFG EGB4160FFG EGB4160AFG
EG-Frame
V4-T2-156 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
23
Series G
EG-Frame25/25 Single-Pole Unavailable
EG-Frame25/25
Notes
1 16, 32, 63 and 160 A are not UL listed ratings
2 Adjustable thermal are not UL listed
3 Change the fourth digit to 7 for 100% neutral protection Neutral is on the LH side
Maximum Continuous
Amps at 40 °C 1
Two-Pole Three-Pole Four-Pole 3
Fixed Thermal,
Fixed Magnetic
Fixed Thermal,
Fixed Magnetic
Adjustable 2
Thermal,
Fixed Magnetic
Fixed Thermal,
Fixed Magnetic
Adjustable 2
Thermal,
Fixed Magnetic
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
15 EGE2015FFG EGE3015FFG  EGE4015FFG
16 EGE2016FFG EGE3016FFG  EGE4016FFG
20 EGE2020FFG EGE3020FFG  EGE4020FFG EGE4020AFG
25 EGE2025FFG EGE3025FFG EGE3025AFG EGE4025FFG EGE4025AFG
30 EGE2030FFG EGE3030FFG  EGE4030FFG
32 EGE2032FFG EGE3032FFG EGE3032AFG EGE4032FFG EGE4032AFG
35 EGE2035FFG EGE3035FFG  EGE4035FFG
40 EGE2040FFG EGE3040FFG EGE3040AFG EGE4040FFG EGE4040AFG
45 EGE2045FFG EGE3045FFG EGE3050AFG EGE4045FFG
50 EGE2050FFG EGE3050FFG  EGE4050FFG EGE4050AFG
60 EGE2060FFG EGE3060FFG  EGE4060FFG
63 EGE2063FFG EGE3063FFG EGE3063AFG EGE4063FFG EGE4063AFG
70 EGE2070FFG EGE3070FFG  EGE4070FFG
80 EGE2080FFG EGE3080FFG EGE3080AFG EGE4080FFG EGE4080AFG
90 EGE2090FFG EGE3090FFG  EGE4090FFG
100 EGE2100FFG EGE3100FFG EGE3100AFG EGE4100FFG EGE4100AFG
125 EGE2125FFG EGE3125FFG EGE3125AFG EGE4125FFG EGE4125AFG
160  EGE3160FFG EGE3160AFG EGE4160FFG EGE4160AFG
EG-Frame
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-157
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
23
Series G
EG-Frame40/35
Notes
1 16, 32, 63 and 160 A are not UL listed ratings
2 Adjustable thermal are not UL listed
3 Change the fourth digit to 7 for 100% neutral protection Neutral is on the LH side
Maximum
Continuous
Amps at 40 °C 1
Single-Pole Two-Pole Three-Pole Four-Pole 3
Fixed Thermal,
Fixed Magnetic
Fixed Thermal,
Fixed Magnetic
Fixed Thermal,
Fixed Magnetic
Adjustable 2
Thermal, Fixed
Magnetic
Fixed Thermal,
Fixed Magnetic
Adjustable 2
Thermal, Fixed
Magnetic
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
15 EGS1015FFG EGS2015FFG EGS3015FFG  EGS4015FFG
16 EGS1016FFG EGS2016FFG EGS3016FFG  EGS4016FFG
20 EGS1020FFG EGS2020FFG EGS3020FFG  EGS4020FFG EGS4020AFG
25 EGS1025FFG EGS2025FFG EGS3025FFG EGS3025AFG EGS4025FFG EGS4025AFG
30 EGS1030FFG EGS2030FFG EGS3030FFG  EGS4030FFG
32 EGS1032FFG EGS2032FFG EGS3032FFG EGS3032AFG EGS4032FFG EGS4032AFG
35 EGS1035FFG EGS2035FFG EGS3035FFG  EGS4035FFG
40 EGS1040FFG EGS2040FFG EGS3040FFG EGS3040AFG EGS4040FFG EGS4040AFG
45 EGS1045FFG EGS2045FFG EGS3045FFG  EGS4045FFG
50 EGS1050FFG EGS2050FFG EGS3050FFG EGS3050AFG EGS4050FFG EGS4050AFG
60 EGS1060FFG EGS2060FFG EGS3060FFG  EGS4060FFG
63 EGS1063FFG EGS2063FFG EGS3063FFG EGS3063AFG EGS4063FFG EGS4063AFG
70 EGS1070FFG EGS2070FFG EGS3070FFG  EGS4070FFG
80 EGS1080FFG EGS2080FFG EGS3080FFG EGS3080AFG EGS4080FFG EGS4080AFG
90 EGS1090FFG EGS2090FFG EGS3090FFG  EGS4090FFG
100 EGS1100FFG EGS2100FFG EGS3100FFG EGS3100AFG EGS4100FFG EGS4100AFG
125 EGS1125FFG EGS2125FFG EGS3125FFG EGS3125AFG EGS4125FFG EGS4125AFG
160   EGS3160FFG EGS3160AFG EGS4160FFG EGS4160AFG
EG-Frame
V4-T2-158 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
23
Series G
EG-Frame70/65
Notes
1 16, 32, 63 A are not UL listed ratings
2 Adjustable thermal are not UL listed
3 Change the fourth digit to 7 for 100% neutral protection Neutral is on the LH side
Maximum
Continuous
Amps at 40 °C 1
Single-Pole Two-Pole Three-Pole Four-Pole 3
Fixed Thermal,
Fixed Magnetic
Fixed Thermal,
Fixed Magnetic
Fixed Thermal,
Fixed Magnetic
Adjustable 2
Thermal, Fixed
Magnetic
Fixed Thermal,
Fixed Magnetic
Adjustable 2
Thermal, Fixed
Magnetic
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
15 EGH1015FFG EGH2015FFG EGH3015FFG  EGH4015FFG
16 EGH1016FFG EGH2016FFG EGH3016FFG  EGH4016FFG
20 EGH1020FFG EGH2020FFG EGH3020FFG EGH3020AFG EGH4020FFG EGH4020AFG
25 EGH1025FFG EGH2025FFG EGH3025FFG EGH3025AFG EGH4025FFG EGH4025AFG
30 EGH1030FFG EGH2030FFG EGH3030FFG  EGH4030FFG
32 EGH1032FFG EGH2032FFG EGH3032FFG EGH3032AFG EGH4032FFG EGH4032AFG
35 EGH1035FFG EGH2035FFG EGH3035FFG  EGH4035FFG
40 EGH1040FFG EGH2040FFG EGH3040FFG EGH3040AFG EGH4040FFG EGH4040AFG
45 EGH1045FFG EGH2045FFG EGH3045FFG  EGH4045FFG EGH4050AFG
50 EGH1050FFG EGH2050FFG EGH3050FFG EGH3050AFG EGH4050FFG
60 EGH1060FFG EGH2060FFG EGH3060FFG  EGH4060FFG
63 EGH1063FFG EGH2063FFG EGH3063FFG EGH3063AFG EGH4063FFG EGH4063AFG
70 EGH1070FFG EGH2070FFG EGH3070FFG  EGH4070FFG
80 EGH1080FFG EGH2080FFG EGH3080FFG EGH3080AFG EGH4080FFG EGH4080AFG
90 EGH1090FFG EGH2090FFG EGH3090FFG  EGH4090FFG
100 EGH1100FFG EGH2100FFG EGH3100FFG EGH3100AFG EGH4100FFG EGH4100AFG
125 EGH1125FFG EGH2125FFG EGH3125FFG EGH3125AFG EGH4125FFG EGH4125AFG
EG-Frame
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-159
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
23
Series G
EG-Frame100/100 Current Limiting (Single-Pole and Two-Pole Unavailable)
EG-Frame100/100
Molded Case Switches 4
Notes
1 16, 32, 63 A are not UL listed ratings
2 Adjustable thermal is not UL listed
3 Change the fourth digit to 7 for 100%
neutral protection Neutral is on LH side
4 Molded case switches may open above 1250 A
Maximum Continuous
Amps at 40 °C 1
Three-Pole Four-Pole 0% Protected Neutral 3
Fixed Thermal,
Fixed Magnetic
Adjustable 2
Thermal, Fixed Magnetic
Fixed Thermal,
Fixed Magnetic
Adjustable 2
Thermal, Fixed Magnetic
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
15 EGC3015FFG  EGC7015FFG
16 EGC3016FFG  EGC7016FFG
20 EGC3020FFG EGC3020AFG EGC7020FFG EGC7020AFG
25 EGC3025FFG EGC3025AFG EGC7025FFG EGC7025AFG
30 EGC3030FFG  EGC7030FFG
32 EGC3032FFG EGC3032AFG EGC7032FFG EGC7032AFG
35 EGC3035FFG  EGC7035FFG
40 EGC3040FFG EGC3040AFG EGC7040FFG EGC7040AFG
45 EGC3045FFG  EGC7045FFG
50 EGC3050FFG EGC3050AFG EGC7050FFG EGC7050AFG
60 EGC3060FFG  EGC7060FFG
63 EGC3063FFG EGC3063AFG EGC7063FFG EGC7063AFG
70 EGC3070FFG  EGC7070FFG
80 EGC3080FFG EGC3080AFG EGC7080FFG EGC7080AFG
90 EGC3090FFG  EGC7090FFG
100 EGC3100FFG EGC3100AFG EGC7100FFG EGC7100AFG
125 EGC3125FFG EGC3125AFG EGC7125FFG EGC7125AFG
Catalog
Number
EGK3125KSG
EGK7125KSG
EGK3160KSG
EGK7160KSG
EG-Frame
V4-T2-160 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
23
Series G
EG Bolt-On Complete Breaker (Includes Frame, Trip Unit and Mounting Hardware)
EG-Frame18 kAIC at 480 Vac
EG-Frame35 kAIC at 480 Vac
Notes
1 For bulk pack 24, add suffix BP24 and order quantities of 24
2 For bulk pack 12, add suffix BP12 and order quantities of 12
3 For bulk pack 8, add suffix BP8 and order quantities of 8
Maximum
Continuous
Amps at 40 °C
Single-Pole Two-Pole Three-Pole
Fixed Thermal, Fixed Magnetic Fixed Thermal, Fixed Magnetic Fixed Thermal, Fixed Magnetic
Catalog
Number 1
Catalog
Number 2
Catalog
Number 3
15 EGB1015FFB EGB2015FFB EGB3015FFB
20 EGB1020FFB EGB2020FFB EGB3020FFB
25 EGB1025FFB EGB2025FFB EGB3025FFB
30 EGB1030FFB EGB2030FFB EGB3030FFB
35 EGB1035FFB EGB2035FFB EGB3035FFB
40 EGB1040FFB EGB2040FFB EGB3040FFB
45 EGB1045FFB EGB2045FFB EGB3045FFB
50 EGB1050FFB EGB2050FFB EGB3050FFB
60 EGB1060FFB EGB2060FFB EGB3060FFB
70 EGB1070FFB EGB2070FFB EGB3070FFB
80 EGB1080FFB EGB2080FFB EGB3080FFB
90 EGB1090FFB EGB2090FFB EGB3090FFB
100 EGB1100FFB EGB2100FFB EGB3100FFB
110 EGB1110FFB EGB2110FFB EGB3110FFB
125 EGB1125FFB EGB2125FFB EGB3125FFB
Maximum
Continuous
Amps at 40 °C
Single-Pole Two-Pole Three-Pole
Fixed Thermal, Fixed Magnetic Fixed Thermal, Fixed Magnetic Fixed Thermal, Fixed Magnetic
Catalog
Number 1
Catalog
Number 2
Catalog
Number 3
15 EGS1015FFB EGS2015FFB EGS3015FFB
20 EGS1020FFB EGS2020FFB EGS3020FFB
25 EGS1025FFB EGS2025FFB EGS3025FFB
30 EGS1030FFB EGS2030FFB EGS3030FFB
35 EGS1035FFB EGS2035FFB EGS3035FFB
40 EGS1040FFB EGS2040FFB EGS3040FFB
45 EGS1045FFB EGS2045FFB EGS3045FFB
50 EGS1050FFB EGS2050FFB EGS3050FFB
60 EGS1060FFB EGS2060FFB EGS3060FFB
70 EGS1070FFB EGS2070FFB EGS3070FFB
80 EGS1080FFB EGS2080FFB EGS3080FFB
90 EGS1090FFB EGS2090FFB EGS3090FFB
100 EGS1100FFB EGS2100FFB EGS3100FFB
110 EGS1110FFB EGS2110FFB EGS3110FFB
125 EGS1125FFB EGS2125FFB EGS3125FFB
EG-Frame
EG-Frame
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-161
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
23
Series G
EG-Frame65 kAIC at 480 Vac
Load Terminals
Notes
1 For bulk pack 24, add suffix BP24 and order quantities of 24
2 For bulk pack 12, add suffix BP12 and order quantities of 12
3 For bulk pack 8, add suffix BP8 and order quantities of 8
Maximum
Continuous
Amps at 40 °C
Single-Pole Two-Pole Three-Pole
Fixed Thermal, Fixed Magnetic Fixed Thermal, Fixed Magnetic Fixed Thermal, Fixed Magnetic
Catalog
Number 1
Catalog
Number 2
Catalog
Number 3
15 EGH1015FFB EGH2015FFB EGH3015FFB
20 EGH1020FFB EGH2020FFB EGH3020FFB
25 EGH1025FFB EGH2025FFB EGH3025FFB
30 EGH1030FFB EGH2030FFB EGH3030FFB
35 EGH1035FFB EGH2035FFB EGH3035FFB
40 EGH1040FFB EGH2040FFB EGH3040FFB
45 EGH1045FFB EGH2045FFB EGH3045FFB
50 EGH1050FFB EGH2050FFB EGH3050FFB
60 EGH1060FFB EGH2060FFB EGH3060FFB
70 EGH1070FFB EGH2070FFB EGH3070FFB
80 EGH1080FFB EGH2080FFB EGH3080FFB
90 EGH1090FFB EGH2090FFB EGH3090FFB
100 EGH1100FFB EGH2100FFB EGH3100FFB
110 EGH1110FFB EGH2110FFB EGH3110FFB
125 EGH1125FFB EGH2125FFB EGH3125FFB
Maximum Breaker
Amps
Terminal,
Body
Material Wire Type
Metric Wire
Range mm2 AWG Wire Range
(Package of Three Terminals)
Catalog
Number
Standard Cu/Al Pressure Type Terminals
15–50 Aluminum Cu/Al 25–50 #14–1/0 3TA125EF
60–125 Aluminum Cu/Al 16–70 #6–3/0 3TA150EF
EG-Frame
V4-T2-162 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
23
Series G
Accessories Selection Guide and Ordering Information
EG-Frame
Line and Load Terminals
EG-Frame  and molded case switches have line and load terminals
as standard equipment
Insert collar enclosing conductor as shown Locate nut on top of conductor and tighten securely
with screw and washer
Caution: Collar must surround conductor
Insert collar enclosing conductor and center on extrusion Tighten securely with screw and washer
Endcap kits are used on the E-Frame breaker line side to connect busbar or similar electrical
connections Includes hardware
Notes
1 Standard line and load terminals
2 Four-pole kit with four terminals
3T125EF 3TA125EF 3TA150EF 3TA160EFK EF2RTWK, Two-Pole–Metric
EF3RTWK, Three-Pole–Metric
EF4RTWK, Four-Pole–Metric
EF2RTDK, Two-Pole–Imperial
EF3RTDK, Three-Pole–Imperial
EF4RTDK, Four-Pole–Imperial
Control Wire
Terminal Kit
GCWTK
Multiwire
Connectors
Maximum
Breaker
Amps
Terminal
Body
Material Wire Type
Metric Wire
Range mm2
AWG Wire
Range
(Package of
Three Terminals)
Catalog
Number
Standard Cu/Al Pressure Type Terminals
125 Steel Al 4–6 #14-3/0 3T125EF 1
125 Steel Cu 25–95 #14-3/0 3T125EF 1
125 Aluminum Cu/Al 25–50 #14-1/0 3TA125EF
160 Aluminum Cu/Al 16–70 #6-3/0 3TA150EF
160 Aluminum Cu/Al 35–120 #3-250 3TA160EFK
160 Aluminum Cu/Al 35–120 #3-250 4TA160EFK 2
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-163
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
23
Series G
Control Wire Terminal Kit
For use with steel or stainless steel standard line and load
terminals only
Interphase Barriers
The interphase barrier is available for extended insulation
between circuit breaker poles Specify quantity when ordering
Base Mounting HardwareDIN Rail Mounting
Metric base mounting hardware is included with a circuit breaker
or molded case switch (Included with breaker) If required
separately, order S/N 8703C80G08
Note: English mounting hardware kit can be supplied separate Catalog
number is BMHE #6–32 x 3 inches for two-, three- and four-pole Singlepole mounting hardware metric order 8703C80G11 English hardware
8703C80G12 Both sold in quantities of 100
Terminal Shields
The terminal shield is available for line terminal areas in threeand four-poleSpecial terminal shields are also
available for use when an electrical (solenoid) operator is
mounted on the circuit breaker The standard style number by
pole for each terminal shield is for a package of 10 and is priced
per each package Special terminal shields are packaged
individually
Terminal ShieldsIP30 Protection
Terminal End Covers (Gas Barrier)
The terminal end cover is available for three-pole
only Two conductor opening sizes are available Specify quantity
(one per circuit breaker) when ordering
Terminal End Covers
Multiwire Connectors
Field-installed multiwire connectors for the load side (OFF) end
terminals They are used to distribute the load from the circuit
breaker to multiple devices without the use of separate
distribution terminal blocks
Multiwire lug kits include mounting hardware, terminal shield
insulators and tin-plated aluminum connectors to replace three
mechanical load lugs UL listed as used on the load side
(OFF) end
EG-Frame Multiwire Connectors Ordering Information
(Package of 3) 1
Note
1 For four-pole kit, change “3” at beginning of catalog number to “4”
Catalog
Number
Control wire terminal kit 5652B38G01
Package of 12priced individually
Catalog
Number
Interphase barriers EIPBK
Package includes 2 barriers
Catalog
Number
DIN rail adaptersingle-pole EF1DIN
DIN rail adaptertwo-pole EGDIN
DIN rail adapterthree- or four-pole EF34DIN
Metal DIN rail adapterthree-pole EGGDDIN
Number
of Poles
Catalog
Number
3 EFTS3K
4 EFTS4K
Conductor Opening Diameter
Inches (mm)
Catalog
Number
635 (025) EEC3K
1041 (041) EEC4K
Maximum
Amperes
Wires per
Terminal
Wire Size
Range AWG Cu
Kit Catalog
Number
125 3 14–2 3TA125E3K
125 6 14–6 3TA125E6K
V4-T2-164 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
23
Series G
Accessories
Allowable Accessory Combinations
Different combinations of accessories can be supplied, depending on the types of accessories
and the number of poles in the circuit breaker
EG-Frame Accessories
Legend
■ Applicable in indicated pole position
? May be mounted on left or right polenot both
● Accessory available/modification available
Reference
Page
SinglePole Two-Pole Three-Pole Four-Pole
Description Center Left Right Left Center Right Left Center Right Neutral
Internal Accessories
(Only one internal accessory per pole)
Alarm lockout (Make/Break) V4-T2-247   ■   ■   ■
Alarm lockout (2Make/2Break) V4-T2-247   ■   ■   ■
Auxiliary switch (1A, 1B) V4-T2-247   ■   ■   ■
Auxiliary switch (2A, 2B) V4-T2-247   ■   ■   ■
Auxiliary switch and alarm switch combination V4-T2-247   ■   ■   ■
Shunt tripstandard V4-T2-247  ■   ■
Undervoltage release mechanism V4-T2-248  ■   ■
External Accessories
End cap kit V4-T2-163  ●●●●●●●●●
Control wire terminal kit V4-T2-163 ●●●●●●●●●●
Multiwire connectors V4-T2-163 ●●●●●●●●●●
Base mounting hardware V4-T2-163 ●●●●●●●●●●
Terminal shields V4-T2-163 ●●●●●●●●●●
Terminal end covers V4-T2-163  ●●●
Interphase barriers V4-T2-163  ●●●●●●●●●
Non-padlockable handle block V4-T2-245 ■ ■   ■   ■  
Snap-on padlockable handle lock hasp V4-T2-245 ■ ■   ■   ■  
Padlockable handle lock hasp V4-T2-245   ■ ?  ? ?  ?
Walking beam interlockrequires two breakers V4-T2-245  ●●●●●●●
Plug-in adapters V4-T2-245  ●●●●●●●●●
Electrical operator V4-T2-245  ●●●
Handle mechanisms V4-T2-527  ●●●
Modifications (Refer to Eaton)
Moisture fungus treatment V4-T2-243 ●●●●●●●●●●
Freeze-tested   ●●●●●●●●●●
Marine/naval application, UL 489 Supplement
SA and SB
 ●●●●●●●●●●
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-165
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
23
Series G
Technical Data and Specifications
UL 489/IEC 60947-2 Interrupting Capacity (Symmetrical Amperes) (kA) Ratings
UL 489 Current Limiting Data
Dimensions and Weights
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
EG-Frame
EG-Frame
Approximate Shipping Weight in Lbs (kg)
EG-Frame
Notes
1 DC ratings apply to substantially non-inductive circuits
2 IEC only
3 Two-pole circuit breaker, or two poles of three-pole circuit breaker
4 Time constant is 3 milliseconds minimum at 10 kA and 8 milliseconds minimum at 42 kA
5 Current limiting per UL 489
Circuit
Breaker
Type
Number
of Poles
Volts AC (50/60 Hz) Volts DC 1
120
220–240
277 347
380–415
480 600Y/ 347
690 2 125 250 34
Icu Ics Icu Ics Icu Ics Icu Ics Icu Ics
EGB125 1 35 25 25 18        10 10  
2, 3, 4  25 25   18 18 18      10 10
EGE125 2, 3, 4  35 35   25 25 25 18     10 10
EGS125 1 100 85 43 35 22       35 35  
2, 3, 4  85 43   40 30 35 22     35 35
EGH125 1 200 100 50 65 25       42 42  
2, 3, 4  100 50   70 35 65 25     42 42
EGC125 5 3, 4  200 200   100 100 100 35     42 42
EGB160 2 3, 4  25 25   18 18 18      10 10
EGE160 2 3, 4  35 35   25 25 25 18     10 10
EGS160 2 3, 4  85 43   40 30 35 22     35 35
Frame Circuit Ip (kA) I2T (106A2S)
EGC 240 V/200 kA 245 06310
EGC 480 V/100 kA 245 06310
EGC 600 Y/35 kA 200 1392
Number
of Poles Width Height Depth
1 100 (254) 550 (1397) 299 (759)
2 200 (508) 550 (1397) 299 (759)
3 300 (762) 550 (1397) 299 (759)
4 400 (1016) 550 (1397) 299 (759)
EG Breaker Type
Number of Poles
1234
EGB125 15 (068) 20 (091) 30 (136) 49 (182)
Front Cover Cutout S Front View Three-Pole ide View
277
(704)
303
(770)
550
(1397)
014 (36) R 185
(470)
130 Dia
(330) 094 (239)
090
(229)
047 (119)
CL
300
(762)
Handle
 C L
Breaker
V4-T2-166 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
23
Series G
EG-Frame With Earth Leakage Module
EG-Frame With Current Limiter Module
090 (229)
035 (89)
317
(805)
301
(765)
275
(699)
009
(229)
1026
(2606) 475
(1206) 055 (140)
3-Pole
298
(757)
398
(1011)
200
(508)
149
(378)
100
(254)
100
(254)
050
(127)
859
(2182)
478
(1214) 070 (178)
078
(198)
050
(127)
150
(381)
966
417 (2454)
(1059)
361
(917)
056
(142)
300
(762)
100
(254)
100
(254)
100
(254)
050
(127)
320
(813)
417
(1059)
275
(699)
009
(23)
078
(198)
041
(104)
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-167
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
23
Series G
JG-Frame (63–250 Amperes)

EG-Frame (15–125 Amperes)V4-T2-153
JG-Frame (63–250 Amperes)
Catalog Number Selection V4-T2-168
Product SelectionV4-T2-169
AccessoriesV4-T2-180
Technical Data and SpecificationsV4-T2-181
Dimensions and WeightsV4-T2-183
LG-Frame (250–630 Amperes) V4-T2-185
NG-Frame (320–1200 Amperes)V4-T2-203
RG-Frame (800–2500 Amperes)V4-T2-212
Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP)V4-T2-223
Motor Protector  (MPCB)V4-T2-227
30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Module V4-T2-230
Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module V4-T2-234
High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for
Selective CoordinationV4-T2-239
Special Features and AccessoriesV4-T2-242
Motor OperatorsV4-T2-250
Plug-In BlocksV4-T2-252
Drawout Cassette V4-T2-253
JG-Frame (63–250 Amperes)
Product Description
JG breaker is HACR rated
V4-T2-168 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
23
Series G
Catalog Number Selection
This information is presented only as an aid to understanding catalog numbers
It is not to be used to build catalog numbers for  or trip units
Series GJG-Frame (63–250 Amperes)
Trip Unit
Notes
1 Bxx features cannot be combined with other Bxx features
2 B21 and B22 available with LSG and LSIG trip units
Frame
J
Performance
600 480 415 240
E 18 25 25 65
S 18 35 40 85
H 25 65 70 100
C 35 100 100 200
U 50 150 150 200
X 50 200 200 200
K Molded case switch
Standard/Application
G = IEC/CE/UL/CSA
Amperes
050
070
080
090
100
125
150
160
175
200
225
250
Trip Unit
AA = Adj adj
FA = Fixed adj
KS = Molded case switch
33 = 310+ electronic LS
32 = 310+ electronic LSI
35 = 310+ electronic LSG
36 = 310+ electronic LSIG
NN = Frame only (250 A only; no trip unit)
Terminations/Hardware
Terminals Mounting Hardware
M = Metric end caps
E = Imperial end caps
G = Line/load standard
W = Without terminals
Metric
Imperial
Metric
Rating
Blank = 80% rated
C = 100% rated
F01 = Freeze tested for –70ºF (–57ºC)
Number of Poles F02 = Freeze tested for –22ºF (–30ºC)
2 = Two
3 = Three
4 = FourNeutral 0% Protected
9 = FourNeutral 100% Protected
J G S 3 250 FA G C
Trip
JT
Amperes
T/M ETU
080
090
100
110
125
150
160
175
200
225
250
050
100
160
250
Number of Poles
2 = Two
3 = Three
4 = FourNeutral 0% Protected
9 = FourNeutral 100% Protected
Trip Unit
AA = Adj adj
FA = Fixed adj
KS = Molded case switch
33 = 310+ electronic LS
32 = 310+ electronic LSI
35 = 310+ electronic LSG
36 = 310+ electronic LSIG
JT 4 100 FA B20
Features (ETU Only) 12
Blank= No feature
B20= High load alarm
B21= Ground fault alarm, with trip
B22= Ground fault alarm, no trip
ZG= Zone selective interlocking
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-169
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
23
Series G
Product Selection
Complete Breaker (Includes Frame, Trip Unit, Standard Terminals
and Mounting Hardware)IC Rating at 415/480 Volts
JG-FrameIEC/CE/UL/CSA25/25
JG-FrameIEC/CE/UL/CSA40/35, Two-Pole
Notes
1 EC-EN 60947-2 only Adjustment is 08 and 10
2 9 for 0–100% neutral protection Neutral is on LH side
Maximum
Continuous
Amperes
Magnetic
Range
Two-Pole Three-Pole Four-Pole 0%2
Fixed Thermal,
Adjustable
Magnetic
Fixed Thermal,
Adjustable
Magnetic
Adjustable Thermal,
Adjustable
Magnetic 1
Fixed Thermal,
Adjustable
Magnetic
Adjustable Thermal,
Adjustable
Magnetic 1
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
70 350–700 JGE2070FAG JGE3070FAG  JGE4070FAG
90 450–900 JGE2090FAG JGE3090FAG  JGE4090FAG
100 500–1000 JGE2100FAG JGE3100FAG JGE3100AAG JGE4100FAG JGE4100AAG
125 625–1250 JGE2125FAG JGE3125FAG JGE3125AAG JGE4125FAG JGE4125AAG
150 750–1550 JGE2150FAG JGE3150FAG  JGE4150FAG
160 800–1600   JGE3160AAG  JGE4160AAG
175 875–1750 JGE2175FAG JGE3175FAG  JGE4175FAG
200 1000–2000 JGE2200FAG JGE3200FAG JGE3200AAG JGE4200FAG JGE4200AAG
225 1125–2250 JGE2225FAG JGE3225FAG  JGE4225FAG
250 1250–2500 JGE2250FAG JGE3250FAG JGE3250AAG JGE4250FAG JGE4250AAG
Maximum
Continuous
Amperes
Magnetic
Range
Two-Pole Three-Pole Four-Pole 0%2
Fixed Thermal,
Adjustable
Magnetic
Fixed Thermal,
Adjustable
Magnetic
Adjustable Thermal,
Adjustable
Magnetic 1
Fixed Thermal,
Adjustable
Magnetic
Adjustable Thermal,
Adjustable
Magnetic 1
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
70 350–700 JGS2070FAG JGS3070FAG  JGS4070FAG
90 450–900 JGS2090FAG JGS3090FAG  JGS4090FAG
100 500–1000 JGS2100FAG JGS3100FAG JGS3100AAG JGS4100FAG JGS4100AAG
125 625–1250 JGS2125FAG JGS3125FAG JGS3125AAG JGS4125FAG JGS4125AAG
150 750–1550 JGS2150FAG JGS3150FAG  JGS4150FAG
160 800–1600   JGS3160AAG  JGS4160AAG
175 875–1750 JGS2175FAG JGS3175FAG  JGS4175FAG
200 1000–2000 JGS2200FAG JGS3200FAG JGS3200AAG JGS4200FAG JGS4200AAG
225 1125–2250 JGS2225FAG JGS3225FAG  JGS4225FAG
250 1250–2500 JGS2250FAG JGS3250FAG JGS3250AAG JGS4250FAG JGS4250AAG
JG-Frame
JG-Frame
V4-T2-170 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
23
Series G
JG-FrameIEC/CE/UL/CSA70/65
Notes
1 EC-EN 60947-2 only Adjustment is 08 and 10
2 9 for 0–100% neutral protection Neutral is on LH side
Maximum
Continuous
Amperes
Magnetic
Range
Two-Pole Three-Pole Four-Pole 0%2
Fixed Thermal,
Adjustable
Magnetic
Fixed Thermal,
Adjustable
Magnetic
Adjustable Thermal,
Fixed Magnetic 1
Fixed Thermal,
Adjustable
Magnetic
Adjustable Thermal,
Fixed Magnetic 1
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
70 350–700 JGH2070FAG JGH3070FAG  JGH4070FAG
90 450–900 JGH2090FAG JGH3090FAG  JGH4090FAG
100 500–1000 JGH2100FAG JGH3100FAG JGH3100AAG JGH4100FAG JGH4100AAG
125 625–1250 JGH2125FAG JGH3125FAG JGH3125AAG JGH4125FAG JGH4125AAG
150 750–1550 JGH2150FAG JGH3150FAG  JGH4150FAG
160 800–1600   JGH3160AAG  JGH4160AAG
175 875–1750 JGH2175FAG JGH3175FAG  JGH4175FAG
200 1000–2000 JGH2200FAG JGH3200FAG JGH3200AAG JGH4200FAG JGH4200AAG
225 1125–2250 JGH2225FAG JGH3225FAG  JGH4225FAG
250 1250–2500 JGH2250FAG JGH3250FAG JGH3250AAG JGH4250FAG JGH4250AAG
JG-Frame
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-171
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
23
Series G
Two-Pole not available in IEC/CE/UL/CSA 100/100, 150/150
JG-FrameIEC/CE/UL/CSA100/100, Current Limiting
JG-FrameIEC/CE/UL/CSA150/150, Current Limiting
Notes
1 EC-EN 60947-2 only Adjustment is 08 and 10
2 9 for 0–100% neutral protection Neutral is on LH side
Maximum
Continuous
Amperes
Magnetic
Range
Three-Pole Four-Pole 0% 2
Fixed Thermal,
Adjustable Magnetic
Adjustable Thermal,
Adjustable Magnetic 1
Fixed Thermal,
Adjustable Magnetic
Adjustable Thermal,
Adjustable Magnetic 1
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
70 350–700 JGC3070FAG  JGC4070FAG
80 400–800  JGC3080AAG  JGC4080AAG
90 450–900 JGC3090FAG  JGC4090FAG
100 500–1000 JGC3100FAG JGC3100AAG JGC4100FAG JGC4100AAG
125 625–1250 JGC3125FAG JGC3125AAG JGC4125FAG JGC4125AAG
150 750–1550 JGC3150FAG  JGC4150FAG
160 800–1600  JGC3160AAG  JGC4160AAG
175 875–1750 JGC3175FAG  JGC4175FAG
200 1000–2000 JGC3200FAG JGC3200AAG JGC4200FAG JGC4200AAG
225 1125–2250 JGC3225FAG  JGC4225FAG
250 1250–2500 JGC3250FAG JGC3250AAG JGC4250FAG JGC4250AAG
Maximum
Continuous
Amperes
Magnetic
Range
Three-Pole Four-Pole 0% 2
Fixed Thermal,
Adjustable Magnetic
Adjustable Thermal,
Adjustable Magnetic 1
Fixed Thermal,
Adjustable Magnetic
Adjustable Thermal,
Adjustable Magnetic 1
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
70 350–700 JGU3070FAG  JGU4070FAG
80 400–800  JGU3080AAG  JGU4080AAG
90 450–900 JGU3090FAG  JGU4090FAG
100 500–1000 JGU3100FAG JGU3100AAG JGU4100FAG JGU4100AAG
125 625–1250 JGU3125FAG JGU3125AAG JGU4125FAG JGU4125AAG
150 750–1550 JGU3150FAG  JGU4150FAG
160 800–1600  JGU3160AAG  JGU4160AAG
175 875–1750 JGU3175FAG  JGU4175FAG
200 1000–2000 JGU3200FAG JGU3200AAG JGU4200FAG JGU4200AAG
225 1125–2250 JGU3225FAG  JGU4225FAG
250 1250–2500 JGU3250FAG JGU3250AAG JGU4250FAG JGU4250AAG
JG-Frame
JG-Frame
V4-T2-172 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
23
Series G
Two-Pole not available in IEC/CE/UL/CSA 200/200
JG-FrameIEC/CE/UL/CSA 200/200, Current Limiting
Molded Case Switches 3
Notes
1 EC-EN 60947-2 only Adjustment is
08 and 10
2 9 for 0–100% neutral protection Neutral is on LH side
3 Molded case switches will trip above
2500 amperes
Maximum
Continuous
Amperes
Magnetic
Range
Three-Pole Four-Pole 2
Fixed Thermal,
Adjustable Magnetic
Adjustable Thermal,
Adjustable Magnetic 1
Fixed Thermal,
Adjustable Magnetic
Adjustable Thermal,
Adjustable Magnetic 1
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
70 350–700 JGX3070FAG  JGX4070FAG
80 400–800  JGX3080AAG  JGX4080AAG
90 450–900 JGX3090FAG  JGX4090FAG
100 500–1000 JGX3100FAG JGX3100AAG JGX4100FAG JGX4100AAG
125 625–1250 JGX3125FAG JGX3125AAG JGX4125FAG JGX4125AAG
150 750–1550 JGX3150FAG  JGX4150FAG
160 800–1600  JGX3160AAG  JGX4160AAG
175 875–1750 JGX3175FAG  JGX4175FAG
200 1000–2000 JGX3200FAG JGX3200AAG JGX4200FAG JGX4200AAG
225 1125–2250 JGX3225FAG  JGX4225FAG
250 1250–2500 JGX3250FAG JGX3250AAG JGX4250FAG JGX4250AAG
Catalog
Number
JGK3250KSG
JGK7250KSG
JG-Frame
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-173
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
23
Series G
FrameIC Rating at 415/480 Volts
Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit
Notes
1 Components100% rated frame
2 Adjustable thermal trip units are typically used in IEC markets and are not UL or CSA listed
Maximum
Amperes
Two-Pole Three-Pole Four-Pole 0%
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
25/25
250 JGE2250NN JGE3250NN JGE4250NN
40/35
250 JGS2250NN JGS3250NN JGS4250NN
70/65
250 JGH2250NN JGH3250NN JGH4250NN
100/100 Current Limiting Per UL 489
250  JGC3250NN JGC4250NN
150/150 Current Limiting Per UL 489
250  JGU3250NN JGU4250NN
200/200 Current Limiting Per UL 489
250  JGX3250NN JGX4250NN
25/25 100% Rated Per UL 489 1
250  JGE3250NNC
40/35 100% Rated Per UL 489 1
250  JGS3250NNC
70/65 100% Rated Per UL 489 1
250  JGH3250NNC
Ampere
Rating Range
Catalog
Number Range
Catalog
Number
70 350–700 JT2070FA JT3070FA   JT4070FA
80 400–800  JT3080FA JT3080AA 2 64–100  JT4080AA 2
90 450–900 JT2090FA JT3090FA   JT4090FA
100 500–1000 JT2100FA JT3100FA JT3100AA 2 80–100 JT4100FA JT4100AA 2
125 625–1250 JT2125FA JT3125FA JT3125AA 2 100–125 JT4125FA JT4125AA 2
150 750–1550 JT2150FA JT3150FA   JT4150FA
160 800–1600   JT3160AA 2 128–160  JT4160AA 2
175 875–1750 JT2175FA JT3175FA   JT4175FA
200 1000–2000 JT2200FA JT3200FA JT3200AA 2 160–200 JT4200FA JT4200AA 2
225 1125–2250 JT2225FA JT3225FA   JT4225FA
250 1250–2500 JT2250FA JT3250FA JT3250AA 2 200–250 JT4250FA JT4250AA 2
V4-T2-174 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
23
Series G
310+ Electronic Trip Units
See 310+ adjustability specifications on Page V4-T2-182
JG 310+ Electronic Trip Units
310+ Electronic Trip Unit Accessories
Notes
1 For use on a three-pole breaker used in a four-wire system if ground fault protection for the
neutral is required
2 Neutral protection 4 = 0%, 7 = 100% electronic trip unit neutral protection is
not adjustable
3 Four-pole breakers with LSG and LSIG trip units are only available with 0% neutral protection
LS LSI LSG LSIG
Neutral CT for LSG
and LSIG 1
Ampere
Rating
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Three-Pole
50 JT305033 JT305032 JT305035 JT305036 JGFCT050
100 JT310033 JT310032 JT310035 JT310036 JGFCT100
160 JT316033 JT316032 JT316035 JT316036 JGFCT160
250 JT325033 JT325032 JT325035 JT325036 JGFCT250
Four-Pole 23
50 JT405033 JT405032 JT405035 JT405036
100 JT410033 JT410032 JT410035 JT410036
160 JT416033 JT416032 JT416035 JT416036
250 JT425033 JT425032 JT425035 JT425036
Description
Catalog
Number
Electronic portable test kit MTST230V
Trip unit tamper protection wire seal 5108A03H01
External neutral sensor (250 A) JGFCT250
External neutral sensor (160 A) JGFCT160
External neutral sensor (100 A) JGFCT100
External neutral sensor (80 A) JGFCT050
Breaker-mount cause-of-trip indication TRIP-LED
Breaker-mount ammeter module DIGIVIEW
Remote-mount ammeter module DIGIVIEWR06
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-175
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
23
Series G
Complete Breaker with 310+ Electronic Trip Units
See 310+ adjustability specifications on Page V4-T2-182
IEC/UL/CSA25/25
IEC/UL/CSA40/35
IEC/UL/CSA70/65
Notes
1 Required for four-wire systems if neutral protection is required
2 Neutral protection 4 = 0%, 7 = 100% electronic trip unit neutral protection is not adjustable
3 Four-pole breakers with LSG and LSIG trip units are only available with 0% neutral protection
Ampere
Rating
LS LSI LSG LSIG
Neutral CT for
LSG and LSIG 1
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Three-Pole
50 JGE305033G JGE305032G JGE305035G JGE305036G JGFCT050
100 JGE310033G JGE310032G JGE310035G JGE310036G JGFCT100
160 JGE316033G JGE316032G JGE316035G JGE316036G JGFCT160
250 JGE325033G JGE325032G JGE325035G JGE325036G JGFCT250
Four-Pole 2
50 JGE405033G JGE405032G JGE405035G JGE405036G
100 JGE410033G JGE410032G JGE410035G JGE410036G
160 JGE416033G JGE416032G JGE416035G JGE416036G
250 JGE425033G JGE425032G JGE425035G JGE425036G
Ampere
Rating
LS LSI LSG LSIG
Neutral CT for
LSG and LSIG 1
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Three-Pole
50 JGS305033G JGS305032G JGS305035G JGS305036G JGFCT050
100 JGS310033G JGS310032G JGS310035G JGS310036G JGFCT100
160 JGS316033G JGS316032G JGS316035G JGS316036G JGFCT160
250 JGS325033G JGS325032G JGS325035G JGS325036G JGFCT250
Four-Pole 23
50 JGS405033G JGS405032G JGS405035G JGS405036G
100 JGS410033G JGS410032G JGS410035G JGS410036G
160 JGS416033G JGS416032G JGS416035G JGS416036G
250 JGS425033G JGS425032G JGS425035G JGS425036G
Ampere
Rating
LS LSI LSG LSIG
Neutral CT for
LSG and LSIG 1
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Three-Pole
50 JGH305033G JGH305032G JGH305035G JGH305036G JGFCT050
100 JGH310033G JGH310032G JGH310035G JGH310036G JGFCT100
160 JGH316033G JGH316032G JGH316035G JGH316036G JGFCT160
250 JGH325033G JGH325032G JGH325035G JGH325036G JGFCT250
Four-Pole 2
50 JGH405033G JGH405032G JGH405035G JGH405036G
100 JGH410033G JGH410032G JGH410035G JGH410036G
160 JGH416033G JGH416032G JGH416035G JGH416036G
250 JGH425033G JGH425032G JGH425035G JGH425036G
V4-T2-176 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
23
Series G
IEC/UL/CSA100/100, Current Limiting Per UL 489
IEC/UL/CSA150/150, Current Limiting Per UL 489
IEC/UL/CSA200/200, Current Limiting Per UL 489
Notes
1 Required for four-wire systems if neutral protection is required
2 Neutral protection 4 = 0%, 7 = 100% electronic trip unit neutral protection is not adjustable
3 Four-pole breakers with LSG and LSIG trip units are only available with 0% neutral protection
LS LSI LSG LSIG
Neutral CT for
LSG and LSIG 1
Ampere
Rating
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Three-Pole
50 JGC305033G JGC305032G JGC305035G JGC305036G JGFCT050
100 JGC310033G JGC310032G JGC310035G JGC310036G JGFCT100
160 JGC316033G JGC316032G JGC316035G JGC316036G JGFCT160
250 JGC335033G JGC325032G JGC325035G JGC325036G JGFCT250
Four-Pole 2
50 JGC405033G JGC405032G JGC405035G JGC405036G
100 JGC410033G JGC410032G JGC410035G JGC410036G
160 JGC416033G JGC416032G JGC416035G JGC416036G
250 JGC435033G JGC425032G JGC425035G JGC425036G
LS LSI LSG LSIG
Neutral CT for
LSG and LSIG 1
Ampere
Rating
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Three-Pole
50 JGU305033G JGU305032G JGU305035G JGU305036G JGFCT050
100 JGU310033G JGU310032G JGU310035G JGU310036G JGFCT100
160 JGU316033G JGU316032G JGU316035G JGU316036G JGFCT160
250 JGU335033G JGU325032G JGU325035G JGU325036G JGFCT250
Four-Pole 23
50 JGU405033G JGU405032G JGU405035G JGU405036G
100 JGU410033G JGU410032G JGU410035G JGU410036G
160 JGU416033G JGU416032G JGU416035G JGU416036G
250 JGU435033G JGU425032G JGU425035G JGU425036G
LS LSI LSG LSIG
Neutral CT for
LSG and LSIG 1
Ampere
Rating
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Three-Pole
50 JGX305033G JGX305032G JGX305035G JGX305036G JGFCT050
100 JGX310033G JGX310032G JGX310035G JGX310036G JGFCT100
160 JGX316033G JGX316032G JGX316035G JGX316036G JGFCT160
250 JGX325033G JGX325032G JGX325035G JGX325036G JGFCT250
Four-Pole 2
50 JGX405033G JGX405032G JGX405035G JGX405036G
100 JGX410033G JGX410032G JGX410035G JGX410036G
160 JGX416033G JGX416032G JGX416035G JGX416036G
250 JGX425033G JGX425032G JGX425035G JGX425036G
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-177
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
23
Series G
JG 100% Rated Circuit BreakerThermal-Magnetic Trip Unit
Complete Breaker (Includes Frame, Trip Unit, Standard Terminals and Mounting Hardware)IC Rating at 415/480 Volts
JG-FrameIEC/CE/UL/CSA25/25
JG-FrameIEC/CE/UL/CSA40/35
JG-FrameIEC/CE/UL/CSA70/65
Maximum
Continuous
Amperes
Magnetic
Range
Three-Pole
Fixed Thermal,
Adjustable Magnetic
Catalog
Number
70 350–700 JGE3070FAGC
90 450–900 JGE3090FAGC
100 500–1000 JGE3100FAGC
125 625–1250 JGE3125FAGC
150 750–1550 JGE3150FAGC
160 800–1600
175 875–1750 JGE3175FAGC
200 1000–2000 JGE3200FAGC
225 1125–2250 JGE3225FAGC
250 1250–2500 JGE3250FAGC
Maximum
Continuous
Amperes
Magnetic
Range
Three-Pole
Fixed Thermal,
Adjustable Magnetic
Catalog
Number
70 350–700 JGS3070FAGC
90 450–900 JGS3090FAGC
100 500–1000 JGS3100FAGC
125 625–1250 JGS3125FAGC
150 750–1550 JGS3150FAGC
160 800–1600
175 875–1750 JGS3175FAGC
200 1000–2000 JGS3200FAGC
225 1125–2250 JGS3225FAGC
250 1250–2500 JGS3250FAGC
JG-Frame
Maximum
Continuous
Amperes
Magnetic
Range
Three-Pole
Fixed Thermal,
Adjustable Magnetic
Catalog
Number
70 350–700 JGH3070FAGC
90 450–900 JGH3090FAGC
100 500–1000 JGH3100FAGC
125 625–1250 JGH3125FAGC
150 750–1550 JGH3150FAGC
160 800–1600
175 875–1750 JGH3175FAGC
200 1000–2000 JGH3200FAGC
225 1125–2250 JGH3225FAGC
250 1250–2500 JGH3250FAGC
V4-T2-178 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
23
Series G
JG 100% Rated 310+ Electronic Trip Unit Circuit Breaker
See 310+ adjustability specifications on Page V4-T2-182
IEC/UL/CSA25/25
IEC/UL/CSA40/35
IEC/UL/CSA70/65
Note
1 Required for four-wire systems if neutral protection is required
Ampere
Rating
LS LSI LSG LSIG
Neutral CT for
LSG and LSIG 1
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
50 JGE305033GC JGE305032GC JGE305035GC JGE305036GC JGFCT050
100 JGE310033GC JGE310032GC JGE310035GC JGE310036GC JGFCT100
160 JGE316033GC JGE316032GC JGE316035GC JGE316036GC JGFCT160
250 JGE325033GC JGE325032GC JGE325035GC JGE325036GC JGFCT250
Ampere
Rating
LS LSI LSG LSIG
Neutral CT for
LSG and LSIG 1
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
50 JGS305033GC JGS305032GC JGS305035GC JGS305036GC JGFCT050
100 JGS310033GC JGS310032GC JGS310035GC JGS310036GC JGFCT100
160 JGS316033GC JGS316032GC JGS316035GC JGS316036GC JGFCT160
250 JGS325033GC JGS325032GC JGS325035GC JGS325036GC JGFCT250
Ampere
Rating
LS LSI LSG LSIG
Neutral CT for
LSG and LSIG 1
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
50 JGH305033GC JGH305032GC JGH305035GC JGH305036GC JGFCT050
100 JGH310033GC JGH310032GC JGH310035GC JGH310036GC JGFCT100
160 JGH316033GC JGH316032GC JGH316035GC JGH316036GC JGFCT160
250 JGH325033GC JGH325032GC JGH325035GC JGH325036GC JGFCT250
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-179
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
23
Series G
Accessories Selection Guide and Ordering Information
JG-Frame
Load and Line Terminals
JG-Frame  include aluminum terminals TA250FJ
as standard When optional stainless steel only terminals are
required, order by catalog number
Endcap Kits
Endcap kits are used on J250-Frame breaker to connect busbar
or similar electrical connections Includes hardware
Control Wire Terminal Kit
For use with aluminum or copper terminals only
Rear Fed Terminals
Rear fed terminals allow the cable to connect to the breaker
from the back instead of the top Terminal shields or interphase
barriers are included with each rear fed terminal kit (depending
on frame size) When catalog number starts with a 3, it indicates
a kit with three terminals in each kit Catalog number beginning
with a TA indicates one terminal
Base Mounting Hardware
Base mounting hardware is included with a circuit breaker or
molded case switch (Included with breaker) If required
separately, order 66A2546G02
Terminal Shields IP30
Interphase Barriers
Multiwire Connectors
Field-installed multiwire connectors for the load side (OFF) end
terminals are used to distribute the load from the circuit breaker
to multiple devices without the use of separate distribution
terminal blocks
Multiwire lug kits include terminal shield, mounting hardware,
insulators and tin-plated aluminum connectors to replace
three mechanical load lugs UL listed as used on the load
side (OFF) end
JG-Frame Multiwire Connectors Ordering Information
(Package of 3)
Notes
1 Individually packed
2 Standard line and load
3 Individually priced
T250FJ TA250FJ Endcap Kit Control Wire
Terminal Kit
Rear Fed Terminals Multiwire Connectors
Maximum
Breaker
Amperes
Terminal
Body
Material Wire Type
Metric Wire
Range mm2
AWG Wire
Range/ Number
of Conductors
Catalog
Number
Standard Pressure Type Terminals
250 Stainless steel Cu 25–185 #4–350 (1) T250FJ 1
250 Aluminum Cu/Al 10–185 #8–350 (1) TA250FJ 12
Number of Poles
Catalog Number
Metric Imperial
3 FJ3RTWK FJ3RTDK
4 FJ4RTWK FJ4RTDK
Description
Catalog
Number
Package of 14 (priced individually) FJCWTK
Maximum
Amperes
Wire Size
Range AWG Cu
Catalog
Number
250 #4–350 kcmil TA250JGRF
3TA250JGRF
Location Number of Poles Catalog Number
Line or Load 2, 3 FJTS3K
4 FJTS4K
Number
of Poles
Catalog
Number
3 FJIPBK 3
4 FJIPBK4 3
Maximum
Amperes
Wires per
Terminal
Wire Size
Range AWG Cu
Kit Catalog
Number
250 3 14–2 3TA250FJ3
250 6 14–6 3TA250FJ6
V4-T2-180 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
23
Series G
Accessories
Allowable Accessory Combinations
Different combinations of accessories can be supplied, depending on the types of accessories
and the number of poles in the circuit breaker
JG-Frame Accessories
Legend
■ Applicable in indicated pole position
? May be mounted on left or right polenot both
● Accessory available/modification available
Note
1 Contact Eaton
Reference
Page
Two- and Three-Pole Four-Pole
Description Left Center Right Left Center Right Neutral
Internal Accessories
(Only one internal accessory per pole)
Alarm lockout (Make/Break) V4-T2-247   ■  ■
Auxiliary switch (1A, 1B) V4-T2-247   ■  ■
Auxiliary switch (2A, 2B) V4-T2-247   ■  ■
Auxiliary switch and alarm switch combination V4-T2-247   ■  ■
Shunt tripstandard V4-T2-247 ■  ■
Undervoltage release mechanism V4-T2-248 ■  ■
External Accessories
End cap kit V4-T2-179 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Control wire terminal kit V4-T2-179 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Rear fed terminals V4-T2-179 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Multiwire connectors V4-T2-179 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Base mounting hardware V4-T2-179 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Interphase barriers V4-T2-179 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Padlockable handle block V4-T2-245  ■  ■
Padlockable handle lock hasp V4-T2-245 ?  ? ?  ?
Key interlock kit V4-T2-245 ?  ? ?  ?
Sliding bar interlockrequires two breakers V4-T2-245 ● ● ●
Electrical operator V4-T2-245 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Plug-in adapters V4-T2-245 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Handle mechanisms V4-T2-527 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Earth leakage/ground fault protector V4-T2-230 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Drawout cassette V4-T2-253 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Digitrip 310+ test kit V4-T2-174 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Ammeter/cause of trip display V4-T2-244 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Cause of trip LED module V4-T2-244 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Modifications (Refer to Eaton)
Moisture fungus treatment V4-T2-243 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Freeze-tested   ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Marine/naval application, UL 489 supplement SA and SB 1 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-181
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
23
Series G
Technical Data and Specifications
UL 489/IEC 60947-2 Interrupting Capacity (Symmetrical Amperes) (kA) Ratings
UL 489 Current Limiting Data
JG 310+ Specifications
Notes
1 DC ratings apply to substantially non-inductive circuits
2 Two-pole circuit breaker, or two poles of three-pole circuit breaker
3 Time constant is 3 milliseconds minimum at 10 kA and 8 milliseconds minimum at 22 kA
4 Current limiting per UL 489
5 B2x suffixes cannot be combined with B2x suffixes
Circuit
Breaker
Type
Number
of Poles
Volts AC (50/60 Hz) Volts DC 1
220–240 380–415
480 600
690 2
I 250 23 cu Ics Icu Ics Icu Ics
JGE250 2, 3, 4 65 65 25 25 25 18 12 6 10
JGS250 2, 3, 4 85 85 40 40 35 18 12 6 22
JGH250 2, 3, 4 100 100 70 70 65 25 14 7 22
JGC250 4 3, 4 200 200 100 100 100 35 16 12 42
JGU250 4 3, 4 200 200 150 150 150 50 18 14 50
JGX250 4 3, 4 200 200 200 200 200 50 18 14 50
Frame Circuit Ip (kA) I2T (106A2S)
JGC 240 V/200 kA 451 1820
JGC 480 V/100 kA 451 1820
JGC 600 V/35 kA 328 2140
JGU 240 V/200 kA 451 1820
JGU 480 V/150 kA 451 1820
JGU 600 V/50 kA 328 2140
JGX 240 V/200 kA 451 1820
JGX 480 V/200 kA 451 1820
JGX 600 V/50 kA 328 2140
Description Specification
Trip Unit Type Digitrip RMS 310+
Breaker Type
Frame designation JG
Frames available 50 A, 100 A, 160 A, 250 A
Continuous current range (A) 20–250 A
Ground fault pickup (A) 10–250 A
Interrupting capacities at 480 Vac (kAIC) 35, 65, 100, 150, 200
100% rated Yes
Protection
Ordering options LS, LSI, LSG, LSIG
Arcflash reduction maintenance system (or maintenance mode) No
Interchangeable trip unit Yes
High load alarm (suffix B20) 5 Yes
Ground fault alarm with trip (suffix B21) 5 Yes
Ground fault alarm, no trip (suffix B22) 5 Yes
Zone selective interlocking (suffix ZG) LSI, LSIG
Cause of trip indication Yes
Thru-cover accessories Yes
V4-T2-182 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
23
Series G
JG 310+ Adjustability Specifications
Notes
1 Not available for JG Independently adjustable Ii setting available in LG, NG and RG ALSI and ALSIG trip units
2 Maintenance Mode not available for JG frames It is available for KD, LD, MDL, LG, NG, and RG
JG Frame
310+ Settings 50 A 100 A 160 A 250 A
I
r
 = continuous current or long delay pickup (amperes)
(All 310+)
I
r
A 20 40 63 100
B 20 45 80 125
C 25 50 90 150
D 30 63 100 160
E 32 70 110 175
F 40 80 125 200
G 45 90 150 225
H (= In) 50 100 160 250
tr
 = long delay time (seconds)
(All 310+)
Position 1 2 2 2 2
Position 2 4 4 4 4
Position 3 7 7 7 7
Position 4 10 10 10 10
Position 5 12 12 12 12
Position 6 15 15 15 15
Position 7 20 20 20 20
Position 8 24 24 24 24
I
sd (x Ir
) = short delay pickup
(All 310+)
Position 1 2x 2x 2x 2x
Position 2 3x 3x 3x 3x
Position 3 4x 4x 4x 4x
Position 4 5x 5x 5x 5x
Position 5 6x 6x 6x 6x
Position 6 7x 7x 7x 7x
Position 7 8x 8x 8x 8x
Position 8 10x 10x 10x 10x
Position 9 14x 14x 14x 14x
tsd = short delay time I2t (milliseconds)
(LS, LSG)
Fixed 67 at10x 67 at10x 67 at10x 67 at10x
tsd = short delay time flat (milliseconds)
(LSI, LSIG)
Position 1 Inst Inst Inst Inst
Position 2 120 120 120 120
Position 3 300 300 300 300
I
g = ground fault pickup (amperes)
(LSG, LSIG)
Position 1 10 20 32 50
Position 2 15 30 48 75
Position 3 20 40 64 100
Position 4 30 60 96 150
Position 5 40 80 128 200
Position 6 50 100 160 250
tg = ground fault delay time (milliseconds)
(LSG, LSIG)
Position 1 Inst Inst Inst Inst
Position 2 120 120 120 120
Position 3 300 300 300 300
Independently Adjustable Instantaneous (Ii
) setting 1 N/A
Maintenance Mode pickup (25 x In) (amperes) 2 N/A
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-183
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
23
Series G
Dimensions and Weights
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
JG-Frame
JG-Frame
Approximate Shipping Weight in Lbs (kg)
JG-Frame
Number
of Poles Width Height Depth
2, 3 413 (1049) 700 (1778) 357 (907)
4 534 (1356) 700 (1778) 357 (907)
Front Cover Cutout S Front View Three-Pole ide View
413
(1049)
125 (318) 063 (160)
019 (48) R
344
(874)
700
(1778)
395
(1003)
400
(1016)
306
(777) 205 (521)
 C L
Breaker
106 (270) 050
(127)
CL
Handle
028 (71)
Breaker Type
Number of Poles
2, 3 4
JGC 600 (270) 800 (360)
JGE 600 (270) 800 (360)
JGH 600 (270) 800 (360)
JGS 600 (270) 800 (360)
JGU 600 (270) 800 (360)
JGX 600 (270) 800 (360)
V4-T2-184 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
23
Series G
JG-Frame With Earth Leakage Module
RESET
TEST
409
(1039)
205
357 (521)
369 (907)
(937)
4-Pole
550 (1397)
3-Pole
413 (1049)
138
(351)
206
(523)
392
(996) 550
(1397)
1125
(2858)
700
(1778)
425
(1080)
331
(841)
069
(175)
381
478 (968)
(1214)
337
(856)
697
(1770)
106
(269)
493
(1252)
188
(478)
063
(160)
125
(318)
550
(1397)
357
(907)
205
(521)
392
(996)
1125
(2858)
R 019
(48)
028
(71)
050
(1397)
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-185
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
23
Series G
LG-Frame (250–630 Amperes)

EG-Frame (15–125 Amperes)V4-T2-153
JG-Frame (63–250 Amperes)V4-T2-167
LG-Frame (250–630 Amperes)
Catalog Number Selection V4-T2-186
Product SelectionV4-T2-187
AccessoriesV4-T2-198
Technical Data and SpecificationsV4-T2-199
Dimensions and WeightsV4-T2-201
NG-Frame (320–1200 Amperes)V4-T2-203
RG-Frame (800–2500 Amperes)V4-T2-212
Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP)V4-T2-223
Motor Protector  (MPCB)V4-T2-227
30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Module V4-T2-230
Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module V4-T2-234
High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for
Selective CoordinationV4-T2-239
Special Features and AccessoriesV4-T2-242
Motor OperatorsV4-T2-250
Plug-In BlocksV4-T2-252
Drawout Cassette V4-T2-253
LG-Frame (250–630 Amperes)
Product Description
LG breaker is HACR rated
V4-T2-186 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
23
Series G
Catalog Number Selection
This information is presented only as an aid to understanding catalog numbers
It is not to be used to build catalog numbers for  or trip units
Series GLG-Frame (250–630 Amperes)
Trip Unit
Notes
1 Bxx features cannot be combined with other Bxx features
2 B21 and B22 available with LSG and LSIG trip units
L G S 3 600 FA G C
Frame
L
Performance
600 480 415 240
E 18 35 35 65
S 25 50 50 85
H 35 65 70 100
C 50 100 100 200
U 65 150 150 200
X 65 200 200 200
K Molded case switch
Standard/Application
G = IEC/CE/UL/CSA
Amperes
250
300
350
400
500
600
630
Number of Poles
3 = Three
4 = FourNeutral 0% protected
6 = FourNeutral 60% protected
7 = FourNeutral 100% protected
8 = FourNeutral 0–60% protected
9 = FourNeutral 0–100 protected
Trip Unit
AA = Adj adj
FA = Fixed adj
KS = Molded case switch
33 = 310+ electronic LS
32 = 310+ electronic LSI
35 = 310+ electronic LSG
36 = 310+ electronic LSIG
38 = 310+ electronic ALSI
39 = 310+ electronic ALSIG
NN = Frame only (630 A only; no trip unit)
Terminations/Hardware
Terminals Mounting Hardware
M = Metric end caps
E = Imperial end caps
G = Line/load standard
W = Without terminals
Metric
Imperial
Metric
Rating
Blank = 80% rated
C = 100% rated (for LGE, LGS and LGH only)
LT 3 600 FA B20
Trip
LT
Amperes
250
300
350
400
500
600
630
Number of Poles
3 = Three
4 = Fourneutral 0% protected
8 = Fourneutral 0/60% protected
9 = Fourneutral 0/100% protected
Trip Unit
AA = Adj adj, thermal-magnetic
FA = Fixed adj, thermal-magnetic
KS = Molded case switch
33 = 310+ electronic LS
32 = 310+ electronic LSI
35 = 310+ electronic LSG
36 = 310+ electronic LSIG
38 = 310+ electronic ALSI
39 = 310+ electronic ALSIG
Features (ETU Only) 12
Blank= No feature
B20= High load alarm
B21= Ground fault alarm, with trip
B22= Ground fault alarm, no trip
ZG= Zone selective interlocking
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-187

250 LGE3250FAG LGE3250AAG LGE4250FAG LGE4250AAG
300 LGE3300FAG  LGE4300FAG
320  LGE3320AAG  LGE4320AAG
350 LGE3350FAG  LGE4350FAG
400 LGE3400FAG LGE3400AAG LGE4400FAG LGE4400AAG
500 LGE3500FAG LGE3500AAG LGE4500FAG LGE4500AAG
600 LGE3600FAG  LGE4600FAG
630 4  LGE3630AAG  LGE4630AAG

250 LGS3250FAG LGS3250AAG LGS4250FAG LGS4250AAG
300 LGS3300FAG  LGS4300FAG
320  LGS3320AAG  LGS4320AAG
350 LGS3350FAG  LGS4350FAG
400 LGS3400FAG LGS3400AAG LGS4400FAG LGS4400AAG
500 LGS3500FAG LGS3500AAG LGS4500FAG LGS4500AAG
600 LGS3600FAG  LGS4600FAG
630 4  LGS3630AAG  LGS4630AAG
Three-Pole 2 Four-Pole (0%) 3
Fixed Thermal,
Adjustable Magnetic
Adjustable Thermal,
Adjustable Magnetic 45
Fixed Thermal,
Adjustable Magnetic
Adjustable Thermal,
Adjustable Magnetic 45
Ampere
Rating
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
250 LGH3250FAG LGH3250AAG LGH4250FAG LGH4250AAG
300 LGH3300FAG  LGH4300FAG
320  LGH3320AAG  LGH4320AAG
350 LGH3350FAG  LGH4350FAG
400 LGH3400FAG LGH3400AAG LGH4400FAG LGH4400AAG
500 LGH3500FAG LGH3500AAG LGH4500FAG LGH4500AAG
600 LGH3600FAG  LGH4600FAG
630 4  LGH3630AAG  LGH4630AAG
LG-Frame
LG-Frame
LG-Frame
V4-T2-188 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E

LG-Frame630 Amperes (600 Amperes UL, CSA), Current Limiting Per UL 489
IC Rating: 100 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac 1
LG-Frame630 Amperes (600 Amperes UL, CSA), Current Limiting Per UL 489
IC Rating: 150 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac 1
LG-Frame630 Amperes (600 Amperes UL, CSA), Current Limiting Per UL 489
IC Rating: 200 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac 1
Notes
1 Replace suffix “G” with “W” for no line and load terminals
2 For two-pole applications, use two outer poles
3 Neutral protection is indicated by the fourth character: 4 = 0%, 7 = 100%, 8 = adjustable 0–60% and 9 = 0–100% Neutral is on LH side
4 320/630 amperes is not a UL or CSA listed rating 600 amperes is the maximum UL and CSA rating for the LG
5 Adjustable thermal units are typically used in IEC markets and are not UL or CSA listed
Three-Pole 2 Four-Pole (0%) 3

250 LGC3250FAG LGC3250AAG LGC4250FAG LGC4250AAG
300 LGC3300FAG  LGC4300FAG
320  LGC3320AAG  LGC4320AAG
350 LGC3350FAG  LGC4350FAG
400 LGC3400FAG LGC3400AAG LGC4400FAG LGC4400AAG
500 LGC3500FAG LGC3500AAG LGC4500FAG LGC4500AAG
600 LGC3600FAG  LGC4600FAG
630 4  LGC3630AAG  LGC4630AAG
Three-Pole 2 Four-Pole (0%) 3
Fixed Thermal,
Adjustable Magnetic
Adjustable Thermal,
Adjustable Magnetic 45
Fixed Thermal,
Adjustable Magnetic
Adjustable Thermal,
Adjustable Magnetic 45

250 LGU3250FAG LGU3250AAG LGU4250FAG LGU4250AAG
300 LGU3300FAG  LGU4300FAG
320  LGU3320AAG  LGU4320AAG
350 LGU3350FAG  LGU4350FAG
400 LGU3400FAG LGU3400AAG LGU4400FAG LGU4400AAG
500 LGU3500FAG LGU3500AAG LGU4500FAG LGU4500AAG
600 LGU3600FAG  LGU4600FAG
630 4  LGU3630AAG  LGU4630AAG
Three-Pole 2 Four-Pole (0%) 3
Fixed Thermal,
Adjustable Magnetic
Adjustable Thermal,
Adjustable Magnetic 45
Fixed Thermal,
Adjustable Magnetic
Adjustable Thermal,
Adjustable Magnetic 45

250 LGX3250FAG LGX3250AAG LGX4250FAG LGX4250AAG
300 LGX3300FAG  LGX4300FAG
320  LGX3320AAG  LGX4320AAG
350 LGX3350FAG  LGX4350FAG
400 LGX3400FAG LGX3400AAG LGX4400FAG LGX4400AAG
500 LGX3500FAG LGX3500AAG LGX4500FAG LGX4500AAG
600 LGX3600FAG  LGX4600FAG
630 4  LGX3630AAG  LGX4630AAG
LG-Frame
LG-Frame
LG-Frame
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E V4-T2-189

400 3 2 LGK3400KSG
4 LGK4400KSG
630 3 3 2 LGK3630KSG
4 LGK4630KSG
Maximum
Amperes 3
Three-Pole 2 Four-Pole 0%
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
35/35
630 3 LGE3630NN LGE4630NN
LGE3630NNWC 4
50/50
630 3 LGS3630NN LGS4630NN
LGS3630NNWC 4
70/53
630 3 LGH3630NN LGH4630NN
LGH3630NNWC 4
100/100 Current Limiting Per UL 489
630 LGC3630NN LGC4630NN
150/150 Current Limiting Per UL 489
630 LGU3630NN LGU4630NN
200/200 Current Limiting
630 LGX3630NN LGX4630NN
Three-Pole 2 Four-Pole (0%) 6
Fixed Thermal,
Adjustable Magnetic
Adjustable Thermal,
Adjustable Magnetic 5
Fixed Thermal,
Adjustable Magnetic
Adjustable Thermal,
Adjustable Magnetic 5

250 LT3250FA LT3250AA LT4250FA LT4250AA
300 LT3300FA  LT4300FA
320  LT3320AA  LT4320AA
350 LT3350FA  LT4350FA
400 LT3400FA LT3400AA LT4400FA LT4400AA
500 LT3500FA LT3500AA LT4500FA LT4500AA
600 LT3600FA  LT4600FA
630  LT3630AA  LT4630AA
V4-T2-190 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005E